Home

NutriBase 11 User`s Manual

1. Recipe Name 8 recipes Breakfast Burrito with Egg Beans and Cheese 27 6 oz 781 88 821 45 Breakfast Spinach Pie Copy 31 802 900 75 494 16 21 8 07 giana 27045 Add recipe View item details Add to my PFI 12 26 38 PM 3 10 2014 This View search across your recipes will list all your recipes in alphabetical order Just select the recipe you want and add it to your Meal Plan by dragging and dropping it into your Meal Plan or by right mouse clicking on the recipe and selecting the option to Add selected recipe OR you can click on the Recipes Tab click the Folder Button select on or more recipes right mouse click and select the option to add the selected recipes to your Meal Plan Curried Chicken Pa Folders Criteria B Recipe et NB Recipes Salads Breakfast Spinach Pie New recipe Curried Chicken Pasta and Vegetables Salmon with Dill Sauc sample Vegetarian Chili Copy Edit recipe Item detail Ctrl D Copy to tabs Add to food log Add to recipe Add to meal Add to meal plan N Delete selected recipe Removes d from tab New tab Rename current tab Print Eilter All Tab 206 After you right mouse click and click the Add to meal plan option you can select the days of the meal plan to copy the selected recipe s to In this examp
2. 264 Master User Privileges Every Enterprise Edition installation needs a Master User who has unrestricted access to everything NutriBase can do When using NutriBase the Master User can access an option called Master User Functions by clicking the NutriBase Menu Icon located in the upper left corner of the NutriBase window From this window the Master User can 1 Assign a Global Access password to PFI s Recipes Meals or Meal Plans This means all users regardless of restriction can see these items 2 Reassign passwords assigned to users This way a different person can take over a client s information if a student or employee leaves 3 Delete clients PFI s Recipes Meals and or Meal Plans This way a university could clear out information for the next semester but keep all Global Access items for use by new students or employees if desired The Master User also has other privileges The Master User can 1 Edit or delete anything in NutriBase that can be edited This includes anyone s work and can modify or delete any client information PFI s recipes meal Meal Plans Food Logs etc 2 Access the backup and restore options This is located by clicking the NutriBase Menu Icon Other users will not see the Backup of Restore options Unlike the single user editions of NutriBase the Enterprise Edition does not provide automated scheduled backups 3 You can clear out all the data i
3. 7 A Blueberry Pancakes with Blueberry Sauce Le Auto Search H Search Footer Bran Muffin Breakfast 281 33 191 86 0 82 Hide show nutrients Breakfast Burrito 170 61 617 16 0 18 Reset columns Broccoli and Cheese Omelette 311 90 813 60 0 35 Add selected recipe Broccoli Stirfry ty 428 60 179 70 10 00 Add selected recipe s ingredients Broiled Fish Steak 205 42 167 40 0 00 Item details Brown Rice 97 50 488 0 00 Add to PFI Cajun Tortilla Wrap 31439 422 09 3 40 Export to XLS Cheesy Oven Fried Chicken 164 31 588 61 5 67 Export to CSV g v lt a gt Print Add recipe View item details Add to my PFI 188 When this widow appears you can select whether to add the selected recipe as a recipe one entry or as recipe ingredients which would list every ingredient in your recipe If you would like to make this a default setting just click the box to make it so How to Export Recipes for Use in Another Copy of NutriBase You can export recipes in NutriBase to a file that you can provide to friends and associates who use NutriBase They can import these files into their installation of NutriBase to recreate the recipes you exported for them To export one or more recipes click your Recipes Tab and then click the Folders Tab Client Setup Foodlog Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes era Fj Recipe E NB Antipasto Salad Breakfast Burrito Sele
4. NutriBase can read data files created by a profile form we place on your website for you If you a data file button below to locate this file to process After processing is done these clients will be Folder for processed clients feneri ae Data file to process these clients Their contact information will be waiting for you in the Contact List section of the Client Window THE NUTRIBASE FOOD CATEGORIES The following food categories and sub categories are covered in NutriBase software products Accompaniments Condiments Creamers Croutons Dips Gravy Jellies Jams Preserves Marmalades Pickles Relish Peppers Olives Salad Dressings Salsa Sauces Spreads Syrups Toppings Baby Foods Cereals Desserts and Snacks Fruits Infant Formulas Juices Meats and Meat Combinations Vegetables Other Baby Foods Beef Products Brisket Chuck 238 Flank Shank Crosscuts Ground Beef Prepared Beef Retail Cuts Rib Round Short Loin Sirloin Variety Meats By Products Beverages Alcohol and Related Carbonated Soft Drinks Chocolate Beverages Coffee and Related Drinks Fruit Juices and Nectars Milk and Related Tea Vegetable Juices Other Beverages Bread Bagels Biscuits Croissants Buns Rolls Breads Bread Dough Cornbread English Muffins Muffins Pancakes Waffles French Toast Cereals Ready to Eat Cereals Ready to Eat Hot Cereals Candy Candy Bars Gum
5. Home Client Setup Food Log Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals ral Organizer Folders Criteria All Recipes General Salads Antipasto Salad Breakfast Burrito with Egg Beans and Chee Breakfast Spinach Pie Copy Curried Chicken Copy Pasta and Vegetables with Peanut Sauce Cd Salmon with Dill Sauce Copy sample Vegetarian Chili Copy New recipe Edit recipe Item detail Copy to tabs Add to food log Add to recipe Add to meal Add to meal plan Delete selected recipe f Print Filter All Tab Notice you have other right mouse click options like Copy to tabs and Filter all tab You can drag and drop recipes into existing tabs as desired You can drag and drop a recipe into multiple tabs if you like The Filter all tab option when selected will remove any recipe you copied into a tab from the All recipes Tab This is an organizing tool that can help you to avoid duplication Once you drag and drop a recipe into a tab it disappears from the All Recipes Tab Once you organize your recipes into new individual tabs you can toggle this option off to display all your recipes in the All Recipes Tab but that is up to you How to Add a Recipe to Another Recipe NutriBase allows you to add a recipe to another recipe This is handy if you have several soup stocks sauces gravies etc that you want to use as ingredients in ot
6. 124 USDA Changes Incorporated Changes include those adopted by USDA since SR13 that were appropriate for addition of foods and or nutrients as data became available Prominent changes within the US updates include e Vitamin E in mg alpha tocopherol e Removal of Vitamin E in alpha tocopherol equivalents e Addition of Vitamin A in RAE and mcg retinol e Addition of five carotenoids e Addition of separate nutrient codes for cis and trans isomers of many fatty acids Foods Also much of the data recently published on Canadian Traditional Native Foods from several sources have been added to the database Food Names Food names without abbreviations are now available The food names themselves are now more consistent in structure for more reliable searches The 60 characters food name field is still also available Also many of the foods in the database have new conversion factors for more reasonable and a wider range of reasonable portion size weights Nutrients e Dietary folate equivalents e Vitamin A expressed in Retinol Activity Equivalents and Retinol in mcg have been added to the database Vitamin A in International Units and Retinol Equivalents has been deleted A near comprehensive set of data for Vitamin D values are now available A trace field has been added which will indicate when the amount of nutrient in a food is not thought to be zero but is calculated or estimated to be below international standards
7. Button Click the down arrow and select a Percent of Goals report ap Exercise Pri EJ Recipe By Meal E Meal Plan Report groups a E PEA Select a date range for your report Friday March 07 2014 v to Friday March 07 2014 v Pie chart colors These files hold the text that you want displayed in a client s Percent of Goal report when you to select to show a nutrient in the Under Over setup window Create report n your Report window then click our Under Over Percent of Goal ry The checkmark on the left tells O calcium bt e further that the Trigger points o sn d 120 of the clients goal for the 0 copper tt tively That it when the person s o fat ot er goal for the day this comment SAPO Falster he consumed more than 120 of ment would be inserted into her an set these trigger points as Since in this Under Filename Over Filename example you want to Vit B3 Niacin mg U niacindt Edit your Over Vit B5 Pantothenic Acid mg U pantothenic bt Vit B6 Pyridoxine mg U vitB6 bt O vitB6 bt comment for Vitamin TEA Pei me C click the Create oe Edit Files Button Folic Acid meg Folate DFE mcg DFE oa meg U vitB12 bet G lick the down arrow Vit B12 add
8. How to Modify a User s Goal for Water or anything else NutriBase will automatically set the DRI Dietary Reference Intake value for your clients or users based on their age and gender However you have the ability to customize these goals as desired You may want to adjust a client s goal for vitamin minerals or other nutrient Water is a nutrient that NutriBase treats a little differently from other nutrients With NutriBase you set your goals for water in ounces but the database tracks the data in grams One gram of water is equivalent to one cubic centimeter cc of water One cc of water is equal to 1 milliliter ml of water A liter of water is 1000 ml or 1000 cc of water or 1000 grams of water If you d like to change a client or user s water goal here s how Click the Client Setup Tab or My Setups Tab for personal editions Click the down arrow on the Profile Button to select the Edit a profile option Make sure that an active client is selected at the very top of the NutriBase window If the proper client or user is not displayed click the down arrow and select the client whose goal you want to change Click the Continue Button to move to second page of the client s profile windows On this second page click the Edit nutrient goals Button Water happens to be listed under the General Tab of this setup window so you can just scroll down until you re
9. Robyn s Weight Traing Workout Tue Thu Sat Robyn s Weight Training Workout Mon Wed Fri The Exercise Tab allows you to manage your exercise and workouts target heart rate training etc It helps you determine how many calories your Client burns from exercise From here you can 1 Select and record exercises or complete workouts for the day 2 Edit and record durations and intensities 3 Manage Target Heart Rate Training 4 Time stamp your exercise If you are diabetic this allows you to compare your blood glucose with exercise in the Food Log The Exercise Tab also takes you to four other windows that provide additional capabilities 1 Create configure and record workouts 2 Add new exercises See the How To topics to see the How to Add a New Exercise topic Delete exercises Edit exercises 3 Organize exercises into categories like Frequent and Infrequent 4 Set up an Auto Record function to automatically record a list of exercises each time you log in to record exercises for this client This can be a real time saver 5 Maintain workout logs Customize the logs Print them Export them to XLS Excel format RTF a generic word processor format that MS Word can open or CSV Caret Separated Value format These logs can track weight training a running regimen or a custom log that you 38 can create for a specific need You can create any number of weight training
10. WALNUT ENGLISH When you add it to your Recipe you ll see a dialog box that lets you adjust the serving size Select the second option the one that allows you to specify servings in calories Enter in 200 as your calorie amount Click your mouse cursor inside the Servings Size in grams edit box to 198 update the gram weight This is the gram weight serving amount to create a recipe for 200 calories of this item Measure out this number of grams pour it into a zip lock bag make it and take it Note You can use this method to create mixtures of cereals nuts berries etc Just specify the number of calories you want to include of each ingredient and NutriBase will create custom blends of healthy snacks for yourself or for your clients How to Import Data from the Client Intake Module Pro and higher This is software you can upload to your web site for your customers to download If your customers are local you can have NutriBase burn to a CD for you Affix your own promotional CD label and hand them out to your customers When they return with the data they entered into the CIM Software have them return the original Installation CD they re reusable You can give this software to a client They can install this to their own PC and record their own food intake for up to 30 days They can save this to a flash drive or email it to you as an email attachment Once you import this file into NutriBase it
11. recipe is the recipe you are currently working with In this example Ambrosia Salad is the active recipe and it resides in a Recipe Folder called General General is the default folder for recipes in NutriBase If you ve created additional Recipe Folders clicking the down arrow will list all recipe folders for you and allow you to select the one you want to work with To create a new Recipe Folder click the NutriBase Recipes Tab click the Folder Button then click the New Folder Button You can also create a new Recipe Folder by performing a right mouse click over this window and selecting the New folder option Whenever you RMC take note of your many options you will eventually use some or all of these options To organize your Recipes Tabs within any Recipe Folder click the 57 Recipes Tab click the Organizer Button then click the New tab Button You can also create a new Recipes Tab by performing an right mouse click over this window and selecting the New tab option You can create as many tabs as you need within each Recipe Folder To rename a Recipes Tab click on the Tab you want to rename then RMC Choose the option to Rename tab When you RMC familiarize yourself with your many options you will eventually use some or all of these options The All Recipes Tab contains all your Recipes Any new Recipes
12. General z gas 5 3 PE Home ClientSetup Foodlog Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals MealPlans Reports Graphs Notes amp lists CIM B Client Graphs Graph Selections LA Fred Crestwood 7 1 2009 to 8 1 2009 Graph type Line D From eanes Wednesday July 01 2009 X To Saturday August 01 2009 X Per day Per meal time of day ANKES Actual Nutrient Value Goal Nutrient Value Nutrient of Goal Be SLSAGT 5 Total Exercise Calories J Weight v Body Fat Create Graph J Weight Ib EE Actual Calories Actual Protein g ME Actual Carbs g Actual Fiber g Actual Fat g Ml Actual Sat Fat g MEN Actual TransFat g M Actual Chomo MW Actual Sodium mg RMC Drag Cii shift 1 11 24PM_ 8 4 2010 NutriBase provides a window for graphing virtually anything tracked in the software Capabilities include 1 This window allows you to select from a variety of graph styles 74 2 You can select the type of graph you want 3 Select the nutrients to include 4 Select actual goal or percentage of goal for nutrients 5 Graph exercise weight and or body fat content over time 6 When you select the Per meal time of day option you can graph your blood glucose levels vs nutritional information vs exercise This is why NutriBase lets you time stamp meals and exercise it facilitat
13. How to Edit or Create New Information Topics If you are a moderately sophisticated Windows user you can do far more than view and print the existing 100 Information Topics that we provided In Windows Vista Windows 7 and Windows 8 your NutriBase ProgramData folder is located in c ProgramData nutribase unless you changed this during Setup to support the use of a Sync Folder The default ProgramData folder is a hidden folder if you haven t already done so you will need to tell Windows Explorer or File Explorer to let you display hidden folders With sufficient computer skills you can create new major categories of topics these are actually just Folders you create on your hard drive You can also create new topics these are actually just PDF files that you create and save to the topic Folders Let s take a look at an example of some topics you may want to edit or add to Your Workout topic is visible in the left hand drop down of your Information window Workouts is the name of a Windows subdirectory Folder located in c ProgramData nutribase pdf Workouts Note This location c ProgramData nutribase pdf Workouts will be correspondingly different if you selected to install NutriBase using a Sync Folder Please adjust the location references according to where you told NutriBase your Program Data Folder is The topics listed in the right hand drop down menu are either PDF files located in t
14. Ingredients SS lists the recipe ingredients formatted with the ingredient a hyphen then the serving size SS Ingredients reverses this sequence Ingredients SS htm is similar to Ingredients SS except that each line ends with lt br gt to flow smoothly into your HTM template file Macros beginning with X are for food exchanges FatPer100 gives you the grams of fat per 100 calories and SatFatPer100 provides the grams of saturated fat per 100 calories TotalGm is total gram recipe weight SingleGm is the gram weight for a single serving IngredList lists the ingredients without the serving sizes MyField1 through Myfield20 are the twenty macros that represent your optional nutrients you have decided to track in addition to the ones NutriBase already tracks for you accessed through the PFI options Add more nutrient values Button PFI s that use MyFields cannot be exported or imported However they can be transferred using backup and restore functions Templates This section of the Web Page Sample Template Web V y Recipe Report window appears when you select to edit or create a macro Website name NutriBase Website report like a recipe web i page This section Website address http nutribase com provides you the ability Website image path http nutribase com rcpimages to define your web site name your web address and the path to your images on your
15. Note If you prefer you can Alt Drag the food item to another meal or snack tab Alt Drag means to hold the Alt key down and while continuing to hold it down drag the item using your mouse cursor to the desired tab How to Save Your Shopping List in RTF Format You may find it convenient to save your Shopping List into a word processor format like RTF open it with your word processor like Microsoft Word edit it as desired then save it and or print it To do this open your Shopping List RMC then click the option called Report You can print this report email it edit it save it to RTF etc 216 RTF stands for Rich Text Format It is a word processor format that Microsoft invented You can open RTF files with Microsoft Word edit them and save them to Microsoft doc or docx formats Other word processors also support the reading of RTF files How to Export your Shopping List to CSV Format Chef and higher You may want to take your shopping list and import it into a spreadsheet application like Excel To do this open your Shopping List RMC then click the option called Export Give this file a name and click Save to save your shopping list data into Comma Separated Values CSV format Most spreadsheets and database applications can import your CSV formatted file for use How to Add a Food Item to Your Quick Add List Click your Food Log Tab While recording a client s food log right m
16. NutriBase 11 User s Manual Revision date April 10 2014 NutriBase version v 11 5 CyberSoft Incorporated 2016 E Muirwood Drive Phoenix Arizona 85048 support Qnutribase com Copyright 1986 2014 by CyberSoft Inc an Arizona corporation All rights reserved The NutriBase Nutrient Database represents copyrighted materials and intellectual property belonging to CyberSoft Inc All rights are reserved If you are interested in reprinting our nutrient data for any purpose you must contact CyberSoft Inc and obtain a written license to use the nutrient data Please address correspondence regarding corrections and or sugges tions to CyberSoft Inc 2016 E Muirwood Drive Phoenix Arizona 85048 call us at 480 626 2025 8 3 Mon Thurs Arizona time email us at support nutribase com FAX us at 480 704 4116 or visit our web site at nutribase com CyberSoft Inc assumes no liability arising out of the application or use of the data Table of Contents NutriBase Introduction ccccccccccsssssssssccsccccccccccccsssssscsceceee OD ABOUT THIS USER S MANUAL rennnororvvnreernannrnnnrnssnesnnnrnnsenssennennrnnsenssnennnnnnnsenssssnennner 9 NutriBase Basics sosser D USE THE RIGHT MOUSE CLICK aenn artEa n EEE E EEEE EEE 9 CREATE A CLIENT PROFILE OR A USER PROPILE csccssccccceceesesscecececeesesseaeeeeees 10 READ THE HOW TO TOPICS seccccceececsessaeeecececsessaecececessesseaeseceeseeesenssaeeeeess
17. The resulting report is a spreadsheet that you can print or save in RTF word processor CSV comma separated values or XLS Excel spreadsheet format You can export to any of these three formats using an right mouse click over the report selecting the export option and selecting the format you want to save it in Use the drop down menu at the top of the report to select subsets of the data to view You may sort any column from high to low by clicking the column header for any column of interest You can reverse the sort order by clicking the column header again The first column of this report is your Nutrient Density Index It is the mean average value per calorie for each nutrient tracked in the DRI for a food item The higher the NDI value for a food is the higher the overall nutrition this food provides Note An NDI of 1 means that one calorie of this food contains an average of 1 of your goal for each of the nutrients tracked Bear in mind however that it isn t likely that any food contains exactly 1 of your daily goal for each of up to 25 nutrients tracked by the DRI More likely some nutrients will be plentiful while others will be absent or low in value The totals however will average to 1 of the DRI nutrient goal This means that you will need a variety of foods to reach your goals for every nutrient The Nutrient Density ND value is provided for each nutrient that we 223 track The N
18. 52 THE RECIPES TAB m Use this window to Personal Foods Recipes MERE ET organize your recipes organize your folders set up your recipe criteria and to create recipes Recipe Organizer Clicking this button brings you something similar to the image below Please take a moment to familiarize yourself with the various annotated features This window allows you to organize your Recipes into Tabs You could for instance organize your food items that happen to be cookies all together into a single Tab called Cookies or your frozen desserts in another Tab called Frozen Treats etc Food items will self alphabetize into these Tabs Recipes EE Folders l Ambrosia Salad Home My Setups Foodlog Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Cakes Cookies Frozen Treats Pies Tabs Click this Organizer Button to work on the Active Recipe Folder selected here With Organizer you work with ONE Folder at a time You can create Folder subdivisions called Tabs by using your Right Mouse Click RMC and selecting the New tab option To organize your recipes drag and drop them from your All Recipes Tab into these new Tabs Tabs self alphabetize themselves and recipes self alphabetize within your Tabs The All Recipes Tab contains all your Desserts Folder Recipes in alphabetical order In this example the user created a Desserts Folder using the Folders Button and created Tabs called Cakes Cookies Frozen
19. Auto record item s Show grams Show calories Show exchanges Show meal Show time stamp Delete a food item by opening the All Foods Tab highlighting the food item s you wish to delete from the Food Log for this day right mouse click and select the Delete selected item option If you prefer you can simply press the Delete key on your keyboard The Delete operation actually deletes the food from this Day s Food Log It will also disappear from any meal or snack tab that it may have been assigned to Delete selected item s Delete ALL items Rename meal tabs Time stamp meals Food item cost my Save Print food log Print current tab How to Move a Food Log Item to Another Meal One day you may make a mistake and copy a food item to say the Lunch Tab when you meant to copy it to say the Breakfast Tab You can fix this Click the Lunch Tab and highlight the food item you intended to place into the Breakfast Tab right mouse click and choose the option to Remove this item from this Tab This operation only removes the food item from the meal or snack tab that you are working in the food item still remains in your All Foods Tab Next click the All Foods Tab and locate the food item you just removed from your Lunch Tab Highlight it right mouse click and choose the option to Copy the item to the Breakfast Tab
20. But if you do you must make sure that a NutriBase folder exists on every workstation that users will use to access NutriBase Enterprise Edition 3 The access level specified on line one provides the same access for all users except for users whose access level you have overridden like in the fourth user in the sample above You do this by putting the override restriction between caret symbols For example AQ Userpassword4 would give the person with a password of Userpassword4 no restrictions regardless of the system wide setting on line 1 4 Including the user s name in the password may make it easier for you to identify a user s password In other words JoeBlow34 may be an easier password for user Joe Blow to remember than a random string Access Settings Summary 0 No Restrictions 1 Full Restrictions e Users can see Personal Food Items Recipes Meal Plans associated with their password e Users can analyze only the Recipes PFI s and Meal Plans associated with their own password e Users can only view logged on client associated with password e Users cannot import PFI s Recipes or Meal Plans e Users cannot export data but can export PFI Recipes and Meal Plans associated 263 with password Users cannot add delete or modify PFI or Recipes Tabs Users don t have access to Client Contact List Users cannot move or delete exercises in the master exercise list Users cannot edit or delete
21. Canadian V Brand PFI SPUR PPU F MyRecipes NBRecipes F Meas z Di 7 Food Name 3 foods Description Brand Seving Gram AND search allwordsfound v Sze Weight Database columns to search V Food Name ALL PURPOSE FLOUR UNBLEACHED BN 216643 Organic enriched presifted Gold Me 1 4 cup 30 W Brand ALL PURPOSE FLOUR UNBLEACHED BN 216644 enriched presifted no chemical bleaching Gold Me 1 4 cup 30 Description Serving Size cups tsp etc Clicking this arrow opens and closes this Search Setups window acl This sample search is an Advanced food item search for presifted flour Under Search type we selected the Advanced food item search Clicking the down arrow in this box will list your other search options The Brand Button is checked to indicate that your search will be limited to Brand Name database only When you conduct an Advanced Food Item search the box on the right side of the screen below the Search button appears Clicking this arrow icon opens and closes this box For convenience we call this the Search Setups box and we take a closer look at this box here Click this arrow to open or close your Search Settings window AND search all words found Database columns to search V Food Name Click this arrow to select whether you want
22. Composition of Foods Pork products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 10 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1984 Composition of Foods Vegetables and vegetable products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 11 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1984 Composition of Foods Nut and seed products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 12 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1990 Composition of Foods Beef products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 13 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1986 Composition of Foods Beverages raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 14 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1987 Composition of Foods Finfish and shellfish products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 15 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1986 Composition of Foods Legumes and legume products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 16 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1989 Composition of Foods Lamb veal and game products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 17 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1992 Composition of Foods Baked products raw processed prepared Agri culture Handbook 8 18 U S Department of Agricult
23. Each notebook is stored in a Meal Folder Meal Folders NutriBase provides up to 26 Meal Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your Meals You can organize your Meals into categories with these folders For instance you could create a folder for Body Building Meals Diabetic Meals Heart Recovery Meals etc Click the Folders Button to manipulate these folders and their contents 143 Meal Item A meal item is a food item from the nutrient database a PFI Personal Food Item or a recipe you are adding to a Meal In a recipe we call the added items ingredients Meal Plan In NutriBase a Meal Plan is a collection of food items PFI s recipes and Meals that are organized into up to three meals and three snacks for up to four weeks Some professionals refer to these as cycle menus Ca NutriBase Menu Icon This is the icon in the upper left eM corner of NutriBase Clicking this icon will lead you to a variety of functions and options that you can use or view O NBE Next Best Food To Eat NBFTE Button NBFTE is the acronym for Next Best Food To Eat The NutriBase NBFTE Button will tell you the next best food to eat in a common serving size based on what you have eaten so far today compared to your nutrient goals for the day These goals are normally the DRI for your age and gender but you may customize them as desired T
24. Other Poultry Restaurants Burgers and Tacos Pasta Breakfast Beef Pork and Other Meats Sides Vegetables Fruits Desserts and Snacks Poultry and Seafood Sandwiches Beverages Shakes Burgers Mexican Pizza Soup Chili Condiments Dressings Sauces Toppings Salads Salad Bar Items Breads Muffins Crackers Restaurants Pizza and Sandwiches Pasta Breakfast Beef Pork and Other Meats Sides Vegetables Fruits Desserts and Snacks Poultry and Seafood Sandwiches Beverages Shakes Burgers Mexican Pizza Soup Chili Condiments Dressings Sauces Toppings Salads Salad Bar Items Breads Muffins Crackers Restaurants Sit Down Pasta Breakfast Beef Pork and Other Meats Sides Vegetables Fruits Desserts and Snacks Poultry and Seafood Sandwiches Beverages Shakes Burgers Mexican Pizza Soup Chili Condiments Dressings Sauces Toppings Salads Salad Bar Items Breads Muffins Crackers Resiaurants Specialty Pasta Breakfast Beef Pork and Other Meats Sides Vegetables Fruits Desserts and Snacks Poultry and Seafood Sandwiches Beverages Shakes Burgers Mexican Pizza Soup Chili Condiments Dressings Sauces Toppings Salads Salad Bar Items Breads Muffins Crackers Restaurants Generic Pasta Breakfast Beef Pork and Other Meats Sides Vegetables Fruits Desserts and Snacks 240 Poultry and Seafood Sandwiches Beverages Shakes Burge
25. Select the option called Create a Profile Method 2 Click the Profile icon amp in your Quick Access ToolBar Once you create a profile you can record foods to this person s profile by clicking the Food Log Tab The Food Log Tab will be discussed shortly 10 Client Setup Tr EB Start Date 12 26 2011 Gz December 2011 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fi Note When creating Saf ContactList ga Web Profiles your Client Profile be certain to indicate your start date as the first date to which you 7 23 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 will record anything for TkFood 4 32 13 14 15 16 v If you only w this method up any other information plea is optional this client including Sao as om 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ast Name her body weight food Today 12 26 2011 log exercise etc The reason this is important for you to do this is that NutriBase will not allow you to enter any information for a client to a date prior to her start date Quick Access ToolBar After using NutriBase for a while you may want to set up your Quick Access ToolBar shortcuts It s a good idea to get familiar with NutriBase before setting up your Quick Access ToolBar shortcuts Once you figure out which features you will be using the most you may want to create shortcuts to these capabilities so you can jump to them quickly sas Jo To setup up your Quick Access Shortcuts click the d
26. The Restore path shown should match the path in the Edit Box that you gave during Setup If you somehow specified your NutriBase Sync Folder incorrectly you can click the Change Location Button and enter in 162 the correct path now Step 7 Restore your NutriBase Backup File This operation will take a few moments as it copies all the files in your NutriBase Backup into your Synced Folder as specified in this window Important After you restore your NutriBase backup you will need to wait one more time This is because as soon as the Restore function begins copying files into your Sync Folder your Sync Folder will begin synchronizing these new files with the Cloud This operation can take a few minutes to an hour or more depending on your sync service and other factors Here is how to tell if your files are fully synchronized when using Dropbox During Syncing Finished Syncing 3 07 PM 3 06 PM o TRG 5 a RG x RV 40 8 2009 T BE 40 8 2009 During the synchronization process your Dropbox When you are fully synchronized your Dropbox icon features a rotating symbol with and a white icon will show a stationary checkmark on a green background color background This is a close up of your Task Bar Notification area If you don t see the Dropbox icon it may have been automatically hidden To view it click the up arrow symbol on the left If did not use Dropbox take a look at the documentation for the synchronizat
27. You can create Folder subdivisions called Tabs by using your Right Mouse Click RMC and selecting the New tab option To organize your Meal Plans drag and drop them from your All Meal Plans Tab into these new Tabs Tabs self alphabetize themselves and your Meal Plans self alphabetize within your Tabs In this example the user orgzanized her General Folder by creating a few new Tabs called Balanced Weight Loss Body Building and Vegetarian The All Meal Plans Tab contains all your Meal Plans in alphabetical order 63 Meal Plans Window A NutriBase Meal Plan is a collection of up to three meals and three snacks for up to four weeks They generally address a special need of some kind weight loss body building diabetes etc From the Meal Plan windows you can 1 Create a Meal Plan by using your Recipes and Meals as building blocks for each day of your Meal Plan You can also use food items from the database or food items you have added to NutriBase 2 You can edit your Meal Plan 3 You can organize which meals and snacks your foods are assigned to 4 Duplicate a food item to use in another meal if desired 5 You can add selected Meal Plan items into a new or existing Meal 6 Add selected food items days or all foods in the Meal Plan to your Shopping List 7 Save the plan print it out cost it add new food items delete existing food items or view in depth nutrient information for your plan In Nut
28. additional licenses of NutriBase 5 You may not sell rent lease loan give sublicense or otherwise transfer the software or any copy of the software in whole or in part to any other person or third party 6 CyberSoft provides licensed users of the Professional and higher editions of NutriBase the right to sublicense the NutriBase Client Intake Module CIM for use by their clients on their own computers There is no charge or royalty fee for this right 7 Licensors of the NutriBase Enterprise Edition are entitled to one activation on a single server 8 All sales are final once the NutriBase software is activated or 30 days after purchase whichever occurs first 9 Updates interim releases within the current version are free for the version you purchased upgrades major new releases are discounted from the original purchase price To qualify for upgrade discount pricing you just be a registered user of the immediately previous edition 10 If you purchase NutriBase within 60 days of a major new release the new release is free to you as a download 11 This software license agreement is effective upon your purchasing or installing this program and shall continue until it is terminated This software license will terminate upon breach of any of the terms and conditions of this agreement 12 The software is provided as is without warranty of any kind either expressed or implied including but not limited to the implied w
29. amp Lists CIM settings Folder B R Pris gt EG contact List gH Web Profiles Start Date 3 26 2009 Br Calories vs Exercise w Adjust for Weight v If you only want to track foods eaten without setting up any other information please check the box below and enter a unique identifier for this profile If you select this method entering information in all other fields is optional Track Food Log information only Unique Identifier Comment Name Fred Date 8 mete namn ma 0555 Haghe 5 i F Pregnant M 2citiona Female P Nursing MD additional calories Body Frame Small NutriBase body frame sizes Activity Level Sedentary Very Active NutriBase activity levels Medium Lightly Active Extremely Active Large Moderately Active Weight and Body Fat Starting Weight 158 20 Ibs x Starting Body Fat optional 1160 18 lbs Calculate body fat via U S Army standards Goal Weight 158 20 Ibs Goal Body Fat optional 1160 18 lbs 2 site skinfold v Starting BMI 22 7 Goal BMI 22 7 Body Mass Index BMI NutriBase body fat values Override NutriBase body fat calculations Amount you want to lose each week 0 00 Ibs want to lose my weight in 0 weeks Heart Rate Resting Heart Rate 50 bpm Maximum Heart Rate 163 bpm 12 35 08 PM 9 11 2010 This is where you log on to NutriBase You provide basic informati
30. been included for the purpose of minimizing round off errors in subsequent calculations Decimal Places The five decimal digits seen throughout the CNF do not reflect the accuracy of the data but have been included for the purpose of minimizing round off errors in subsequent calculations Proximate components include moisture water protein total lipid fat carbohydrate and ash Addition of these 5 components should approach 100 Carbohydrate is determined as the difference between 100 and the sum of the remaining proximate components and alcohol when present The determination of total carbohydrate values by this method of calculation includes total dietary fibre Carbohydrate values are assumed zero in animal products nutrient source code 12 Protein values are calculated from the level of measured total nitrogen in the food using the conversion factors recommended by Jones 1941 Protein values for soy products chocolate cocoa products coffee mushrooms and yeast are adjusted for non nitrogenous material The adjusted protein conversion factors used to calculate protein for these items are soy products 5 71 chocolate and cocoa 4 74 coffee 5 3 mushrooms 4 38 and yeast 5 7 Carbohydrate when present is determined as the difference between 100 and the sum of the remaining proximate components and alcohol when present The determination of total carbohydrate values by this method of calculation include total dietary fiber
31. button when you reach the end of the information you want to copy to 140 the clipboard To copy a graphical image click on the image to give it the focus then press Alt Print Scrn That is hold down the Alt key Then while still holding the Alt key down press the Print Scrn key Let them go simultaneously This copies the image to the Windows clipboard To actually copy this information to the Windows Clipboard press Ctrl C That is hold down the Ctrl key on your keyboard then while still holding it down press the C key once and then let them both go A similar command is the cut command Cost Database NuitriBase features an updateable and editable Food Cost Database This feature allows you to more conveniently and quickly edit existing food costs add new ones or delete existing records By letting you display all the ingredients used in your recipes at once you can add cost information without having to look up each ingredient in the database or in an individual recipe This vastly simplifies the task of costing your recipes meals and or meal plans CPF Ratio The CPF Ratio is the ratio of calories from Carbohydrates Protein and Fat in that order in a client s intake recipe or Meal Plan A CPF Ratio of 40 30 30 indicates that an intake recipe or Meal Plan contains 40 of its calories from Carbohydrates 30 of its calories from Protein and 30 of its calories from Fat You can assig
32. docs that represent each of these workouts However these documents have been saved as PDF files in this folder because NutriBase won t display Word docs it will only display the PDF files it sees in this folder You can edit these MS Word docs and save them as PDF files in this folder the modified PDF s will be displayed in the Information window of NutriBase for you But you can do much more you can create new workout docs and save them to this folder as PDF s they will show up alphabetically in your drop down menus For more information please read the How to Edit or Create New Information Topics in the How To section of this manual 19 THE CLIENT OR MY SETUPS TAB Most often the first thing many users do is create a profile for themselves or for another person Although you can do this by clicking on tabs and navigating to the proper window you can also get to the proper windows by simply clicking the appropriate icon amp on the Quick Access Toolbar To move to the Add a Profile window click Client Setup Tab called My Setups in Personal Editions click the down arrow the Profiles Button and then click Add a Profile OR Click the Profiles shortcut on your Quick Access ToolBar amp to jump instantly to the following window Add a Profile Window One HomeC Client Setup P Food Log Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Meal Plans Reports Graphs Notes
33. etc 7 Export a recipe or multiple recipes to a single file that you can tell NutriBase to email to a colleague who uses any version of NutriBase 54 they can import your recipe or recipes into their copy of NutriBase in one pass 8 Import any recipe or recipes someone gives you 9 Use any recipe as an ingredient in another recipe i e using a sauce recipe as an ingredient in an entr e recipe 10 While viewing a recipe click an option to add this recipe to a client s Food Log a Meal a Meal Plan or Recipe 11 Sequence ingredients in any order you prefer 12 Optionally display costing information for all ingredients Add costing information for any ingredient You can add cost information to all your recipe ingredients by using the NutriBase Cost Database To access this Be function click the Home Tab to get to the Home Windows M click the NutriBase Menu Icon and then select the Cost Database option 13 Calculate your process loss the weight change due to the process of cooking your recipe 14 Automatically add all food items to a Shopping List 15 Use any NutriBase recipes organized by special needs including Body Building Vegan Vegetarian Diabetic DASH hypertension Healthy Heart Balanced Weight Loss Low Carbohydrate Weight Loss and 40 30 30 Weight Loss You can use these recipes as building blocks for your own custom Meal Plans 16 right mouse click on your Recipe Image o
34. mg goal Client s daily Theobromine mg goal Client s daily Water g goal Client s Mineral Goal Macros ACalcium AChloride AChromium Copper Fluoride lodine Aron Magnesium Manganese Molybdenum Phosphorus Potassium Selenium Sodium NZinc Client s daily mineral Calcium mg goal Client s daily mineral Chloride mg goal Client s daily mineral Chromium mcg goal Client s daily mineral Copper mg goal Client s daily mineral Fluoride mg goal Client s daily mineral lodine mg goal Client s daily mineral Iron mg goal Client s daily mineral Magnesium mg goal Client s daily mineral Manganese mg goal Client s daily mineral Molybdenum mcg goal Client s daily mineral Phosphorus mg goal Client s daily mineral Potassium mg goal Client s daily mineral Selenium mcg goal Client s daily mineral Sodium mg goal Client s daily mineral Zinc mg goal Client s Vitamin Goal Macros AlphaCarotene AlphaToc goal BetaCarotene BetaCrypto BetaToc DeltaToc Folate DFE AFolic Acid Food Folate GammaToc Niacin Pantothenic Retinol Client s daily Carotene Alpha mcg goal Client s daily Vitamin E Alpha Tocopherol mg Client s daily Carotene Beta mcg goal Client s daily Cryptoxanthin Beta mcg goal Client s daily Tocopherol Beta mg goal Client s daily Tocopherol Delta mg goal Client s Folate DFE goal Clie
35. protein grams by 4 estimated net carbs carbohydrates minus total dietary fiber grams by 4 and fat grams by 9 Sum these derived values to produce a total derived calories value 2 Assume that the food maker s published total calorie value is correct Compare the total derived calorie value to the food maker s published total calorie value If the derived value is lower or higher than 100 of the published value adjust all the non zero nutrient values in exactly the same ratio to produce a 100 correlation with total calories This un rounding process results in calories from values for Protein Carbohydrates and Fat that add up to the published total calories and that also add up to 100 This method although crude is arguably the best way to assure the highest possible degree of accuracy from the nutrient data currently available from food makers today Since the Atwater Conversion Factors are not available for most multi ingredient brand named foods this method provides numbers that are likely to be more accurate overall than numbers calculated using the straight 4 4 9 method For USDA formulated foods food items that include multiple ingredients CyberSoft used the 4 4 9 method of calculating calorie ratios CyberSoft s decision to not impose the compensated 4 4 9 method on USDA data produced some calorie ratio totals of less or greater than 100 For USDA data which uses the Atwater conversio
36. sensitive Client Related Macros CompanyName User s company name or actual name Set in the Report section Header setup ActivLev Client s activity level sedentary moderately active or very active Age Client s age in years BasicCalReq Clients daily Energy Kcal requirement Doesn t account for activity or exercise Bfcalcmethod Method that was used to calculate body fat content BodyFrame Client s body frame type small medium or large ACalCutPerWk Clients number of calories Kcal to cut per week to reach his or her weight goal Cnum Customer Number as identified in the Client Contact List Date Today s date DesBMI Client s desired BMI DesBodyFat Clients desired goal body fat content as a percentage of body weight DesWtKgs Client s desired goal weight in kilograms DesWiLbs Client s desired goal weight in pounds FirstName Client s first name Gender Client s sex GoalDate The date that the client is expected to reach his or her goal HeightCm Client s height in centimeters Heightftin Client s height in feet and inches 241 Heightin Client s height in inches AsCalOvride Has the clients calorie Kcal requirement been ovenidden yes or no AsNurs Is the client nursing yes or no lsPreg Is the client pregnant yes or no Kgs2L G Wk Client s kilograms to l
37. the NutriBase Food ID You can have NutriBase display the NutriBase Breakfast Burrito with Egg Beans and Food ID for all foods by clicking your NutriBase Menu clicking Options then check re the box to show NutriBase Food ID numbers for database items There are many other F revann options available to you in your NutriBase O Backup Options window T Restore If you ever want to talk to us about a particular Vig client Import food entry double click it and refer to this food ost Database item by its Food ID That way neither of us will have any confusion over which food entry Registration cal we are discussing a If you want to look up a food by its NutriBase Food ID simply choose the Food ID option from the Search type menu click the USDA Button to limit your search across USDA food items then click the Search Button to conduct your Food Item search All foods containing the search string will be displayed Different suffixes 231 denote different common household measures How to View Data Using the Nutrient Density View The Nutrient density view option allows you to compare similar foods in an apples to apples way Here s how it works and how you conduct this type of food look up KCal comparison levet 100 v kcal D ood Lookups Select a food category Search across ua Canadian Brand PFI Recipes Meals Select the Nutrient density view option from
38. this problem is minimized but not eliminated The USDA and Canadian databases contain fewer missing values than Brand Name foods which contain many missing values food makers are not required to analyze their foods in depth When USDA or Canadian data contains a missing value it is usually because the food isn t believed to contain much or any of that nutrient It is expensive and impractical to test for nutrients that experts don t believe are present For your convenience all nutrients that derived from any ingredients that are missing a value for that nutrient are clearly indicated for you You can select additional nutrients to include in your label In addition to the basic label data you can add Polyunsaturated Fat Monounsaturated Fat Potassium Vitamin A Vitamin C Calcium Iron Vitamin D Vitamin E Vitamin K Thiamin Riboflavin 192 Niacin Magnesium Vitamin B6 Zinc Folate Selenium Vitamin B12 Copper Biotin Manganese Pantothenic Acid Chromium Phosphorus Chloride lodine Molybdenum Enter an allergen statement To do so check the box for this and type in your statement Because NutriBase does not track the ingredients used in the foods in its database it does not attempt to automatically notify you when you select foods that may contain allergens Include a sorted ingredient listing To do this check the box to include your ingredient listing Your ingredients will be listed in descending order ba
39. 11 USE YOUR TABLE OF CONTENTS oanorornrnrsrennnnrnrnenssnenannrnnnenssnenannnnnnensnnenennnnnnensnennen 11 THENUTRIBASE TABS is5 0dccscoateseassincrcereccvesseaberiecennsvecsoatsocssousadensnedevenvongenentedeeds 11 Introduction to Web Based Synchronization 12 WHAT IS WEB BASED FILE SYNCHRONIZATION cccsescecccessessnsecesececeesenseaeeeeess 12 WHAT IS A WEB BASED SYNCHRONIZATION SERVICE cccseesesscecececeesenssaeeeeees 13 How DOES WEB BASED SYNCHRONIZATION WORK cccceseesessscecececeesenteaeeeeees 14 The Home 0 oiicisompeiinnnciuvsindinanaeiminonen LI HOMES 17 THE INFORMATION WINDOW sseccsseeeceesesssaeeecececsessaaececececsessaaesecececeesenssaeeeeees 17 The Client or My Setups Tab ssccccsssccsssssssssssessesees 20 ADDITIONAL CLIENT WINDOWS ccccccccscecsessaececececeessaeceeececsesseassesecsceeseneaeseeess 23 CLIENT SETUP TAB My SETUPS IN PERSONAL EDITIONS esceeeeeeeeeeeeees 24 CLIENT SETUPS NUTRIENTS cccsecsscccececsessaeeecececeesesaececececeessaaeseseeseeenenseaeeeeess 24 CLIENT SETUPS CRITERIA PRO AND HIGHER cccsssseceesesceceeseeecseceeeessneeeeneaes 25 CALORIE TRACKING OPTIONG cssssssssceececsesssaeeecececsessaeceeececsessaaseesecsceesenseaeeeeess 25 FOOD ALARMS 935505355 iceidychacis a E 25 SUCCESS CRITERIA ods c2eceeedscssasdee inani a ssagatee vecuedstsies A EES nE EEOAE Y 25 TRACKING BODY WEIGHT AND OR BODY F
40. 3 78 8 37 RA Soreness Sorghum 8 37 Spaghetti Regular 3 91 4 12 8 37 GS r Food Item Protein Carbs Fat Er MG GA MG 152 ee ae Wheat except Whole Wheat Wheat Bran fats Wheat Germ Whiskey White Rice je sf ear EO THE 4 4 9 METHOD For USDA SR nutrient data for formulated foods items with multiple ingredients CyberSoft uses the 4 4 9 method of calculating the of total calories from and the calories from values for Protein Carbohydrates and Fat In NutriBase PCF Ratio refers to the percentage ratio of calories from Protein Carbohydrates and Fat NutriBase also offers a User Preference option to display the CPF Ratio if preferred The 4 4 9 method is an official AOAC method of calculating calories Most laboratory analyses still report calories using this method This popular method of estimating calories assumes that one gram of protein contains 4 calories that one gram of carbohydrate contains 4 calories and that one gram of fat contains 9 calories In beverages or foods containing alcohol it is assumed that each gram of alcohol provides 7 calories By knowing the total calories in the food and the total calories from the calorie sources contained in the food it is a fairly straight forward calculation to determine the Calories from and the Calories from values For USDA data which uses the Atwater Conversion Factors for Protein Carbohydrates
41. 83 30 8 26 12 15 0 20 APPLE W SKIN RAW 09003d 69 00 35 88 0 18 9 53 0 12 CARROT BABY RAW 11960 170 10 59 53 1 09 14 02 0 22 Chicken Salad with Couscous 0 224 95 351 81 24 61 51 89 5 15 RAISIN SEEDLESS 09298b 13 00 38 87 0 40 10 29 0 06 Broccoli Vinaigrette 0 412 67 158 97 11 45 27 35 3 75 7 80 Un fried Catfish 0 123 96 189 98 18 52 8 91 BROWNRICE LONG GRAIN COOKED 20037a 97 50 108 22 2 52 22 39 0 88 YOGURT STRAWBERRY NONFAT 01198a 227 00 124 85 7 72 22 47 DAILY TOTALS 1696 57 1228 53 77 42 INGREDIENTS 4bunchs BROCCOLI RAW 11090e 1tbsp OLIVE OIL 04053b 2tbso LEMON JUICE RAW 09152b How to Edit an NB Meal Plan NB Meal Plans are the NutriBase Meal Plans that we provide with your initial installation These consist of meal plans at eight calorie levels for 11 different special needs diabetic hypertension vegan body building etc Each special need contains meal plans at different calorie levels to address the needs of a wide range of different sized clients To view your NutriBase Meal Plans click the Meal Plans Tab then click the NB Meal Plans Button Click the various tabs to view the various special needs that are currently addressed 201 Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Meal Plans Reports Graphs Notes amp lists OM mea py SB NB Meal Plans 25 2250 calories 2500 calories 3000 calories 3500 calories Core Body Building 25 50
42. B 2 as follows Cup weights Cup weights shown in the CNF data may or may not be adequate for determining weights of larger measures such as 1 quart or more Although specific only for 1 cup the weights are believed reasonably suitable for calculating nutrients in serving portions that are in the range of from less than 1 cup up to 2 cups Conversion Factors for Volume Weights In some cases conversion factors are provided for 5 and 15 ml volume weights and have been derived independently from teaspoon and tablespoon amounts not by multiplying by 0 05 and 0 15 to conform with USDA Handbook No 456 Appendix B 2 as follows For those foods commonly used in units of 1 tablespoon or 1 teaspoon weights shown are for the foods measured in those units Weights obtained in this manner are usually less than the weights derived for them by dividing the weight per cup by 16 the 128 number of tablespoons in 1 cup or by 48 the number of teaspoons in 1 cup Edible Cooked Food Occasionally it is more appropriate and useful to provide a weight of edible cooked food from 100 g of raw In those cases the factors provided are derived from the weight of cooked portions yielded from 100 g raw They cannot be applied to data for the comparable raw food to cook by calculation as there are other factors such as nutrient retention to consider in such calculations Conversion Factor for Edible Portion per 1 Kg This is the number by wh
43. Data compiled by USDA for 4 additional classes of carotenoids have been added to the CNF for this edition alpha carotene lycopene B cryptoxanthin lutein amp amp zeaxanthin combined These carotenoids have a much lower contribution to Vitamin A activity but act as antioxidants that may have roles in reducing risks of cancer and other diseases Vitamin D Vitamin D is expressed in units of mcg 40 IU Vitamin D 1 mcg CNF staff initiated a project to expand the Vitamin D values on the database Critical examination of the high percentage of formerly missing values was undertaken Some were known by scientific deduction to be zero are now assigned assumed zero status some values were borrowed from international databases and some were estimated by recipe calculation to be below international standards for trace amounts Vitamin D in fish is determined by reverse phase HPLC UV after sample saponification followed an extraction and an extensive clean up involving a normal phase HPLC UV separation Vitamin E There are a number of isomers of Vitamin E In the past a calculation of Vitamin E equivalents which took into account activities of various isomers was most commonly used However the National Academy of Sciences has now determined that the only isomer of significant activity is the RRR tocopherol expressed in mg As such the only expression of Vitamin E activity now in the CNF is tocopherol in mg Niacin is
44. Directed IU International Units pes pieces JR Junior PFM Prepared From Mix Potassium PFR Prepared From Recipe KC Kansas City steak pkg package kcal Kilocalorie calorie pkgd packaged kJ Kilojoule pkt packet prep prepared RTE Ready to Eat l bac Retinol Activity RTF Ready to Feed RAE Equivalent q RTH Ready to Heat RE Retinol Equivalent RTS Ready to Serve refrig refrigerated RTU Ready to Use reg regular s amp l solids and liquids RP Restaurant Prepared SE Separable Fat RTB Ready to Bake z Hini sir sirloin RTC Ready to Cook SLF Separable Lean and Fat RTD Ready to Drink SLO Separable Lean Only 117 References for USDA SR Nutrient Data Adams C F 1975 Nutritive Value of American Foods in Common Units U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook 456 Association of Official Analytical Chemists 2003 Official Methods of Analysis 17th ed 2nd revision AOAC International Gaithersburg MD Booth S L K W Davidson and J A Sadowski 1994 Evaluation of an HPLC method for the determination of phylloquinone vitamin K1 in various food matrices Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 42 295 300 Byrdwell W C J Devries J Exler J M Harnly J M Holden M F Holick B W Hollis R L Horst M Lada L E Lemar K Y Patterson K M Philips M T Tarrago Trani W R Wolf 2008 Analyzing vitamin D in foods and suppl
45. Export While in the Information mode double click Of Contact List any name to add or edit their contact information To export your contact information to XLS Excel format CSV Comma Separated Values or RTF Rich Text Format a generic word processor format that MS Word can open click the Export option at the top of the window select the names you want to export then right mouse click to select the format you want to export Web Profiles From Web Based Questionnaire This feature applies to the NutriBase SE versions the versions that support a web based questionnaire The web based questionnaire is a web based marketing tool The idea is to get 100 hits a day 700 hits a week and 35 000 hits a year You gather profile information like email address age gender height weight desired weight etc a total of about a dozen facts You can import this data directly into NutriBase and log these folks in as clients Professional users offer an Initial Assessment Report or a monthly newsletter to these folks as an incentive for completing your brief questionnaire NutriBase can read this profile information and import it The contact information goes into the NutriBase Contact Manager and the personal information is used to log each person in as a client Once a client is logged into NutriBase NutriBase makes calculations and knows 180 things calorie needs nutrient goals body weight desired body weight etc about
46. Folder you must edit your NBASENET DAT file This process is explained in detail shortly 6 Place shortcuts to NB11NW EXE on the workstations from which users will be able to access NutriBase 7 Make sure that the folder named in Line 3 of the NBASENET DAT file exists on each workstation Each user must have permission to read and write to this folder The default location for this folder is Windows but may administrators change this to something like nutribase More on this later 8 A few days after you install NutriBase it will nag you to register it To register NutriBase select the option to register on line then enter in the Registration Number that NutriBase provides you Enterprise Editions are entitled to one activation on a single server 257 9 To enter NutriBase you enter a password either a user password which you probably won t have set up the first time you run NutriBase or the Master User Password The default value for the Master User password is Master12User Use this password to enter NutriBase for the first time This topic will be discussed in depth ahead Your NBPD INI Text File When the installation is finished there will be an NBPD INI file discussed previously in Step 3 above located in your NutriBase Application Folder It is a text file whose purpose is to indicate the correct path to NutriBase data where food logs recipes meals client
47. Food Log It always contains every food item in the nutrient intake You can organize and analyze your Food Log by meals or snacks by copying the food items and or PFI s and recipes from the All Foods Tab to any of the six meal and or snack tabs All Meals Tab This is a tab in the Meal Manager This tab always contains every Meal in the Meal Manager You can organize and analyze your Meals by copying them from the All Meals Tab to any other Meal notebook tab You can add edit and delete Meals Tabs as you wish All Personal Food Items Tab This is a tab in the Personal Food Item Manager It always contains an alphabetical listing of every PFI in the nutrient intake All Recipes Tab This is a tab in the Recipes Manager This tab contains every recipe in the Recipe Manager You can organize and analyze your recipes by copying them from the All Recipes Tab to any other recipe notebook tab You can add edit and delete Recipes Tabs as you wish Append When you append information you add it to the existing information This way you lose no information For example if you append to a Meal you are adding items to the Meal Army AR600 9 Body Fat AR600 9 is the U S Army s regulations regarding a soldier s body weight requirements This document explains how to derive these values by using body fat as the primary guide Auto Record List A list of food items
48. Hard Candy Other Candies Cereal Grains and Pasta Flour Meal Grains Grasses Pasta Noodles Cookies and Crackers Cookies Crackers Dairy Products Butter Cheese Cream Sour Cream Whey Eggs Yogurt Desserts Brownies Cakes Custard Flan Rennin Gelatin Ice Cream Frozen Desserts Mousse Pastries Pies Pudding Sweet Breads Entrees Beef Pork and Other Meats Breakfast Lunch Mexican Pasta Pizza Poultry Sandwiches Seafood Other Mixed Dishes Fats and Oils Fats Margarine Margarine Substitutes Oils Shortening Finfish and Shellfish Products Fin Fish Shellfish Fruits Fresh Dried Packaged Ingredients Cake Frosting Coatings Batter Mixes Crumbs Cooking Ingredients Fruit Fillings Marinade Tenderizers Seasonings Sweeteners Tomato Products Lamb Veal and Game Products 239 Lamb Australian Lamb Domestic Lamb New Zealand Lamb Iceland Veal and Organ Meats Game and Other Meats Legumes Beans Peas Peanuts Soy Carob Medical Nutritionals Carbohydrate amp Protein Supplements Critical Care Healing Support Diabetes Glucose Intolerance Elemental Diet Gastro Intestinal Support Hepatic Support Intact Protein Diet Parenteral Nutrient Injections Pediatric Pulmonary Support Renal Support Other Nuts and Seeds Flour Meal Powder Nuts Paste Butter Oil Extract Seeds Pork Products Ham Pork Pork Products Poultry Chicken Turkey
49. LITE 1 serving 79 0 26 86 124 03 Vit TOFU FIRM NASOYA ORGANIC 0 2 pkg 79 0 3 16 vag Legumes ve TOFU FIRM MENY 1 4 block ME o TOFU FIRM PREMIUM 2oz 56 0 18 48 He g nigan Find next Find prev A c nes PUI Display Add selected item jew i il Add to my PFI Display your Previously Used Ingredients in alphabetic order click to select Click here to see all Click the Add selected item Button to add the selected food item Click here to view all Click here to add the abbreviations used Right Mouse Click Drag and the nutrient data for the selected item to your x Whe have mouse options such as RMC in the nutrient data a es ae mouse geen ome este selected item Personal Food Items Drop Ctrl for multi select or Shift to select a range they are indicated here This section allows you to conduct a search within your original search results Type the name of the word you wish to find and click the appropriate Find button Click the Highlight button to highlight all occurrences s there 225 Please study this Search Screen image to get an idea of what How To Conduct Food Lookups Take a look at the Food Lookups panel This panel allows you to do all the things you need to do to conduct NutriBase searches Clicking the down arrow on the Search Types reveals the many types of NutriBase searches you can perform Food Name 38 foods APPLE W O SKIN RAW 1 larae 216 0 103 68
50. Muscle Shoals Alabama pp 525 554 Soil Science Society of America Madison WI Lee J Suknark K Kluvitse Y Philips R D Eitenmiller R R 1999 Rapid liquid chromatographic assay of vitamin E and retinyl palmitate in extruded weaning foods Journal of Food Science 64 968 972 Leonard S W C K Good E T Gugger and M G Traber 2004 Vitamin E bioavailability from fortified breakfast cereal is greater than that from encapsulated supplements American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 79 86 92 Liem I I H K H Steinkraus and J C Cronk 1977 Production of vitamin Biz in tempeh A fermented soybean food Applied Environmental Microbiology 34 773 776 Livesay G and E Marinos 1988 Estimation of energy expenditure net carbohydrate utilization and net fat oxidation and synthesis by indirect calorimetry Evaluation of errors with special reference to the detailed composition of fuels American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 47 608 628 Mangels A R J M Holden G R Beecher et al 1993 Carotenoid content of fruits and vegetables An evaluation of analytic data Journal of the American Dietetic Association 93 284 296 Martin J I W O Landen A M Soliman and R R Eitenmiller 1990 Application of a tri enzyme extraction for total folate determination in foods Journal of the Association of Analytical Chemistry 73 805 808 119 Matthews R H and Y J Garrison 1975 Food Yields Summarized by Differe
51. NutriBase APPLE RAW medium v General v GgAst _ Home Client Setup Food Log Exercise Tracker Personal Food Recipes Meals MealPlans Reports Graphs Notes amp Lists m SP Organizer P Folders aa Pri APPLE RAW medium i 3 per Ib 2 75 dia Serving Size amount and unit 1 medium v Serving size gram weight Amount Per Serving Galories Shopping list category Nuts amp Seeds Daily Value based on a 2 000 calorie diet Total Fat g 1 Saturated Fat g 7 0 Trans Fat g Polyunsaturated Fat g Monounsaturated Fat g Cholesterol mg Sodium mg Potassium mg Total Carbohydrates g Dietary Fiber g y Entervaluesby DV Sugars g l Add exchanges ene 3 Add more nutrient values RMC Drag Ctrl Shift You can add new food items to NutriBase Once entered you can use these new food items in your Food Logs Recipes Meals and Meal Plans We call these new food items Personal Food Items PFl s 1 You add food items to NutriBase as Personal Food Items PFI s This window is your interface for adding new foods 2 Click the Add more nutrient values Button to add additional nutrients vitamins minerals amino acids fatty acids etc 45 3 Use the Add exchanges to add ADA exchange values if desired 4 The Enter values by DV Button allows you to enter the percentage values often provided on Nutrition Fa
52. Snack When you create a Report by clicking the Reports Tab and selecting the type of report you want to create you will want the Food Log items listed in all your Meals and Snacks to equal the tally of foods in your All Foods Tab This will only happen if you have assigned all the foods in your All Food Tab to Meals and Snacks Home Client Setup 304 It s easy to check to see if all foods have been assigned to a Meal or Snack Click the All Foods Tab in the Food Log Tab RMC then select the Copy item to Meals Tabs option This will only Edit item list the food items that have not Duplicate item already been assigned to a Meal ems to me or Snack eee There is another way to check to Recipe ingredients Mealitems Ctrl D see if your food items have been Ennd itamle ta meal assigned to a Meal or Snack Just look at your Food Log display The food items that have not been assigned show a to indicate this Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Meal Plans Snack Dinner PM Snack Oatmeal with Fiber and Protein Hot at Amino Shooter Creatine amp Energy Bo 1 00 servings 45 Breakfast RCP9 7 00AM _ PINEAPPLE TRADITIONAL VARIETIES R 130 gram BLUEBERRY UNSWEETENED FROZEN 45 gram RMC over this display and notice you can select the columns of v data you want to have displayed The Food ID column is turned on or off by clicking the Nut
53. Tab can contain recipes that are in your All Recipes Tab You can copy recipes listed in your All Recipes Tab into your other Recipes Tabs by dragging and dropping recipes into your new Tabs You can also do this by highlighting a recipe performing an RMC then selecting the Copy to tabs option All your recipes will self alphabetize themselves within their Tabs Desserts Entrees T General lt Black Bean Soup Garden Vegetable Bake Click this Folders Button to create Folders and to organize your recipes into multiple Folders Use your Right Mouse Click RMC to create rename and delete Recipe Folders You can drag and drop your Recipes from Folder to Folder You can select a Folder and use the RMC to import recipes into that folder or export existing recipes from that Folder This user created three Folders Desserts Diabetic and Entrees The General Folder was present since installation Each Folder can be further organized into Tabs To create and or organize a Folder use the Organizer Button Note We recommend you organize your recipes into multiple Recipe Folders By avoiding the beginner s habit of putting all of your recipes into a single Folder like General you benefit with quicker access and better organization 58 Recipe Criteria Chef and higher Recipe Criteria are a set of nutrient values to which you compare your recipe s nutrient content By default NutriB
54. Within the past 3 months Within the past 6 months Within the past 12 months Within the past 2 years Within the past 5 years More than 5 years ago Anemia Asthma Colitis Diabetes Gastric Reflux Hypertension value hypoglycemia Hypoglycemia value ibs Irritable Bowel Syndrome value heart Heart Disease value hernia Hiatal Hernia value liver Liver Disease value other Other medical condition 40 name othername Other medical condition 41 name notes Notes and comments Web forms require NutriBase Professional and higher in conjunction with special server side software that must be installed Email us at support nutribase com or call us at 480 603 8359 9 3 Mon Thu Arizona time for more information You may add as many non mandatory fields as you wish to your form This listing is for the ones provided with your initial assessment questionnaire you may add other questions as desired 255 NUTRIBASE ENTERPRISE EDITION NETWORK GUIDE Installing the Enterprise Edition of NutriBase The Enterprise Edition of NutriBase is a network edition It is installed onto your server and can be accessed by workstations in your facility connected to your local area network The 5 Node edition handles up to 5 simultaneous users the 50 Node Enterprise Edition handles up to 50 simultaneous users etc The Enterprise Edition End User License permits installation on a sing
55. as pudding prepared with milk the fortified ingredient s was selected for use in the recipe calculation of vitamin D In the case of margarine a market share blend of fortified and unfortified product was used For some retail products such as yogurt there is considerable brand to brand difference in vitamin D fortification practices One brand or line 103 of products may be fortified with vitamin D whereas another brand may not Both types are included in the database The market changes quickly and consumers concerned about vitamin D intake should always confirm vitamin D content by checking the product label Vitamin E Vitamin E activity for the RDA as defined by the DRI report IOM 2000 is now limited to the naturally occurring form and three synthetic forms of a tocopherol For this reason a tocopherol equivalents which included vitamin E activity from a B y and 6 tocopherol and a B and y tocotrienols were dropped from the database in SR16 Tocopherols were determined by gas liquid chromatography GLC or high performance liquid chromatography HPLC Lee et al 1999 For those items in FNDDS values are presented for a tocopherol If analytical data were unavailable values for a tocopherol were imputed When available values are also presented for the other tocopherols In the DRI report for Vitamin E different factors were used to calculate the milligram amount of a tocopherol from IU of vitamin E IOM
56. blood glucose measurements against time You can also time stamp entries in your Tracker Tab Tool Bar The Tool Bar is the row of icons across the top of the NutriBase Screen Click these Explorer style icons to perform major functions The Tool Bar provides an alternative to using the Menu Bar options USDA SR Data USDA SR stands for USDA Standard Reference It is short for the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference which in this product consists of the USDA SR data the data contained in our 148 Medical Nutritionals food category the data contained in our Vitamins and Mineral Supplements food category and the data contained in our Commercial Ingredients food category Web Based Questionnaire The SE Editions of NutriBase support the web based questionnaire The web based questionnaire is a web based marketing tool The idea is to get say 100 hits a day 700 hits a week 35 000 hits a year You gather contact information and personal information like age gender height weight desired weight etc a total of about a dozen facts NutriBase can import this data directly and log these folks in as clients You can offer a monthly newsletter to these folks as an incentive for completing your brief questionnaire NutriBase can read this Questionnaire information and import it The contact information goes into the NutriBase Contact Manager and the personal information is used to create a Client Prof
57. can activate NutriBase after it expires and your data will still be present This window displays your Registration Number a number that you will need to provide to us so we can activate you Your Registration Number is boldfaced and positioned near the top of the NutriBase 11 Activation Window Note This sample image shows the Registration Number as a string of X s yours will be a string of different numbers and letters Clicking the Copy Button on this window copies your Registration Number into the Windows clipboard Pressing Ctrl V will paste this number for you 4 Copy To activate NutriBase click the option I have purchased NutriBase and would like to activate it on line This will take you to a page on our web site that will ask you a few questions It will ask you what your Registration Number is If you clicked the Copy Button in the previous window you can paste it into the appropriate location Answer the remaining questions and submit the form we will activate your copy of NutriBase for you within 24 hours but usually much faster Remember you can normally still run NutriBase it will run for eight days before it expires Check your other options to handle situations not covered above Once you activate NutriBase you ll be able to download free updates from our web site without having to re activate A new activation is required for each new PC you install NutriBase to You are entitled to
58. defined for trace amounts e Comprehensive assumed zero entries for Vitamin C Vitamin B12 cholesterol caffeine theobromine and alcohol Canada s Food Guide for Healthy Eating Assignments e Portion size measures which relate Canada s Food Guide for Healthy Eating CFGHE food grouping principles to each of the CNF foods have been added to this version of the database Limitations to the Data It is essential that potential users of the CNF recognize its strengths and limitations The database is maintained and updated on an ongoing basis USDA releases relevant scientific literature industry data for 125 common brand name products and current analyses from Canadian government university and research laboratories are gathered and examined to meet inclusion criteria Imputations are added when determined to be valid Thus average amounts of nutrients in foods available in Canada are supplied The exact nutrient composition of a specific apple or cookie will not be found on the CNF These averages except where indicated otherwise take into account sources of a given food across Canada Local foods may have a different profile than the national average Every food item may not contain a complete nutrient data set Where data is unavailable for a particular nutrient on the database it is a missing value and not a true zero Software developers and others personalizing the database must learn to understand and account for the mi
59. food intake the first task is to locate the food item you wish to add to a person s Food Log You can add USDA food items Canadian Nuirient File food items Brand Name food items Personal Foods Food items you have added to NutriBase Recipes and Meals The NutriBase Food Log is the place to record everything a client ate or will eat over time In this window you can 1 Record everything a client ate or will eat Look up foods in the lower portion of this window drag and drop them into the meal or snack tab as you work For information about how to locate foods please read the Food Search How To Topics located in this User s Manual 2 Determine the NB FTE the next best food to eat 3 Organize foods into one of three meals or three snacks per day 4 Edit your client s Food Log by removing foods editing the amounts eaten or adding new food items 5 Lookup and record food items from the nutrient database recipes or Personal Food Items foods you have added to NutriBase 30 6 Create an Auto Record list a list of foods that are automatically added to your client s Food Log every day you record to their Food Log You can create different Auto Record lists for different clients or groups of clients 7 Sequence food items in any order you prefer 8 Time stamp meals and snacks This is critical to do if you are a diabetic tracking your meals against your blood glucose levels throughout the
60. food item will be your second best option for bringing you closer to all of your NBFTE goals Etc Click the Find foods button and NutriBase will find the best foods to help fulfill your remaining NBFTE goals Options Don t exceed a calorie value of 0 kcal F Don t exceed a carbohydrate value of 0g F Don t exceed a protein value of olg F Don t exceed a fat value of 0g V Exclude my other goals What are other goals Filter categories an C Find foods m TOTAL RTE 1 NLEA serving General Mills 3 4 cup 30 0 2 001 23 001 0 501 COMPLETE WHEAT BRAN FLAKES RTE 1 NLEA serving Kellogg s 3 4 cup 29 0 29 22 91 0 58 COMMON SENSE OAT BRAN FLAKES RTE 1 NLEA serving Kellogg s 3 4 cup 30 0 33 231 1 05 PRODUCT 19 RTE 1 NLEA serving Kellogg s 1 cup 30 0 231 24 9 0 42 TOTAL CORN FLAKES RTE 1 NLEA serving General Mills 11 3 cup 30 0 1815 25 665 0 483 SPINACH BOILED NO SALT drained lcup 180 0 5 346 6 75 0 468 MULTIGRAIN CHEERIOS PLUS RTE 1 NLEA serving General Mills 1 cup 30 0 2 07 23 793 1 035 ENRICHED BRAN FLAKES RTE includes USDA Commodity B877 Ralston 1 cup 420 4 288 33 503 1 411 VEAL LIVER BRAISED yield from 116 g raw liver 1 slice 80 0 22 736 3 016 5 008 GRAPE NUTS RTE 1 NLEA serving Post 1 2 cup 58 0 7 238 46 458 1 073 ALL BRAN RTE 1 NLEA serving Kellogg s 1 2 cup 30 0 3 942 22 272 147 VEGETARIAN STEW 1 cup 247 0 41 99 17 29 741 A al r When your search results appear you will see your Filt
61. for cholesterol is assumed to be zero Plant sterols Data on plant sterols campesterol stigmasterol and B sitosterol were obtained by gas chromatographic procedures AOAC 967 18 and summed to calculate total phytosterols 110 Amino Acids The data for amino acids represent results obtained primarily by ion exchange chromatography Nutrient data for the following amino acids are included in the database Alanine 9 Histidine 9 Proline 9 Arginine g Isoleucine 9 Serine g Aspartic Acid 9 Leucine 9 Threonine 9 Cystine 9 Lysine 9 Tyrosine 9 Glutamic Acid 9 Methionine 9 Tryptophan 9 Glycine 9 Phenylalanine 9 Valine 9 Amino acid data for a class or species of food are aggregated to yield a set of values that serve as the pattern for calculating the amino acid profile of other similar foods The amino acid values for the pattern are expressed on a per gram of nitrogen basis Amino acids are extracted in three groups tryptophan sulfur containing amino acids methionine and cystine and all others Tryptophan is determined by alkaline hydrolysis HPLC AOAC 988 15 methionine and cystine by performic oxidation HPLC AOAC 994 12 and all others by acid hydrolysis HPLC AOAC 982 30 The amino acid patterns and the total nitrogen content were used to calculate the levels of individual amino acids per 100 g of food using the following formula AAf AAn Vp Nf AAf Amino acid content per 100 gram
62. free updates would be numbered 11 1 11 2 11 3 etc Upgrades are major new releases The base number of a major new release is incremented The upgrade to NutriBase 9 NB9 is NB10 The upgrade to NB10 is NB11 etc To upgrade to a latest version you need to be a registered user of the immediately previous version How to Run NutriBase as an Administrator Some users get an Access Denied error or a Read Write Error when they attempt to save a Profile recipe or other NutriBase data file These error messages often do not come from NutriBase they come from your operating system It is telling you that you do not have permission to read or write these files The Setup Program attempts to set your permissions properly but for some reason it sometimes fails to accomplish this A reinstallation sometimes fixes this issue If this does not eliminate this type of error message please do the following Right mouse click on the NutriBase program s startup icon located on your Windows Desktop Click the option to Run as administrator Does this resolve your issue If so you can right mouse click on the NutriBase program s startup icon located on your Windows Desktop Click the Properties option Click the Compatibility Tab Check the box labeled Run this program as an administrator This will set NutriBase to always run in this mode How to Activate Your Software Three days after installing the NutriB
63. goal as a percentage of total Client s daily Trans Fat g goal TransMonoFat Client s daily Trans Monoenoic Fat g goal TransPolyFat Client s daily Trans Polyenoic Fat g goal 245 Client s Amino Acid Goal Macros Alanine Arginine Aspartic ACystine Glutamic Glycine Histidine Hydroxy Asoleucine Leucine Lutein Lycopene Lysine Methionine Phenylalanine Proline Serine Threonine Tryptophan Tyrosine Valine Client s daily amino acid Alanine g goal Client s daily amino acid Arginine g goal Client s daily amino acid Aspartic acid g goal Client s daily amino acid Cystine g goal Client s daily amino acid Glutamic Acid g goal Client s daily amino acid Glycine g goal Client s daily amino acid Histidine g goal Client s daily amino acid Hydroxyproline g goal Client s daily amino acid Isoleucine g goal Client s daily amino acid Leucine g goal Client s daily amino acid Lutein g goal Client s daily amino acid Lycopene g goal Client s daily amino acid Lysine g goal Client s daily amino acid Methionine g goal Client s daily amino acid Phenylalanine g goal Client s daily amino acid Proline g goal Client s daily amino acid Serine g goal Client s daily amino acid Threonine g goal Client s daily amino acid Tryptophan g goal Client s daily amino acid Tyrosine g goal Client s daily amino acid Vali
64. in the next four weeks of the selected person s Food Log Choose this option to copy from a client s Food Log to a Meal Plan Meal Plan to Meal Plan copy Meal Plan to Food Log copy How to Edit an existing NutriBase Meal Plan Many NutriBase prefer to edit an existing plan to creating one from scratch The NB Meal Plans that we include in NutriBase can be edited and saved But you can t delete or add to the NB Meal Plans they are protected You may however make a copy of any NB Meal Plan save it then edit as desired If you want to use an included NB Meal Plan as the basis for a new Meal Plan here s how 1 Click the Meal Plans Tab 2 Click the Meal Plan Copy Button 3 Click the Meal Plan to Meal Plan option 4 Use the resulting window to copy all or selected part of an existing NB Meal Plan to a new Meal Plan This new Meal Plan will be saved to one of your Meal Plan Folders as opposed to the NB Meal Plan Folder You can give it any name you like 69 5 Click the Folders Tab and open this new Meal Plan and edit as desired 6 To print a Meal Plan report click Reports Tab and then click the Meal Plan Button THE REPORTS TAB To create a report in NutriBase you click the Reports Tab then click the button that represents the type of report you want to create To create a Recipe report for example you click the Reports Tab and then click the Recipe Button F
65. including other databases and repeat your search Or use fewer words or letters in your search string The shorter your search string the more hits you should locate Note If you have difficulty locating a particular food item email us at support nutribase com and ask us if it s in our database If it is we ll 227 reply with step by step instructions for how to locate it If not you can always add a new food as a Personal Food Item to NutriBase How to Interpret NutriBase Alerts When you display nutrient data in NutriBase the software color codes the background color of your data values for Sodium Saturated Fat and Cholesterol This gives you a quick way to tell how much of these three nutrients any food contains Note Keep in mind that NutriBase Alerts are provided for the specified serving size of the food item you are viewing This means that an alert may be somewhat misleading if you choose to use a far smaller serving size than the one specified in the nutrient database The normal background color for our nutrient data is white We use four colors in our Alerts Green Light Green Yellow and Red Green means the food contains none zero of the nutrient For these nutrients green is usually interpreted as good The Red Alert on the other hand specifies a food that is relatively high in the nutrient it refers to The chart below shows you the meaning of the four colors we use for Alerts The back cover
66. information etc are stored This path must allow NutriBase to find this data from both the server AND the workstations Since you specify this path during setup you should not have to edit it However if you need to you can edit this path to be a mapped drive an unmapped drive or even an environmental variable Here are examples of three valid text entries for your NBPD INI file a x NutriBase Data b server program files NutriBase Data c env nutribase_data Keep in mind that these are arbitrary examples and that you should not use these literally unless they happen to be the correct path for accessing the NutriBase data files from both your server and for your workstations Set Permissions for the Program Data Folder You must set the permissions to the ProgramData Folder which is defined in your NBPD INI file discussed in step 4 above so that all users can access it with read and write privileges This is normally accomplished by setting the permissions for this Program Data Folder to total access for Everyone The NutriBase Setup Program attempts to set this for you during installation but if it is prevented from doing so you will have to set this yourself after installation Starting NutriBase for the First Time It is imperative that the NutriBase Enterprise Edition be started for the first time on your server Doing so will assure that NutriBase is activated properly The Setup Program will attempt to start Nu
67. macro called CompanyName and you will be able to insert your company name into NutriBase reports The information above is sufficient for any webmaster to be able to use NutriBase recipes on a web site If you are not a webmaster we recommend you find someone to help you learn the basics so you can maintain your recipes on your web site Actual web site maintenance is beyond the scope of support provided by CyberSoft for NutriBase customers NutriBase will help you create the recipe reports but it is up to you to know how to upload them to your web site upload the required images and link to them from other pages on your site How to Create an NDI Report Pro and higher You can create a Nutrient Density Index see Glossary of NutriBase Terms report with NutriBase Pro and higher To create the NDI Report click the Reports Tab click the Client Button select a client choose the Nutrient Density Index Spreadsheet report 222 rene The Dietary Reference Intakes see Glossary of NutriBase Terms has been set up for you To see your DRI nutrient goals click the DRI setup Button These particular DRI nutrient goals are based on the maximum recommendation for each BENY age group for both genders for each nutrient You may edit these values as you see fit Click the Create report Button to generate your NDI Report 0 17 TASTEOS RTE 0 17 HONEY NUT TOASTED OAT RTE
68. means you can now publish any NutriBase report recipe Meal Plan or document as a Web Page The NutriBase word processor also lets you save files in RTF a generic word processor format you can open with MS Word format The HTML option gives you another option for electronic delivery of your work IF Diet See details under the Intermittent Fasting Diet topic below 142 Information Topics On your Home Window you will find the Information Tab This tab leads you to a wealth of information In Professional and higher editions over 170 topics are available Each topic is stored in PDF format either on your hard drive or on our web site You can email these information topics to your clients or print them out and use them as handouts for your clients Intermittent Fasting Diet This is a type of diet that requires you to use different calorie goals for each day of the week For example you may have fasting days on say Mondays and Tuesdays In this case you may take in say 600 calories on these two days and say 2400 calories per day on the remaining five days of the week This type of dieting may help you create a 3600 calorie deficit 1800 x 2 days each week that could help you lose one Ib per week The IF Diet is one of the most popular diets of 2013 Perform a web search on IF Diet to learn more about the various strategies used in IF dieting Kilocalorie Kcal This is the more formal name for what we
69. must be known to calculate RAE Most of the vitamin A data in the database were received as IU Therefore the amounts of the provitamin A carotenoids and retinol had to be estimated based on the amount of retinol and provitamin A carotenoids in the ingredients Once the components had been 101 estimated ug RAE were calculated as IU from carotenoids 20 IU from retinol 3 33 ug of retinol were calculated as IU from retinol 3 33 Vitamin D Due to considerable public health interest in vitamin D a multi year project was undertaken by NDL to expand and update the relatively small existing dataset of vitamin D values in SR Much of the original data for vitamin D had been published earlier in USDA s Provisional Table PT 108 Weihrauch and Tamaki 1991 with values for fortified foods updated as needed with data received from the food industry The availability of vitamin D data for foods permitting subsequent dietary intake assessment is expected be a useful tool in investigating dietary requirements of vitamin D in vulnerable groups one of the specific research recommendations of the 2005 Dietary Guidelines Committee DGAC 2004 An Institute of Medicine Committee to Review Dietary Reference Intakes for Vitamin D and Calcium was convened in 2009 to assess current relevant data and revise as appropriate the DRIs for vitamin D and calcium Before foods could be analyzed for vitamin D for inclusion in this release analytical metho
70. numbers vastly reduces the possibility of creating conflicted files files that can result when two users save NutriBase data that gets synchronized at the very same moment Workgroup numbers are discussed in the previous topic 3 Assign Specific NutriBase Folders to Specific Individuals NutriBase allows you to organize your recipes into their own Recipe Folders Assign specific users to work in their own Recipe Folders You could create a Recipe Folder for example named Sally Smith s Recipe Folder if you like Assign a Recipe Folder to each member of your workgroup to organize recipes by author These guidelines use the example of recipes but they also apply equally well to Meal Folders PFI Folders Client Information etc 4 Restore NutriBase Backups With Care lf you need to restore a NutriBase Backup File understand that the data on your computer the Cloud and in all the other workgroup computers will be replaced with whatever is in your NutriBase Backup File You must notify all members or your workgroup to avoid using NutriBase until the Cloud is synchronized to the new data that has been restored 5 Read and Understand the An Introduction to Web Based Synchronization section of this document Anyone using a web based synchronization service should understand the basics of how this useful capability works Understanding the basics will help you 168 understand its limitations as well as its benefits 6 Read
71. nutrient goals Users cannot edit or delete the success criteria Users cannot edit or delete alarm criteria Users cannot import Web Profiles or Client Intake Module files All users can analyze NB Recipes and NB Meal Plans Partial Restrictions Users can see all PFI S Recipes Meal Plans but can only modify those associated with password Users can analyze all Recipes PFI s and Meal Plans Users can modify and view only the client information associated with their password Users cannot import PFI s Recipes or Meal Plans Users cannot export data but can export PFI s Recipes Meal Plans associated with password Users cannot add delete or modify PFI or Recipes Tabs Users don t have access to the Client Contact List Users cannot edit move or delete exercises in the master exercise list Users cannot edit or delete nutrient goals Users cannot edit or delete the success criteria Users cannot edit or delete alarm criteria Users can import Web Profiles and Client Intake Module files e All users can analyze NB Recipes and NB Meal Plans Note NutriBase Recipes and NutriBase Meal Plans are the recipe and meal plans provided with NutriBase You can ignore them but you cannot delete them These NutriBase items are available to all users However the Access Levels defined for each user still pertains to them this means for instance that users with partial restrictions and full restrictions cannot edit them eee o e NO
72. nutrient interactions physiological mechanisms nutritional status and other factors when not enough information is available New For This Edition Altered Update Approach Most new editions of the CNF in the past have grouped the major changes by food group However much of the maintenance and update work between 2001 2005 has not focused on overhauls to any specific food group or group of like foods but rather concentrated on revisions to the expressions or content of certain nutrients throughout all of the foods in the database refer to the section entitled Information on Nutrients for the details of these changes an overhaul of the conversion factor or measures information embedding of 126 Canada s Food Guide for Healthy Eating assignments into the CNF database files and a lot of behind the scenes work to help the programmers ready the files for internet display and easy search functions Still 427 foods have been added to the CNF largely through data released by the USDA in standard releases 14 15 16 16 1 and 17 Not all foods included in the USDA database are suitable for the CNF either as they are not marketed here or are not allowed here due to unique Canadian regulations While we found good success for years in working from USDA update files to track the new nutrients changed nutrients new conversion factors etc informal comparisons revealed that the number of changes to the USDA files that were not tracked in this
73. of calculating calories Most laboratory analyses still report calories using this method A value of 4 00 was used as the conversion factor for Protein and for Carbohydrate and a value of 9 00 was used as the conversion factor for Fat These estimated values are footnoted when viewed on screen When the USDA fails to include conversion factors for certain foods as 94 is common for data they accept from brand name food makers we use the compensated 4 4 9 method to calculate the calories from Protein Carbohydrates and Fat Nutrient values per 100 g are contained in the Nutrient File along with fields to further describe the mean value Nutrient values have been rounded to a specified number of decimal places for each nutrient Proximates The term proximate components refers to those macronutrients that include water moisture protein total lipid fat total carbohydrate and ash Protein The Nutrient Data Laboratory NDL derived the values for protein which were calculated from the level of total nitrogen N in the food using the conversion factors recommended by Jones 1941 The specific factor applied to each food item is provided The general factor of 6 25 is used to calculate protein in items that do not have a specific factor There is no factor for items prepared using the recipe program of the NDBS or for items where the manufacturer calculates protein Protein values for chocolate cocoa pr
74. or running program templates print them out and give them to your clients v re In NutriBase you access nearly all software functions via the RMC This approach saves screen space and unclutters the interface it also makes it easy to quickly view understand and implement your options right mouse click over the window to reveal your options Exercise Logs This option allows you to make a more detailed record of your workout NutriBase comes with sub tabs for Weight Training Cycling Running Walking Swimming Rowing or Custom Use the Custom Tab to create a new template for any sport FELTET kin THE TRACKER TAB This window lets you enter your body weight log in measurements biceps dress size etc Body Chemistry cholesterol urine glucose etc and miscellaneous factors You can also store information pertaining to medical conditions physician information hospital insurance pharmacy and emergency contacts Weight Body Fat Tracker If you don t already have a shortcut to this 7 Weight Body Fat window in your Quick Access Toolbar please add it now This is where you enter in your daily body weight or body fat content if that is what you are tracking To enter your weight or body fat content click on the date you want to write the data to then type in your weight and or body weight When you Exit this window your data will be saved 39 Personal Information This window is p
75. ratio of calories from Protein Net Carbohydrates and Fat in that order When applying the straight 4 4 9 method to actual published data several factors make this method less than ideal For one thing many food makers consider any nutrient containing fewer than 5 calories to be nutritionally insignificant Nutrition Facts labels report all fat amount less than 0 5 grams as 0 zero Sometimes they publish a value like lt 1 0 gram for fat which means that the fat content is somewhere from 0 to 0 99 grams When a food item contains only a few calories the insignificant rounding of nutrient values can have very significant and misleading consequences One consequence of this practice of rounding nutrient values is that when the caloric values for protein carbohydrates and fat are added up they rarely match the calorie values published by the food manufacturer or restaurant This means that to multiply fat grams by 9 and calculate the resulting value as a percentage of the total calorie value will result in a misleading value for Calories from Fat or any other percentage value 154 To more accurately represent Calories from values CyberSoft developed a simple method for estimating calories from values of the various nutrient components We call this the CyberSoft compensated 4 4 9 method Here s how it works 1 Calculate the total calories from the calorie sources by multiplying
76. recording an exercise intake with NutriBase you can select from your Exercise category lists from previously recorded days of exercise intakes or from workouts Food Log Also called a nutrient intake or intake is a listing of the foods a person eats along with their serving sizes and nutrient information A daily intake is a food log for a single day a three day intake is a food log for all the foods eaten in a three day period etc Frame A rectangular frame that borders an image You can resize a frame and the image inside it by dragging any of the square handles on its four edges Global Ranking NutriBase will perform rankings for you A ranking is a sort You can sort a list of foods for example all foods listed in your Fruit food category from high to low or from low to high based on the values for any nutrient you can do this by simply clicking the column header for any nutrient value while it is displayed on the screen You can also perform a global ranking That is you can select as many or as few of the food categories and conduct your ranking across these selected food categories HTML Format This is the format of World Wide Web pages HTML is short for Hypertext Markup Language The integrated word processor in the Professional and Enterprise versions of NutriBase will let you save any file in HTML format you specify HTML as the format you wish to save to This
77. refer to today as a large calorie or calorie A small calorie or gram calorie cal approximates the energy needed to increase the temperature of 1 gram of water by 1 C This is about 4 2 joules The large calorie kilogram calorie dietary calorie or food calorie Cal approximates the energy needed to increase the temperature of 1 kilogram of water by 1 C This is exactly 1 000 small calories or about 4 2 kilojoules The term Calorie is used to mean the large calorie or kcal Key Field A key field is a column of data in a relational database that contains unique numbers or strings It is used to link data from two or more databases Macro A macro is a string of characters that begin and end with a caret symbol NutriBase uses macros as placeholders for information that can be used in macro driven NutriBase reports For example ACompanyName holds your company name Date hold s today s date and DesWeight holds your client s desired body weight Anytime you type these into a report template that you create the information that the macro holds will replace that macro in the final report Meal A Meal is a collection of food items and or recipes that make up a meal or snack Along with recipes meals serve as the building blocks for Meal Plans Meals are stored in one of seven tabs the All Meals Tab plus three meals and three snacks
78. the CPF Ratio When Alcohol is present we automatically display the PCFA ratio for you Personal Food Item PFI The PFI is a food item you have added to NutriBase This occurs when you find a food item that isn t already in the NutriBase database You can also create a PFI by highlighting an existing food item then clicking the Add to PFI Button PFI s listed in your Personal Foods Tab can be edited as desired You can change the serving size if you like You can right mouse click on any PFI and send that PFI to a food log recipe meal or meal plan as desired PFI Folders NutriBase provides up to 26 PFI Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your PFI s Personal Food Items You can organize your PFI s into categories with these folders For instance you could create a folder for Body Building PFI s Vegan PFI s Heart Recovery PFI s etc Click the Folders Button to manipulate these folders and their contents Process Loss When you cook a recipe your recipe will often weigh less than its original non cooked weight This process loss is due to loss of water In NutriBase you can specify the process loss as say 40 When you do this the software will calculate the cooked weight and base its nutrient analysis on the cooked weight A process loss of 40 means that a recipe that started with a weight of 100 grams would weigh 60 grams when cooked This variab
79. the NDBS formulation program for a variety of high consumption cereals Mean folate values were calculated for categories of RTE cereals based on grain content Added folic acid was then calculated by subtracting estimated food folate from the total folate content Generally food folate values represent a small proportion of the total folate in the fortified products Choline Beginning with SR19 2006 total choline and betaine values from the USDA Database for the Choline Content of Common Foods USDA 2004 have been incorporated into SR Values for the individual metabolites have not been added to SR but are available in the USDA Database for the Choline Content of Common Foods For analysis choline compounds are extracted partitioned into organic and aqueous phases using methanol and chloroform and analyzed directly by liquid chromatography electrospray ionization isotope dilution mass spectrometry LC ESI IDMS Koc et al 2002 Samples are analyzed for betaine and these choline contributing compounds free choline Cho glycerophosphocholine GPC phosphocholine Pcho phosphatedylcholine Ptdcho and sphingomyelin SM Because there are metabolic pathways for the interconversion of Cho GPC Pcho PtdCho and SM Zeisel et al 1994 total choline content is calculated as the sum of these choline contributing metabolites Betaine values are not included in the calculation of total choline since the conversion of choline to
80. the Search type down down menu Select a Food Category In this example let s select the Fruits food category Click Apply You can specify your comparison level value based on either calories or grams The default calorie level is 100 calories kcal but you can type in a different value if you like When you specify a comparison level of 100 calories you will be viewing the nutrient data for 100 calorie serving sizes of all foods in your selected food category Similarly if you specify 100 grams as your comparison level you will be viewing the nutrient data for 100 gram serving sizes of all foods in your selected food category Click the USDA Button to select the research quality data from the USDA You can choose other databases if you like Click the Search Button to conduct this search In the search results screen below we clicked the column header for Protein Notice that the food items in this display are sorted from high to low based on the Protein values for 100 calorie servings of each fruit To rank all Fruit based on any other nutrient scroll to that nutrient and click its column header Click the column header again to reverse the sort In the Serving Size column notice that each serving is for 100 calories of that food and the amount is provided in this Serving Size column for your convenience Click any column header to sort all the displayed data from high to low based o
81. three areas The Meal Plan Meal and Snack Lists upper left corner the Nutrient Summary upper right corner and the Search Screen lower part of the screen The first task is to give your Meal Plan a name Just type the Meal Plan name into the Meal Plan Name edit box Add a comment if desired Add a Byline usually your name or company name if desired Start with Day One of Week One You create or edit Meal Plans one day at a time Next locate the items you wish to add to your Recipe You can add USDA food items Canadian Nutrient File food items Brand Name food items Personal Foods Food items you have added to NutriBase Recipes and Meals To locate food items from the nutrient database Personal Food Items or other recipes use the Search Screen located in the bottom portion of the Recipe window Refer to the Food Search How To Topics for more information Use your Table of Contents To add foods to your Ingredient List located in the upper left corner of this window highlight the food item you want to record then click the Add selected Item Button Click the View item details Button to view all the data for the selected item in a single scrolling window Click the Add to my PFI Button to add the selected item to your Personal Foods listing The Nutrient Summary section displays nutrient information for the foods you have added to your Recipe PUF Display Every food item that yo
82. through 20 are valid workgroup numbers 167 Each member of a workgroup must use their own unique workgroup number on all their installed copies of NutriBase A user s license permits up to three installations of NutriBase for the user If you are workgroup member number three and you have NutriBase installed on your work PC home PC and laptop computers you need to enter in your NutriBase workgroup number of 3 into your work PC home PC and laptop If you are using a Sync Folder from a laptop that isn t currently connected to the Internet you should connect to the Internet as soon as you can after finishing your work to allow your NutriBase changes to be synchronized You also need to make sure all changes are synchronized between your laptop and desktop if both are using NutriBase Workgroup Guidelines and Suggestions If you want to have a trouble free experience using NutriBase with workgroups every member of your workgroup should adhere to the following guidelines and suggestions 1 Stay Synchronized When Using NutriBase Members of your workgroup should edit workgroup data only while they are connected to the Internet This keeps them synchronized with the changing data coming from other workgroup members It is a good practice for workgroups Do not permit members of a NutriBase workgroup to work off line and resynchronizing at a later time this will almost certainly lead to problems 2 Use Work Numbers Using workgroup
83. to conduct a Boolean AND or Boolean OR search Check these boxes to tell NutriBase which data columns to search across Description Click this button to select which food categories to limit your searches to This window let s you select whether you will conduct an AND type search or an OR type search If you select an AND type search ALL the words in your search string must be present to make a food item a valid hit If you select the OR type search a valid hit would result if ANY word or words in your search string were present This Search Setups window also lets you determine which columns of data you want NutriBase to search across The Food Name Search only searches the database column named Food Name The Brand Name Search searches only on the column named Brand Name but this Advanced Food Item search lets you search up to four columns Food Name Brand Description and Serving size Important If your search fails check to make sure these settings are correct In this example make sure you check the option to search the Description field This is important in this particular case because the search string presifted exists only in the Description field if you didn t include this field in your search you wouldn t locate any hits 235 You also have the option to select which food categories you want to conduct your search across Click the Food categories button to select which food categori
84. your Synchronization Services Documentation Watch their videos Each web based synchronization service provides information about how their service works These documents and videos reveal how to tell when all files have synchronized with the Cloud all workgroup members must know this Dropbox has a concise under three minute video regarding their service called Dropbox for Teams that you might benefit from Understanding your sync service s documentation and videos improves every workgroup member s value as a contributor to yourworkgroup s goals All members of your workgroup should understand and observe these guidelines By implementing these common sense ideas you ll be able to use your Sync Folder to keep your work flow flowing Various services have different ways of handling conflicted files and you should know how your Sync Folder will handle these situations It will also be helpful for you to read and understand the introductory copy to this document If you understand how Sync Folders in general work and how your Sync Folder in particular works you will be able to use it effectively and without errors You will also understand why we call our guidelines common sense suggestions Other Workgroup Suggestions Remember to Wait Any time you use the NutriBase Restore function you must allow time for the new installation to fully synchronize with the Cloud before using this copy of NutriBase or setting up another co
85. 0 583 Click the down arrow of the Search Type Edit box to display the drop down menu of NutriBase search types The following text gives you a quick rundown of the various search types you have at your disposal Food Name Search You can sen type in a search string a string Brand name search of characters you are looking for in Advanced food item search a food name and search across one or more nutrient databases for foods that contain your search Food ID search string Global ranking Food name search Brand Name Search Type in a brand name or partial brand name and locate all foods in the databases you have selected that contain your search string This will let you find all foods that have a brand name of say Taco Bell View Search This type of search will allow you to select a food category and view them in your search results screen This allows you to view all foods in say your Beverages category You can also restrict your View to subcategories alcoholic carbonated juices etc if you like By default the foods are displayed alphabetically Nutrient Density View This lets you view nutrient information for a category of foods based on a specific gram weight of each food item or upon a specific calorie level of each food item This gives you an apples to apples comparison of the nutrients in a large number of foods Food ID Search Every food item in NutriBase has a unique identifying number This type
86. 03 Calcium iron magnesium phosphorus sodium potassium zinc copper and manganese were usually determined by atomic absorption AOAC 985 35 and inductively coupled plasma emission spectrophotometry AOAC 984 27 Analytical data for selenium were published earlier by USDA 1992 and were determined by the modified selenium hydride and fluorometric methods Selenium values from the NFNAP were determined by either the modified selenium hydride AOAC 986 15 or stable isotope dilution gas chromatography mass spectrometry Reamer and Veillon 1981 methods The selenium content of plants in particular cereal grains is strongly influenced by the quantity of biologically available selenium in the soil in which the plants grow that is by their geographical origin Kubota and Allaway 1972 The values given are national averages and should be used with caution when levels of selenium in locally grown foods are of interest or concern Values for fluoride previously released in the USDA National Fluoride Database of Selected Beverages and Foods Release 2 USDA 2005 have been incorporated into SR19 but other analyzed values including 97 regional values are not included in SR Samples were analyzed using a fluoride ion specific electrode direct read method VanWinkle 1995 for clear liquids and a micro diffusion method VanWinkle 1995 for other food samples Vitamins Nutrient data for the following vitamins are included in the Nutr
87. 15 0 Pentadecanoic g goal FA 15 11 Client s daily Fatty Acid 15 1 g goal FA 16 01 Client s daily Fatty Acid 16 0 Palmitic g goal AFA 16 10 Client s daily Fatty Acid 16 1c g goal FA 16 1t Client s daily Fatty Acid 16 1t g goal FA 16 1u Client s daily Fatty Acid 16 1 undifferentiated Palmitoleic 9 goal FA 17 01 Client s daily Fatty Acid 17 0 Heptadecanoic g goal FA 17 11 Client s daily Fatty Acid 17 1 g goal FA 18 0 Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 0 Stearic g goal FA 18 10 Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 1c g goal AFA 18 1t Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 1t g goal FA 18 1u Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 1 undifferentiated Oleic g goal FA 18 2cla Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 2CLAs g goal FA 18 2i Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 2i g goal 244 AFA 18 2n 6 Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 2 n6 c c 9 goal FA 18 2t Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 2 t not further defined g goal FA 18 2u Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 2 undifferentiated Linoleic g goal FA 18 3i Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 3 i g goal Client s Fat Goal Macros AFA 18 3n AFA 18 3n 3 g goal AFA 18 3n 6 g goal AFA 18 3u g goal AFA 18 41 AFA 20 01 AFA 20 1 AFA 20 2n AFA 20 2n 6 AFA 20 3u AFA 20 4u Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 3 n 3 c c c 9 goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 3 n 3 c c c alpha linolenic Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 3 n 6 c c c gamma linolenic
88. 172 free updates for the NutriBase version you purchased You will not need to re activate your version when you update it When a major new edition becomes available you may upgrade to the major new edition at a discount How to Review the NutriBase Update History Are you interested in seeing every new feature since your currently installed version or those we ve added this century We ve itemized every update its version number the date of its release and a detailed description of what is different with this update from all previous editions of NutriBase To view our Update History Page visit nutribase com and click the Update History option in the upper right corner of every page on this web site How to Obtain Product Support Q 1 Click the help Link it looks like a question mark in a blue circle to get help context sensitive help for the window you are in 2 If you don t find the answers you need email your question to us at support nutribase com We often send you a marked up picture of how to resolve your issue 3 If email help is insufficient call us Have your computer turned on with NutriBase running Call us at 480 626 2025 or toll free at 480 603 8359 8 3 Mon Thu Arizona time How to Make a Suggestion Most of the improvements and features of NutriBase came from dietitians nutritionists sports fitness trainers physicians researchers scientists athletes and other users like you If you have an idea
89. 2 618 08q 21 80z per serving Serving Size 1 serving 618 19 Servings 1 Protein 35 Amount Par Serving Carbohydrates 29 Calories 380 Calories from Fat 130 Daily Value Fat 36 TotalFat 149 Saturated Fat 3g INGREDIENTS Trans Fat 0g 50z CHICKEN BREAST BONELESS RAW MEAT ONLY 05062 Cholesterol_60mg RED PEPPER SWEET RAW 11821d Sodium 330mg MUSHROOM RAW 11260f Total Carbohydrate 349 CORNSTARCH 20027a Oitary Fiber 79 OLIVE OIL 04053 BROTH CHICKEN CONDENSED 060 13b g g SNAP BEAN RAW GREEN BEAN 11052b Protein 329 YOGURT LOWFAT 01117c Vitamin A70 Vitamin C 230 CURRY POWDER 02015a Calcium 30 e iron20 DIRECTIONS Percent Dally Values are based on a 2 000 calorie diet In non stick saute pan place 2 3 tsp oil and diced chicken Cook chicken until browned and done then add wine chicken broth yogurt curry powder and cornstarch Stirring constantly Heat until thick sauce forms then simmer for 5 minutes While chicken is cooking in another saute pan place 2 2 tsp oil mushrooms bell pepper and snow peas Cook until mixture is tender Place an equal amount of vegetable an 2 plates then top with equal amounts of chicken mixture Serve NUTRIENT ANALYSIS SERVING Nutrient Value DV Calories Alcohol g Food Energy kj Calories From Alcohol Protein g Calories from Alcohol Calories from Protein Ash g Py aes Ut atne fad After you create your report print it b
90. 2000 The factors vary depending upon the chemical form of a tocopherol used to fortify the food where mg of a tocopherol in food fortified food or multivitamin One mg of a tocopherol IU of the RRR a tocopherol compound x 0 67 and One mg of a tocopherol IU of the all rac a tocopherol compound x 0 45 Before SR16 1 the conversion factor for RRR a tocopherol was used for all vitamin E fortified foods New a tocopherol values have been calculated for breakfast cereals most infant formulas and a few other foods that are fortified with vitamin E where we have confirmed that all rac a tocopherol was the form added For more information about vitamin E in breakfast cereals see the article in the January 2004 issue of the American Journal of Clinical Nutrition by Leonard et al 2004 The basis of the vitamin E tolerable upper intake level UL another reference value in the DRI report was established using all forms of supplemental a tocopherol IOM 2000 A new nutrient number 573 has been added to identify quantities of added vitamin E In this release there are 100 food items that have values for added vitamin E greater than 0 For the majority of these food items the form added is synthetic vitamin E all rac a tocopherol To relate intakes of supplemental a tocopherol to the UL values for added vitamin E should be multiplied by 2 when the added form is synthetic vitamin E Although the 2S stereoisomers do not c
91. 3 to calculate calories per gram of alcohol No calorie factors are 96 given for items prepared using the recipe program of the NDBS Instead total calories for these items equal the sums of the calories contributed by each ingredient after adjustment for changes in yield as appropriate For multi ingredient processed foods if the calories calculated by the manufacturer are reported no calorie factors are given Calorie factors for fructose and sorbitol not available in the Atwater system were derived from the work of Livesay and Marinos 1988 Calorie factors for coffee and tea were estimated from those for seeds and vegetables respectively Minerals Nutrient data for the following minerals are included in NutriBase Personal Personal Pus Professional and higher Calcium mg Copper mg Chloride mg Chromium mcg Fluoride mg lodine mcg Iron mg Magnesium mg Manganese mg Molybdenum mcg Phosphorus mg Potassium mg Selenium mcg Sodium mg Zinc mg Chloride Chromium lodine and Molybdenum values were not provided by the USDA Nutrient Data Laboratories All values for these components contained in this software were taken from data provided by manufacturers Most of this information appears in the categories labeled Vitamin and Mineral Supplements Sports and Diet Nutritionals and Medical Nutritionals Levels of minerals for most foods were determined by methods of the AOAC 20
92. 328 are provided for all items in this data used to create the FNDDS In some cases it was possible to identify food groups for which the foods do not provide or only contain trace amounts of vitamin D Values for those foods were set to zero For example except for mushrooms plant foods are not expected to contain any appreciable levels of vitamin D In order to provide vitamin D estimates for the rest of the foods provided to create the FNDDS data for other foods have been taken from the scientific literature or from other food composition databases calculated from industry declared DV fortification levels determined by formulation recipe techniques or estimated by other USDA imputation methods Fluid milk available at the retail level is fortified The dairy industry provided guidance that most dairy products used as ingredients in formulated commercial multi ingredient food are not likely to be fortified with vitamin D Likewise margarine used in commercial products is generally not vitamin D fortified a relatively low percentage of vitamin D fortified margarines and spreads are available in the retail market For ingredients that could be fortified at the retail level but generally are not fortified at the food processing level two related profiles are available in SR one with added vitamin D and one without When estimates were calculated for formulated foods the unfortified profile was used For home prepared foods such
93. 4000 calories High Protein Body Building 30 40 30 1500 calories High Protein Body Building 30 40 30 1750 calories High Protein Body Building 30 40 30 2000 calories High Protein Body Building 30 40 30 2250 calories High Protein Body Building 30 40 30 2500 calories High Protein Body Building 30 40 30 3000 calories High Protein Body Building 30 40 30 3500 calories High Protein Body Building 30 40 30 4000 calories Pre Competition Body Building 40 1500 calories Pre Competition Body Building 40 30 30 17 Pre Competition Body Building 40 30 Pre Competition Body Building 40 30 30 Pre Competition Body Building 40 30 30 calories Pre Competition Body Building 40 30 30 3000 calories Pre Competition Body Building 40 30 30 3500 calories Pre Competition Body Building 40 30 30 4000 calories View Edit We don t recommend that you edit the original NB Meal Plans that came with your software We recommend instead that you make a copy of the original NB Meal Plan then edit the copy You can name it anything you like To do this click the Meal Plans Tab click the down arrow on the Meal Plan Copy Button and select the Copy Meal Plan to Meal Plan copy option al a B Meal Plan to Meal Plan copy Body Building Meal Plan to Food Log copy Core Body Building 25 50 25 1500 calories Core Body Building 25 50 25 1750 calories Eood Log to Mea
94. 6 INFOODS 2009 Tagnames for Food Components INFOODS website http www fao org infoods tagnames_en sim Accessed 06 19 2009 Institute of Medicine 1998 Dietary reference intakes for thiamin riboflavin niacin vitamin B6 folate vitamin B12 pantothenic acid 118 biotin and choline National Academy Press Washington DC Institute of Medicine 2000 Dietary reference intakes for vitamin C vitamin E selenium and carotenoids National Academy Press Washington DC Institute of Medicine 2001 Dietary reference intakes for vitamin A vitamin K arsenic boron chromium copper iodine iron manganese molybdenum nickel silicon vanadium and zinc National Academy Press Washington DC Jones D B 1941 Factors for Converting Percentages of Nitrogen in Foods and Feeds into Percentages of Protein U S Department of Agriculture Circular 83 slight revision Koc H Mar M H Ranasinghe A Swenberg J A and Zeisel S H 2002 Quantitation of choline and its metabolites in tissues and foods by liquid chromatography electrospray ionization isotope dilution mass spectrometry Analytical Chemistry 74 4734 4740 Korz S and N L Johnson 1988 Encyclopedia of Statistical Sciences Vol 8 pp 261 262 John Wiley and Son New York NY Kubota J and W H Allaway 1972 Geographic distribution of trace element problems n J J Mortvedt ed Micronutrients in Agriculture Proceedings of Symposium held at
95. 74 54 age 1614 calories rdp arae concretion tote of 6 a stress factor of 1 0 2583 cai iire 2583 calories to maintain your current weight pol s per week you need 1750 fewer calories per week or 250 fewer calories per day 2333 calories Protein 40 of total calories 233 3 grams 933 calories Success Criteria Selected Success Criteria Carbs 40 of total calories 233 3 grams 933 calories Calories In Calories Out lt Daily Calorie Goal pri Fat 20 of total calories 51 8 grams 467 calories Success image Failure image Sat Fat 7 of total calories 18 1 grams 163 calories Edit nutrient goals Edit contact information 7 From this second window you can click the Edit nutrient goals Button to customize your client s nutritional goals The default values are auto selected by NutriBase based on the DRI for the client s age and gender but you can modify any nutrient goal or establish nutrient goals for nutrients that are not addressed by the DRI s 8 Establish your desired PCF Ratio your percentage intake of Protein Carbohydrates and Fat Use our default values based on National Dietary Guidelines if you like 9 Set your maximum desired of Saturated Fat intake Default value of 7 is presented 10 Define your Success Criteria the factors your food intake must meet for you to earn a happy face or gold star check mark etc on any give calendar day 21 10 Define A
96. 77 Lipid conversion factors for calculating fatty acid content of foods Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society 54 36 40 Weihrauch J L and J Tamaki 1991 Provisional Table on the Vitamin D Content of Foods USDA HNIS PT 108 Williams J Patterson K Howe J Retired Snyder C Boillot K Lofgren P Thompson L Luna A Nalawade A Douglass L Holden J 2009 Nutrient Composition in Ground Pork using Regression Techniques Poster Institute of Food Technologists Annual Meeting Food Expo Anaheim CA June 6 9 2009 http www ars usda gov SP2UserFiles Place 12354500 Articles IFT09 GrdPork pdf Accessed 8 20 2009 Zeisel S H and Blusztajn J K 1994 Choline and human nutrition Annual Reviews of Nutrition 14 269 296 Zeisel S H Mar M H Howe J C Holden J M 2003 Concentrations of choline containing compounds and betaine in common foods Journal of Nutrition 133 1302 1307 Erratum 2003 Journal of Nutrition 133 2918 2919 THE CANADIAN FOOD COMPOSITION DATA Prepared by Research Division and Biostatistics and Computer Applications Division Food Directorate Health Protection Branch Health Canada The use of trade firm or corporation names in this database is for information and convenience of the user Such use does not constitute an official endorsement or approval by Health Canada of any product or service to the exclusion of others that may be suitable NutriBase softwa
97. 90 How TO EXPORT A RECIPE TO AN EXCEL FILE CHEF AND HIGHER 000 000088 190 How TO CREATE U S NUTRITION FACTS LABELS CHEF AND HIGHER 6 192 How TO CREATE CANADIAN NUTRITION LABELS CHEF AND HIGHER 6 194 How TO SET UP YOUR HOME WINDOW GRAPH sssssssseeececeessceceeececeessseeeeecs 196 HOw TO CREATE SERVINGS SIZES MEASURED IN CALORIES c sccccccecsesseseeeeees 198 How TO IMPORT DATA FROM THE CLIENT INTAKE MODULE PRO AND HIGHER 199 HOW TO PRINT A MEAL PLAN REPORT WITH INCLUDED RECIPES s000eeeeee 200 How TO EDIT AN NB MEAL PLAN rorvrrrrorrannrerrrnsersrennnnrrnnsersnensnnrnrnsnrseensnnrnnnenssenn 201 HOW TO EDIT AN EXISTING MEAL PLAN sscsccccccecsessaececececeesseaeeeeeceesessaeeeeees 203 HOW TO CREATE A MEAL PLAN FROM SCRATCH sssssssccececeessctceeececsessseeeeees 204 How TO Copy A MEAL PLAN TO A CLIENT S FOOD LOG cccscccccceceesesteeeeees 207 How TO ADD COST DATA TO YOUR FOOD ITEMS CHEF AND HIGHER 6 208 How TO ADD CUSTOM HEADERS TO YOUR REPORTS CHEF AND HIGHER 211 How TO EDIT YOUR UNDER OVER COMMENTS PRO AND HIGHER 000 000088 213 HOW TO PERFORM A GLOBAL RANKING csssscscceceesesssceeececeesenseaecceeceesenseaeeeeees 215 How TO DELETE A FOOD ITEM FROM YOUR FOOD LOG cccsscccceceeeesseteeeeees 216 How TO MOVE A FOOD LOG ITEM TO ANOTHER MEAL cscsecseceeeceesenssaeeeeees 216 How TO SAVE YOUR SHOPPING LI
98. AT CONTENT csseccecececeesessseeeeeees 25 CLIENT SETUPS EXERCISE rerepair odd sueedeceaveasoensent sesdesvesedoaceogecoes 26 CENT SETTINGS dass eie eee 26 CLIENT FOLDERS orororoonnnnnnorvvnnrrrnennnnrnrnsnnsnenannrnrnenesnenannrnnnenssnenannnnnnensnnenennnnnnenssennen 26 CLIENT PROFILES rorornnnnrorrnnrnnernnnvnrrensnrnnennnnrsrnsnssennannrnnnsnssnennnnrnnsenssennannnnnsnnssnennn 27 CENT CONTACT LIST maisen Gun E R ERGE 28 WEB PROFILES FROM WEB BASED QUESTIONNAIRE rrrrnrrvrrrrnnvnrrrrrrvnrrnnrvrrrrnnnn 28 The Food Log Tila 29 THE FOOD LOG WINDOW s errrrrrrrrennnnrnrnsnrsrensnnrnrnenesnenannrnnnenssnenannrnnnensnnenennnnnnenessnnen 30 THE NBFTE FUNCTION eerorvvnrrnernnnnnrvnnrnrnnennnnrsnnsnssesnannrnnnsnssnennnnrnnsenssennennrnnsnnssnennn 32 CHANGING SERVINGS SIZES ssssesscssccscessensccsccscesssnseuecescecvenseauecescsseenseaneesseese 34 PUF DISPLAY oe E cote sauabesscvetevierevsaseseatteses 35 FOOD LOG COPY A 35 AUTO RECORD FOODS ranororvrnrnnernnnnnrvrnenrnnennnnrsrnsnssennannrnnnsnssnennnnrnnnenssennennrnnsnnsnnennn 35 The Exercise TU sissincovnsaccisiniassensinsinsi tesa JO EXERCISE SETUP knes cas adevsasaverdersecaeavacaboscacungaesouscdesdacbvascuues seeesardavauosueuseets 37 WORKOUTS eee 37 DATY EXERCISE EEE 37 THE EXERCISE WINDOW erorvrvrvrrrvrrrsrsrrrsrvrsrsrvrvrsrvrvnvrsevnvevevnveveveserevevevnvesnvevevevevevene 38 EXERCISE BOGS Ansi Ane enn 39 The Tracker Tabiran WEIGHT BODY FAT TRACKER sssss
99. After applying your preferences you may dismiss this window 230 by closing it if you want to Click the Search Button to conduct your global ranking and display your results Note When you select Food Categories you have the option to also select the subcategories for the major Food Categories We call this option using Advanced Food Categories To enable this just right mouse click over the area where you search results are displayed and checking the Advanced Food Categories option Turn this option off by un checking this option The Auto Search option tells NutriBase to reconduct the previous search when you select another Food Category The Search Footer option allows you to search for strings within your search results if desired How to Search on the NutriBase Food ID Every food item in NutriBase has a unique identifying number We call this the NutriBase Food ID This allows you to positively identify a particular food item Search across v USDA Canadian Brand PRI m PUF M PUI MyRecipes NBRecipes M Meals To conduct this type of search click the down arrow in the Search type drop down and select the Food ID search Type in the NutriBase Food ID number and conduct your search If you double click on a food item when it is displayed in the search results screen you will see all of the data for that food item displayed in a single scrolling window The first data to appear after the food name is
100. Calcium TransMonoFat BetaCrypto Magnesium ATransPolyFat Lycopene Phosphorus SMonoFat Lutein Potassium 248 Sodium FA 6 04 FA 18 3u Chloride FA 8 01 FA 18 3n 3 AChromium FA 10 04 FA 18 3n 6 Copper AFA 12 04 AFA 18 3i Fluoride FA 13 07 AFA 18 41 lodine FA 14 0 FA 20 2n 6 lron FA 15 0 FA 20 3u Manganese FA 16 0 FA 20 4u Molybdenum FA 17 0 FA 20 5n 3 Selenium FA 18 0 FA 22 5n 3 NZinc FA 20 0 AFA 22 6n 3 Histidine AFA 22 01 XStarch lsoleucine FA 24 0 XVLM Leucine FA 14 1 XLM Lysine AFA 15 19 XMFM Methionine SFA 16 1u XHFM Phenylalanine FA 16 10 XVeg Threonine FA 16 1t AXFrus Tryptophan FA 17 1 XSMilk Valine FA 18 1u XLMilk Alanine FA 18 10 XWMilk Arginine FA 18 1t XFat Aspartic FA 20 1 XOther Cystine AFA 22 1u PfiName Glutamic AFA 22 10 PfiComment Glycine FA 24 10 PFCRatio Hydroxy FA 18 2u CPFRatio Proline FA 18 2n 6 Date Serine FA 18 2i PfiServing Tyrosine FA 18 2t MyField1 to AFA 4 0 FA 18 2cla MyField20 MyField1 through MyField20 are the twenty macros that represent your optional nutrients you have decided to track in addition to the ones NutriBase already tracks for you accessed through the PFI options Add more nutrient values Button PFI s that use MyFields cannot be exported or imported However they can be transfer
101. Carbohydrate values are assumed zero in animal products Food Energy is expressed in both kilocalories kcal and kilojoules kJ One kcal equals 4 184kJ Calorie values are based on the Atwater system for determining energy values as the specific Atwater factors specific to described food types or used for most foods the calorie value will differ from that calculated by the general 4 9 4 factors for protein fat carbohydrate Details for the derivation of the Atwater calorie factors are outlined in Agriculture Handbook No 7415 Total Dietary Fiber TDF is made of complex and heterogeneous polymeric materials that are not easy to separate from other food components particularly starch Methods for dietary fibre have evolved remarkably over the past decade and at the moment there are 3 different AOAC approved methods for measuring TDF TDF values originating from USDA data are analysed by AOAC14 methods 985 29 Prosky and 991 43 Lee Values originating from Canadian 130 government laboratories nutrient source code 3 were analysed using AOAC method 992 16 Mongeau TDF is assumed zero in many foods after review of literature and or consultation with scientific experts nutrient source code 12 Vitamin A The primary unit of biologic activity for Vitamin A is called all trans retinol Carotenoids are a group of plant pigments that are provitamin or precursors to Vitamin A The body cannot use these inactive forms until they are con
102. Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 3 undifferentiated linolenic Client s daily Fatty Acid 18 4 Moroctic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 20 0 Arachidic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 20 1 Gadoleic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 20 2 n 6 c c g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 20 2 n 6 c c g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 20 3 undifferentiated g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 20 4 undifferentiated Arachidonic g goal AFA 20 5n 3 AFA 22 01 APA 22 10 AFA 22 1u goal AFA 22 5n 3 AFA 22 6n 3 AFA 24 01 AFA 24 10 AFA 4 01 AFA 6 01 AFA 8 01 SMonoFat Omega 3 Omega 6 PolyFat SatFat SatFatPer calories TransFat Client s daily Fatty Acid 20 5 n 3 timnodonic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 22 0 Behenic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 21 1 c g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 22 1 undifferentiated Erucic g Client s daily Fatty Acid 22 5 n 3 Clupanodonic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 22 6 n 3 g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 24 0 Tetracosanoic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 24 1c Nervonic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 4 0 Butyric g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 6 0 Caproic g goal Client s daily Fatty Acid 8 0 Caprylic g goal Client s daily Fat Monounsaturated g goal Client s daily Omega 3 g goal Client s daily Omega 6 g goal Client s daily Fat Polyunsaturated g goal Client s daily Saturated Fat g goal Client s daily saturated fat
103. D for a nutrient tells you how much of that nutrient you are getting per calorie For example an ND of 7 9 tells you that you can get 7 9 of your goal for that one nutrient from 1 calorie of the food item that contains this value You can think of the ND as a single nutrient NDI You may sort on the ND column for an individual nutrient to identify rich sources of that nutrient 224 FOOD SEARCH How To TOPICS NutriBase Search Screen This up arrow indicates that your Search options are visible Click here to select your Search Type Drag this section up and down to resize your Search Screen Click here to enter the name of the food item you are looking for Click one of the buttons on this row use down arrows when appropriate to determine k this Search Button to start your search which types of data you will confine your searches to p Food Lookups ip Search type Advanced food item search Search for tofu Search across v USDA Canadian i mes Food Name 38 foods Serving Size Gram Weight Sodium mg Vit D IU AND search all words found l Database columns to search TOFU YOGURT 1cup 262 0 917 V Food Name TOFU EXTRA FIRM W NIGARI 0 2 block 91 0 7 28 V Brand TOFU EXTRA FIRM AZUMAYA 0 2 package 79 0 20 54 Vit V Description TOFU EXTRA FIRM NASOVA ORGANIC 1 serving 79 0 3 16 vit Serving Size cups tsp etc TOFU FIRM AZUMAYA 0 2 package 79 0 18 17 Vit TOFU FIRM NASOYA
104. DEX REPORT PRO AND HIGHER ccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeee 73 The Graphs Tabs sisssisessivessnncessssasecvehvascsavvecsadvesssssnvessanvecssen 74 GRAPHS WINDOW sicses E E decostloesdesesdsddecunecsecsvssesevouheeSecavetusevossecsedstastvecestects 74 The Notes and Lists Tab sssssccccscccscsssssessssssssscecsssseee 79 PLANNER AND TO DO LIST iners aiit AEE RE E AE aA ES KERE 75 SHOPPING LIST E EEA AE NESE A E EE EESE A E eebesause 75 SHOPPING LIST VAN O a a E AEE ESS 76 Client Intake Module Pro and higher s cccssccceeeeeee 78 CLIENT INTAKE MODULE TAB ain e a n A a a i 79 BURN A CD AFTER CUSTOMIZING YOUR CIM cccccsscceessceceesseeecneseeeessneeeenenes 80 TWO DOCUMENTS YOU CAN USE WITH THE CIM raoororrroserenonnnnrrrnsnrsnensnnrsnnenenenn 81 UPLOAD A CUSTOM CIM FOR CLIENTS TO DOWNLOAD ccceessscecececeesesteeeeeeees 81 EXPORTING AND IMPORTING DATA FROM THE CIM cccccccecsesssseceeeeeceesssaeeeeeee 82 EXPORTING CLIENT INTAKE MODULE DATA TO A FILE rrrorrrrnnnnrnrnvnvrnrrennnnrnvnsennnnn 82 IMPORTING CLIENT DATA FROM THE CIM PRO AND HIGHER c seceeeeeeeeeeeee 82 EXPORTING AND IMPORTING CLIENT DATA ccccccccceessssscecececeessnssceeeeeeeenentsaeeeeees 82 EXPORTING CLIENT DATA FROM A PERSONAL EDITION cceesesseceeececeesssaeeeeees 83 IMPORT CLIENT DATA FROM A NUTRIBASE PERSONAL EDITION PRO OR HIGHER 83 EXPORTING IMPORTING PFI S RECIPES MEALS MEAL PLANS cccceeees
105. Dairy and Egg products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 1 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1977 Composition of Foods Spices and herbs raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 2 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1978 Composition of Foods Baby foods raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 3 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1979 Composition of Foods Fats and oils raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 4 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1979 Composition of Foods Poultry products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 5 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1980 Composition of Foods Soups sauces and gravies raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 6 120 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1980 Composition of Foods Sausages and luncheon meats raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 7 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1982 Composition of Foods Breakfast cereals raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 8 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1982 Composition of Foods Fruits and fruit juices raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 9 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1992
106. FAT CP piii CINNAMON GROUND EL CORN VELOM 8 CORN YELLOW BOILED NO SALT Cottage Cheese Fat Free The NutriBase Personal Foods Window allows you add new foods to NutriBase organize them and use them in recipes meals meal plans etc This is one of the Windows you can access From the Personal Foods Tab you can 1 Drag and drop Personal Food Items PFI s into tabs like Entr es Breakfast Beverages etc 2 Organize sets of Tabs into Folders like Vegetarian Diabetic etc The PFI Button takes you to a Window that allows you to add a new food item Personal Food Item into NutriBase 1 Click the PFI Button to add new food items called Personal Food Items or PFI s in NutriBase parlance You can enter data in units grams mg mcg IU etc or as a percentage of Daily Value as food labels often use You can also add amino acid and fatty acid profiles exchanges and other information 2 We have a screen shot of this window available for you to view RMC This approach saves screen space and unclutters the interface it also makes it easy to quickly view understand and implement your options right mouse click over the window to display your options v E In NutriBase you access nearly all software functions via the 42 PFI Organizer This window allows you to organize your Personal RP Organizer Food Items PFI s Personal Food Items PFI s are food items t
107. FT Canadian Button NFT stands for Nutrition Facts Table Missing Values NutriBase will warn you if any of the ingredients in your recipe is missing or more values for one of the listed nutrients This is because all nutrient databases contain missing values for some nutrients If you try to primarily use the UDSA or Canadian food items this problem is minimized but not eliminated The USDA and Canadian databases contain fewer missing values than Brand Name foods which contain many missing values food makers are not required to analyze their foods in depth When USDA or Canadian data contains a missing value it is usually because the food isn t believed to contain much or any of that nutrient It is expensive and impractical to test for nutrients that experts don t believe are present For your convenience all nutrients that derived from any ingredients that are missing a value for that nutrient are clearly indicated for you You can select additional nutrients to include in your label In addition to the basic label data you can add Polyunsaturated Fat Monounsaturated Fat Potassium Vitamin A Vitamin C Calcium Iron Vitamin D Vitamin E Vitamin K 194 Thiamin lodine Riboflavin Magnesium Niacin Zinc Vitamin B6 Selenium Folate Copper Vitamin B12 Manganese Biotin Chromium Pantothenic Acid Chloride Phosphorus Molybdenum Enter an allergen statement To do so check the box for this and type in y
108. Fat Saturated Fat Cholesterol and Sodium to exclude undesired foods The NBFTE Button will appear in the center of your Food Log after you have logged in at least 15 of your calories for the day Once you have recorded 15 of your calories and the NBFTE Button appears you are ready to use this function We recommend however that you do a bit of ieee first In the Nutrient Summar section of your Food P Gama iz e Window upper right cor Nutrition Information ner take a look at your enere fe tty fot DR Log Details You can Edit ite aid EE change the date for the Shops Cholesterol 174mg Cholesterol 92 day you are interested in Se Cone tig saan working with After you ee Fiber 11g Fiber 56 confirm the date is correct porn 2 Protein 20 click the Progress Tab at ra S log details item details Day Summary Progress the bottom of this Nutrient ee section to open your Progress Window This window provides you with feedback regarding what you have eaten As you begin adding your NBFTE s watch the infor mation in the Progress Tab You can see how close you are to obtaining 100 of your vitamin and mineral SEa rn Log details A progress goals You can also see your cumulative calorie in take And you can see your overall NDI Your goal will be to reach 100 of your vitamin and mineral goals before your reach your Calorie Goal This will result in a higher
109. I s Personal Food Items that are used in your existing recipes We sometimes release an update that includes updated nutrient data for foods that you may have used in your existing recipes or inside a recipe that you used inside another recipe To update all your recipes to make sure you are using the most current data you can perform a Refresh operation Refresh opens all recipes recreates all meals and recipes on the fly using the latest data Personal Food Items and other recipes then saves them for you Refreshing all your recipes assures that they are as up to date as your current nutrient information is To refresh your recipes click your Recipes Tab click your Folders Button right mouse click and choose the Refresh option If you use Meals you can refresh them the same way click your Meals Tab click your Folders Button right mouse click and choose the Refresh option 62 NutriBase Meal Plans are collections of up to three meals three meals and three snacks organized into up to four weeks This window allows you to organize your Meal Plans manipulate your Meal Plan Folders set up your criteria create or edit your Meal Plans and handle Meal Plan copy operations copy from Meal Plan to Meal Plan copy from Meal Plan to a client s Food Log or copy a client s Food Log to a NutriBase Meal Plan Home Client Setup Food Log Exercise Tracker With Organizer you work with ONE Folder at a time
110. IM to give to you You in turn would transfer their data import into your copy of NutriBase Professional or higher Exporting Client Intake Module Data to a File When your clients finish recording their Food Log for the number of days you ve suggested to them three days is a common recommendation they will need to take their data and transfer it out of NutriBase export it to a data file and give it to you They can save this data file to say a USB Drive or other removable media and bring it to you so you transfer their data in import to your copy of NutriBase They also have the option to save their exported data file and send it to you as an email attachment Notes The file that will be created will have the name that the CIM user specifies for that file and a file extension of n11cim A useful filename is often simply the user s name Importing Client Data from the CIM Pro and higher You can import the data that your client exported for you from the NutriBase Client Intake Module CIM that you provided for them You can recognize this file because it will end with a file extension of n11cim It is the same file that your clients can create in the NutriBase Junior Personal or Personal Plus editions There are two basic ways to import this data into NutriBase Please read the topic titled How to Import Client Data from the CIM topic in the How To section of this User s Manual for
111. ISCLAIMER NutriBase is a trademark of CyberSoft Incorporated Phoenix Arizona Information in this document is subject to change without notice The revision date is printed on the previous page To download the PDF version of the most current User s Manual visit www nutribase com click the Navigation Bar in the lower left corner of every page option and select the Download User s Manual option The nutritional contents of many brand name foods change regularly and often Food makers change recipes menus and vendors Products are discontinued Hundreds of new foods are introduced monthly Restaurants concede variations in their foods from region to region and from store to store Food makers are constantly improving products by lowering Fat Cholesterol and or Sodium The result is that for many products the nutritional information changes almost as often as new food labels are printed Although considerable effort has been made to assure the accuracy of the data contained in this product we cannot guarantee that the information is 100 error free The data presented here are guidelines not gospel If you wish to obtain information on a new product that hasn t yet been included in the data simply call the appropriate food maker You may add as many new food items to NutriBase as you wish by using the Personal Food Item function NutriBase includes a few recipes and Meal Plans While the descriptions may imply that these
112. Ingredient MOZZARELLA CHEESE PART SKIM TURKEY BREAST SMOKED HAM LUNCH MEAT 5 FAT ICEBERG LETTUCE RAW CELERY RAW CARROT RAW Edit item Directions Personal Foods Recipes Organizer Folders Criteri FL Recipe fig NB Recipes Byline Cost 0 0000 0 0000 0 Cook Time min 0 Ingredient s to shopping list Ingredient s to Quick Add Re sequence ingredients Ingredient s from Quick Add lt Show grams Show cost Search across USDA e Food Lookups up ml Delete selected ingredient s Delete ALL ingredients Add to food log Add to meal Add to meal plan Add to recipe Process loss Nutrition Facts Label U Add ingredient cost 1 R Nutrition Facts Table Canada New recipe Save Save as Print Notes To display the costing information for each ingredient in a recipe open a recipe right mouse click over the ingredient listing then select the Show cost option this will add a column of cost data to your recipe window NutriBase will store a history of your costs over time To generate Cost Reports click the Reports Tab click the Recipes Button and select the appropriate report type in this case it would be the Recipe Cost Report 210 Brand PFI General V Use report header Head Detailed Reci
113. MEAT SWEETENED TOA dried loz 28 35 167832 702 209 EGG BREAD TOASTED 5x3x1 2 1 slice 370 11655 487 645 ENGLISH MUFFIN MIXED GRAIN TO include granola 1 muffin 61 0 155 55 650 821 ENGLISH MUFFIN PLAIN ENRICHED w calcium porpoinate includes sourdough 1 muffin 520 1404 587 434 ENGLISH MUFFIN RAISIN CINNAM include apple cinnamon 1 muffin 520 143 52 600 488 B Wafers UQaEnsprers UE4rishioht lt a Abbreviations PUF Display Add selected item View item details A NutriBase Meal is a combination of food items that represent a single meal or snack 1 Create a Meal by combining recipes database items and or personal foods you have added to NutriBase 2 Edit the Meal add its ingredients to your shopping list calculate its cost or print it out 3 Generate a Nutrition Facts Label for your Meal 4 Copy your Meal to your Food Log or anyone else s 5 Copy your Meal into a NutriBase Meal Plan which is a collection of three meals and three snacks a day for four weeks RMC This approach saves screen space and unclutters the interface it also makes it easy to quickly view understand and implement your options v re In NutriBase you access nearly all software functions via the Take a moment to point at the various sections of the window shown above and right mouse Click to list your options this is a very good way to learn what you can do where Try this in all the NutriBase windows that y
114. Meal Plans are for a particular purpose renal heart diabetes etc CyberSoft assumes no responsibility for determining that any particular recipe or Meal Plan is appropriate for any particular client patient or user Recipes and Meal Plans are provided as is for your convenience and are intended to serve as starting points for a nutrition professional to edit and modify as necessary to meet the particular needs of particular clients patients or users CyberSoft maintains this nutritional database with a staff dedicated solely to this task This data represents over 62 000 hours of collection assembly and proofreading If you suspect an error or omission we welcome your inputs We will confirm and correct any problems and update the database Please address correspondence regarding corrections and or suggestions to CyberSoft Inc 2016 E Muirwood Drive Phoenix Arizona 85048 call us at 480 603 8359 8 3 Mon Thu Arizona time FAX us at 480 704 4116 email us at support nutribase com or visit our web site at www nutribase com CyberSoft Inc assumes no liability arising out of the application or use of the data The NutriBase Nutrient Database represents copyrighted materials and intellectual property belonging to CyberSoft Inc All rights are reserved If you are interested in reprinting our nutrient data for any purpose you 268 must contact CyberSoft Inc at support nutribase com and request a written author
115. Menu Icon and click the Backup Button e au We highly recommended that you make BH revdesin periodic backups Sean Q Restore Sa Client Import cost Database EB Registration How to Restore Your NutriBase Data It s simple to restore any NutriBase Backup File you have on hand Normally you would use your most recent backup file To restore a backup file start NutriBase click the NutriBase Menu Icon and select the Restore option 175 ULA 5 Recycle Bin gt e Backup Restore Sa ana Cost Database EB Registration Navigate to the backup file you want to restore 176 How to Move Your Data From One Computer to Another With NutriBase you can move your data from one PC to another Here is one way to do this IG Start NutriBase click the NutriBase Menu Icon located in the upper left corner of the NutriBase window and select the Backup option Insert a USB drive into this PC Specify this drive in your backup options After the backup is finished take your USB drive to your second PC and plug it into the USB port Start the copy of NutriBase on the second PC click the h NutriBase Menu Icon select the Restore option then point to the backup up file on your USB drive Note When you restore a backup it will replace whatever you have on the current PC with the data in the backup file You can also email your backup to another PC if you like How
116. NCED FOLDER YOU MUST CLICK THE FIND BUTTON BELOW AND IDENTIFY THIS FOLDER For detailed help on this click the Back Button below Install your NutriBase data Recipes Meal Plans Client Data etc to C Users Ed Dropbox NutriBase Space required 123 9 MB Space available on selected drive 473 85 GB If you didn t create the NutriBase folder and click on it when locating our path you won t see NutriBase in your path If you didn t create the NutriBase folder earlier you can create it now by typing its name into the Edit Box as shown above Just make sure your path looks similar to the one shown in the image above by adding NutriBase if necessary to this path Important Before you set up NutriBase on your next computer you must make sure that the previous installation of NutriBase has fully synchronized with the Cloud Here is how to tell if your files are fully synchronized when using Dropbox During Syncing Finished Syncing r P i 3 07 PM 7 3 06 PM a 4 a Bz y MR 10 8 2009 Pe t BE 1078 2009 During the synchronization process your Dropbox When you are fully synchronized your Dropbox icon features a rotating symbol with and a white icon will show a stationary checkmark on a green background color background The image above is a close up of your Task Bar Notification area If you don t see the Dropbox icon it may have been automatically hidden To view it click the up arr
117. NDI score You are now you are ready to give 32 the NBFTE button a try This button will appear in your Food Log as soon as ms NE you have logged in 15 of your calories for the day When the button appears click it This will display the Next Best Food to Eat window Next Best Food to Eat Click the Find foods button and NutriBase will find the best foods to help fulfill your remaining NBFTE goals Options Don t exceed a calorie value of Don t exceed a carbohydrate value of Don t exceed a fat value of What are other goals Don t exceed a protein value of Exclude my other goals Vitamin amp Mineral Goals Calorie Goal 1900 114 06 120 08 101 96 174 81 151 28 151 28 149 20 Your detailed Percent of Goals POG Summary is presented on the right side of this window Use the scroll bar to see individual POG s Set any desired options For example if you are trying to limit your carbohydrates you could set a limit on the number of grams of carbohydrates a food item may contain This would exclude any foods with carbohydrate values higher than desired You can also set upper limits for calories protein and fat if desired Click the Find foods Button to have NutriBase generate a list of commonly eaten foods for you to consider eating next The first item in the list will be the most effective food for bringing you closer to each of your NBFTE goals The second
118. NutrBase IF YOU ARE GOING TO USE A WEB BASED SYNCED FOLDER YOU MUST CLICK THE FIND BUTTON BELOW AND IDENTIFY THIS FOLDER For detailed help on this click the Back Button below Install your NutriBase data Recipes Meal Plans Client Data etc to C Users Ed Dropbox Nutrn Base Space required 123 9 MB Space available on selected drive 473 85 GB You should see your own username in the Edit Box rather than Ed 161 If you didn t create the NutriBase folder and click on it when locating our path you won t see INutriBase in your path If this is the case you can create it now by just typing its name into the Edit Box as shown above Just make sure your path looks similar to the one shown in the image above by adding NutriBase if necessary to this path After you complete the path click the Next Button to finish setting up NutriBase You will need to Restore your backed up data into NutriBase so that you have the proper data installed but you cannot do this immediately Note The path to your Dropbox Program Data Folder We referred to this as the Program Data Installation Folder above is stored in a text file called nbpd txt which is stored in the NutriBase ProgramData folder usually c programdata nutribase If you change this path for any reason you can edit this text file to tell NutriBase about your new location Important After you finish installing NutriBas
119. PUI My Recipes NB Recipes Meals geek 1 Week One Day One is selected for you as your starting Meal Plan Day This is a logical place to begin You can Day 1 change the Week number by collapsing Week One by i Day 2 clicking the box next to Week 1 Select another Week by p Day 3 checking the box next to the week of interest Next click Day 4 the Day you want to record foods to C Day5 C Day6 Day At this point you can add food items conduct your food geek searches in the bottom portion of the Meal Plan Week 3 window veks You can add recipes by conducting a View type search across your recipes 205 Hypertension Meal Plan 1200 calories v General Bl Organizer PJ Folders g Criteria Meal Plan Hypertension Meal Plan 1200 calories PCF 27 57 16 Nutrition Info Criteria Comment cz Calories 1229 All Foods Fat 21g SS erving 5 Sat Fat 4g Edit item Trans Fat Og z H Cholesterol 118mg 39 Broccoli Vinaigrette 1 servin 159 Dinner i FP g g Shop list items Sodium 785mg 33 BROWN RICE LONG GRAIN COOKED 1 2 cup 108 Dinner 200372 Carbs 1819 a CARROT BABY RAW 60z 60 Lunch 11960 New plan Fiber 259 102 Chicken Salad with Couscous 1 serving 352 Lunch Sugars 76g MILK COW S NONFAT SKIM 1cup 83 Breakfast 01151a OATMEAL FORTIFIED INSTANT 4oz 08123 p Food Lookups wp Search type View Search across USDA Canadian
120. SE WITH NUTRIBASE CUSTOM PFI REPORTS ccccceceesesseeeeeee 248 MACROS FOR USE WITH CUSTOM RECIPE REPORTS s scscceceesesssseceeeceesenssaeeeeees 249 INFORMATION FROM THE WEB BASED QUESTIONNAIRE ccesseeeeeeesteeeeeeeeeeees 253 NutriBase Enterprise Edition Network Guide 256 INSTALLING THE ENTERPRISE EDITION OF NUTRIBASE ccccsesseceeececeesseeeeeees 256 HOW TO INSTALL THE NUTRIBASE ENTERPRISE EDITION s0seccccececeesesseceeees 257 YOUR NBPD INI TEXT P E e E a E a 258 SET PERMISSIONS FOR THE PROGRAM DATA FOLDER sssecscececeesesssseeeeeeeenes 258 PLACE SHORTCUTS ON EVERY WORKSTATION eurmnnnnnnnnrvrnrrrrnenennrrnnsnrrnnnsnnrnnnsnssenn 259 THE PASSWORD FILE NBASENET DAT oo cceecseesceseeeceseeeeeseceeeseeereeeaeeees 259 ACCESS SETTINGS SUMMARY ssssssssccececssssnsscecececeessuccecececeessseaececeesessnaeeececs 263 MASTER USER PRIVILEGES siseosas oeaan ane aseene s ie raina 265 NUTRIBASE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT csssessscecececsessaeceeececeessaseeeees 266 Dreamer oansnien iesite ikea aeie sea ei sei 200 NutriBase Product Support ssrvoonnnvvrnnnnvvvnnnvvvennvvrrennvrerrr 269 NUTRIBASE INTRODUCTION NutriBase is a powerful and flexible nutrition and fitness software program To help you get the most out of NutriBase we provide you this User s Manual The NutriBase software includes a context sensitive Help system We provide email support 24 7 support nu
121. ST IN RTF FORMAT rnrornrnnenorrrnvrrsrrnsnnrvnnvnrsenn 216 How TO EXPORT YOUR SHOPPING LIST TO CSV FORMAT CHEF AND HIGHER 217 How TO ADD A FOOD ITEM TO YOUR QUICK ADD LIST orrnrovvrrnnrrvrrrnnvsrrrrnnverrnnr 217 How TO REFRESH YOUR MEALS AND OR RECIPES erarorvrnrrrrronnnnrvrnrnrsnensnnrnnnsnssenn 217 HOw TO VIEW AND PRINT INFORMATION TOPICS s cccccececeesscneceeececsensnneeeeees 217 How TO EDIT OR CREATE NEW INFORMATION TOPICS ccceeseeseceeeceeeessneeeeees 219 How TO VIEW YOUR NBFTE NEXT BEST FOOD TO EAT eccceceesseceeeeteeeees 220 How TO CREATE A CUSTOM RECIPE WEB PAGE CHEF AND HIGHER 0 066 221 How TO CREATE AN NDI REPORT PRO AND HIGHER 0 ccceeseseeeeesteeeeeseeeeess 222 Food Search How To Topics s ssssssssssssssssssssssesseseess 225 How To CONDUCT FOOD LOOKUPS ccccsessececececsesseaececececsessaaeceeccecsessaseeeees 226 How TO CONDUCT A FOOD NAME SEARCH c cccccsceesesssaeeecececsesseaeeeeeceesensaseeeees 227 HOW TO INTERPRET NUTRIBASE ALERTS cc sccccccecsessssececececeesseaeceeeceesensaeeeeees 228 How TO CONDUCT A BRAND NAME SEARCH ccecesssssecesececsesseaeceeececsensaeeeeees 228 HOW TO VIEW DATA BY FOOD CATEGORY scccsscesssssseececececsessaecececeesensaseeeees 229 HOW TO CONDUCT A GLOBAL RANKING csssscsccececsessaeeeeececeesseaeceeececeensaeeeeees 230 HOW TO SEARCH ON THE NUTRIBASE FOOD ID ccccceccccccecessseeceeececeessaeee
122. Servings 2 00 Single 763 8g 26 90z Prep Time min 0 Cook Time min 0 C Serving Ingredient C Edit item A Directions Ingredient s to shopping list Ingredient s to Quick Add Show grams lt LE Food Loo Show cost x Delete selected ingredient s Search across i Brand PFI 1 Delete ALL ingredients Add to food log i Add to meal ES Add to meal plan Add to recipe Nutrition Facts Label U S Nutrition Facts Table Canada New recipe rd Save Save as d Print Specify how many people you want to feed NutriBase will create a new recipe that will serve the number of people you specify The new name will be similar to the original recipe name except that it tells you how many people it will feed You can then open the newly scaled recipe and scale it again if you wish How to Organize an Existing Recipe Folder This topic shows you how to edit an existing Recipe Folder But this method also works the same way for editing Meal Folders Meal Plan 186 Folders and Personal Food Item PFI folders When you create a new Recipe Folder all your recipes exist in your All Recipes Tab You can subdivide this recipe folder into additional tabs to more finely organize your recipes To create a new tab within a Recipe Folder click the Recipes Tab click the Organizer Tab right mouse click then select the option titled New tab
123. TO INSTALL NB11 OVER AN EXISTING COPY OF NB10 OR ON YOUR SECOND AND SUBSEQUENT COMPUTERS ssssssssccececsessssececececsenseaeceeececeesnsaeeeeceeesensaeeeeees 164 How TO INSTALL NUTRIBASE FOR A WORKGROUDP sc scccccceceessensceeececeesssaeeeeees 166 How TO USE YOUR SYNC FOLDER WITH WORKGROUPS ssessseceeceeeessnteeeeees 167 How TO USE WORKGROUP NUMBERG ssssesssseeececsesssaececccecsesseaeceeececsensaseeeees 167 WORKGROUP GUIDELINES AND SUGGESTIONS ccecsessscecececsesseaeceeeceesensaeeeeees 168 OTHER WORKGROUP SUGGESTIONS ccccsceessscececececsesssaeceeececsesseaeeeeeceesensaeeeeess 169 How TO DOWNLOAD FREE UPDATES ANYTIME 24 7 c ccccccccceessssecceececeesssseeeees 170 How TO UPGRADE YOUR COPY OF NUTRIBASE scssssssececeesessceeeeeceesenssaeeeeees 170 How TO RUN NUTRIBASE AS AN ADMINISTRATOR cssssccccccecsssssstceeeceesessraeeeeees 171 HOW TO ACTIVATE YOUR SOFTWARE cscssssssecececsessaececececeessaeeesececeensaeeeeees 171 How TO REVIEW THE NUTRIBASE UPDATE HISTORY cceceesssseceeececsenseeeeeees 173 HOW TO OBTAIN PRODUCT SUPPORT csssessscecececsesseaeeceececeesseaeceecceesensaeeeeess 173 HOW TO MAKE A SUGGESTION ccsscccsccccsesessceeeeececsesssaececececsesseaeeeeececsensaseeeess 173 HOW TO PRINT A RECIPE REPORT 0 cccccccscsessssececececsesseaececececsesseaeeeeeceesensaasaeeees 173 How TO SAVE A MEAL PLAN REPORT AS A PDF FILE ccc cececseesececeeeesenseae
124. Tab Then click the PFI Button to add a new Personal Food Item 178 ox No PFI v General pg bid EBE n Foodlog Exercise Tracker Recipes Meals Meal Plans Reports Graphs Notes amp Liss CIM E Or E pr New Fangled Spicy Sauce dietetic version Lower calorie version of their original formulation Serving Size amount and unit oz v Serving size gram weight 30 00 Amount Per Serving Calories Shopping list category Ingredients M Daily Value based on a 2 000 calorie diet Total Fat g 0 Saturated Fat g Trans Fat g Polyunsaturated Fat g Monounsaturated Fat g Cholesterol mg Sodium mg 1 B Protein 33 Carbs 67 Potassium mg fel Save Dietary Fiber g 2 8 Enter values by DV New Sugars g Add exchanges Protein 9 Addtofoodlog Add more nutrient values Type in the nutrient data for the food item you are adding Use the buttons provided to add data not shown on the main window Be sure to enter a descriptive serving size and the gram weight for each new food item this will allow you to convert to other serving sizes When you are finished click the Save Button Your newly added food item will appear in your PFI Tab under your Organizer and Folder windows To add any PFI to a Food Log Recipe Meal or Meal Plan visit your Personal Foods Organizer or Folder window highlight the PFI s of int
125. Treats and Pies With the Organizer button you work with one Folder and multiple Tabs at a time With the Folder button option you work with multiple Folders 53 The Recipes Window PCF 45 6 49 1g size 3 oz salmon 1 4 cup broth Recipe Photo from Keep the Beat National Heart Lung Nutrition Info Criteria Servings 400 Single 188 29 6602 grams cz Prep Time mi 15 Cook Time mn 10 Colories 185 Fat 10g 16 INGREDIENTS Sat Fat 19 7 TH CHICKEN LOW SALT Trans Fat Og MUSHROOM SHIITAKE RAW 1 2 CUP Cholesterol Stmg 18 2 tbsp GINGER ROOT RAW MINCED Sdn 20509 1 4 cup ONION YOUNG GREEN TOPS ONLY CHOPPED fi Deoctions 2 a Ttbsp SOY SAUCE LOW SALT a Shop list Sugors p tbsp SESAME OIL OPTIONAL Protein 21g a T2oz SALMON SOCKEYE RAW Addtofoodlog Edit item Vien Detailed Nutrition New recipe USS NFL ed Save PD Food Lookupsep Search type Food name seare h jan Search for tofu Ede Search across USDA Canadian Brand PA PUF My Recipes NB Recipes Meats Food Name 39 foods in All Descriptio Brand Serving Gram Calories Food _ Protein g Calories Calories Carbohydr Starch g Sugars g Glucose Fructose Galactose Sucrose Lactor n Size Weight Energy kj from from Pro ates g 9 AYONNAISE TOFU YOGURT TOFU EXTRA FIRM W NIGARI TOFU EXTRA FIRM AZUMAYA TOFU EXTRA FIRM NASOYA ORG TOFU FIRM AZUMAVA TOF
126. U FIRM NASOVA LITE S v lt gt Cii i nadto my PF NutriBase recipes include food items from our nutrient database food items you may have added to NutriBase and other recipes you have created like sauces Here are your recipe options 1 Create a recipe Include cooking instructions preparation and cooking time comments and a byline authorship 2 Define your serving size in ounces grams or number of servings in the entire recipe 3 Scale the recipe That is if it serves six you can scale it to serve any other number of people say three people or 500 4 Display the nutrient profile and the PCF Ratio Protein Carbohydrate Fat Ratio updated in real time as you build your recipe Display exchanges if desired 5 Create a publication quality Nutrition Facts Label Include an ingredient listing sorted in reverse order of gram weight contribution of each ingredient to the recipe Edit all nutrient values and ingredients in upper case or mixed case prior to generating the label Include allergen information Save your label in BMP JPG EMF WMF PDF or PNG formats All labels conform to FDA rounding rules and percentage calculations View print or save any label you create 6 Organize recipes into Folders Each Folder can contain as many Tabs as you like A Folder might be named Vegetarian Recipes and your Tabs might be named Entrees Beverages Snacks
127. You can add new Under and Over comments for nutrients that lack these comments by default 3 You can select which nutrients will display Under and Over comments 72 4 You can set the levels amounts that must be eaten by the client to trigger the comments A setting of 80 would mean that the client has taken in 80 of her calories for the day To change any of these settings the Under Over Setup Button on your report window Note Please read the How to Edit Your Under Over Comments in the How To topics section of this Users Manual for more detailed information for setting up your Under Over Comments Select a date range for your re Aad cee onde Saturday November 19 201 Add Calories Protein Carbs Fiber T Fat Sat Fat Chol and Sodium Saturday November 19 201 Secrest py The Nutrient Density Index Report Pro and higher The Nutrient Density Index is an estimate of the mean average value per calorie for the sum of the total amounts of each of up to 25 nutrient factors most of which are specified in the DRI and are tracked in the USDA Nutrient Database We call the NDI an estimate because it is rarely possible to know the values for each and every nutrient we want to evaluate NDI values will change somewhat over time as research quality nutrient databases are updated with more accurate data and missing values are filled
128. ability to open these files with your favorite external word processor If you use MS Word you can open RTF files then save them in Doc or Docx formats Selecting a Food ltem To select a food item click on the food name or anywhere on the row containing the food name Click to the left of the food name if you want to highlight the entire row containing the food name Once you ve selected a food item you can print it export it view its nutrient content turn it into a Personal Food Item add it to an intake add it to a Meal or add it to a recipe Scale a Recipe If you have a recipe that serves six you can scale it to serve say three 33 or 258 people Selecting an Item To select an exercise food item or other item from a list click in the box to the left of the item or click the item itself Selecting a Range To select a range of items click the first item in you want to include then hold the Shift key down and while continuing to hold it down press the final item you wish to include The software will select the entire range of items including the first and the last items Selecting Data or Text To select data or text your use your mouse Drag the mouse over the column headers to select columns Drag the mouse over the box to the left of the rows to select rows To drag the mouse point at the first cell you wish to select then press down your left mouse button Then while continuing to hold left m
129. abs DASH Diet Diabetic Hepatic and Miscellaneous The General Folder which was present since installation was renamed to Miscellaneous Each Folder can be further organized into Tabs To create and or organize a Folder use the Organizer Button Meal Plan Criteria Pro and higher Meal Plan Criteria are a set of nutrient values that you Criteria compare your recipe s nutrient content to By default NutriBase uses Daily Reference Values These values are already set up for you NutriBase uses this standard because these are the basis of the percentage calculations used to create Nutrition Facts Labels You can create a new standard i e a new Criteria by clicking the New Button You might want to do this in special circumstances when you need to compare nutrient intake to your own custom standard of reference commonly done in nutrition studies for special populations Create a Meal Plan This is the window you use to create Meal Plans A 8 Meal Plan Meal Plan is a collection of up to three meals and three snacks These meals and snacks can be composed of food items from the nutrient database your Personal Food Items or NutriBase Recipes 67 To create a Meal Plan from scratch we recommend you first create all the recipes you intend to use in the Meal Plan After you do this you can use these recipes as the building blocks for your new Meal Plan The Meal Plan window is partitioned into
130. abs and perform a variety of other options Always right mouse click over new windows to learn what your options are the most common question is How do I and the most common answer is RMC fs Create as many Tabs as you need in each Folder Hover over The All Meal Plans Tab contains all your Meal Plans Any new tabs you create will contain the Meal Plans you put there from the All Meal Plans Tab You move Meal Plans into Tabs by dragging and dropping Meal Plans from the All Meal Plans Tab or by using your RMC New tabs can have labels similar to Heart Healthy Plans Body Building 66 Plans etc All Meal Plans self alphabetize themselves within the tabs NutriBase supports up to 26 Folders for your Meal EA Folders Plans Create a new folder by clicking the New folder Button Move Meal Plans from Folder to Folder by clicking the Move Button Home Client Setup SCORE Meal Plans E DASH Diet Diabetic i Hepatic i Miscellaneous 1 Vegetarian Plan 1800 calories n Click this Folders Button to create Folders and to organize your Meal Plans into these Meal Plan Folders a ese your Right Mouse Click RMC to create rename and delete Meal Plan Folders You can drag and drop your Meal Plans from Folder to Folder You can select a Folder and use the RMC to import Meal Plans into that folder or export existing Meal Plans from that Folder This user created three T
131. ach the entry for Water fl 02 If you wanted to adjust a Mineral goal you would click the Mineral Tab and select the mineral of interest Click on the existing value for your water goal it s in the Value column on the right and type in a new goal value for water You can adjust other nutrient goals in the same way When you are finished customizing this client s goals click the Okay Button Then and this is important click the Save profile Button NutriBase will ask you if you want to overwrite the client s current goals Respond with Yes Later if you go to the Reports Tab click the Client Button select this clients name select a Percent of Goal POG Report and display it you will see that your new goals are reflected in this report Note Keep in mind that the POG Report will never show you how much of a particular nutrient a client ate unless you have included a goal for that nutrient in her Client Profile If a nutrient has no goal NutriBase cannot calculate what percentage of that nutrient the client has eaten How to Edit an NB Recipe When you run NuitriBase you will see that we have included several hundred recipes for you We call them NB Recipes They are listed in 11 Recipe Folders You can access them by clicking the Recipes tab then clicking the NB Recipes button Click the Recipe Folder tabs to view the recipes within each folder 182 H
132. additional space that can come in handy for facilitating other aspects of your business 166 How to Use Your Sync Folder With Workgroups When you use your NutriBase Sync Folder to synchronize your own files across your own computers and you are the only person using NutriBase at any one time there is little risk of getting conflicted copies of your files Conflicted copies occur for example when two or more users open the same recipe and edit it at the same time If you are the only user you don t have to worry about this You can also work on a computer off line for long periods of time and then simply reconnect to the Internet when you can and all will be well Situations like this may occur if you are using a laptop computer during air travel The situation is very different when you share your NutriBase Sync Folder with others When you are a member of a workgroup that is sharing NutriBase Sync Folder you run a much higher risk of having two or more users save the same file at the same time you risk creating conflicted copies of files Dropbox will rename these conflicted copies for you to indicate that they are copies of the original file If multiple users are editing the same file simultaneously Dropbox will save all of the versions of that file as conflicted copies with the user s name date and time stamp Dropbox will not try to merge or overwrite copies This is because Dropbox doesn t want anyone s work t
133. ady to use it Banana Breakfast Shak You can delete PUI entries by clicking Barbecue Chicken the PUI Button highlighting the PUI sattara Copytotabs and clicking the Delete Key on your bempennabeach sn Addtofoodleg Black bean kale salad Black bean sOUP org BLACKEYED PEA SALAI Broccoli health salad li BROCCOLI SOUP ORG keyboard If you prefer you can 60 highlight the PUI RMC then select the option to delete the PUI 61 How to Add Recipes to Food Logs Recipes Meals or Meal Plans While you are in the Recipes Tab you can add a selected Recipe to the active clients Food Log to another Recipe to a Meal or to a Meal Plan Do this by selecting a Recipe highlight it with a single click RMC then select the appropriate option For example click Add to meal to add the selected Recipe to a Meal NutriBase will help you locate the Meal you will copy to You can also drag and drop a meal listed in your Search Results window into another meal or meal plan When you do this you will see this window When this window appears you can select whether to add the selected meal as a meal one entry or as meal items which would list every time in your meal individually If you would like to make this a default seeing just click the box to make it so Refresh Your Recipes As you use NutriBase you may find yourself modifying existing PF
134. ainers for recipes You can think of them as a hanging folder in a filing cabinet You can create up to 26 Recipe Folders in NutriBase We recommend you create a new Recipe Folder for each major type of recipes you use For example you might create a Recipe Folder for Vegetarian Recipes one for Diabetic Recipes one for Body Building Recipes etc Each Recipe Folder can contain subdivisions called Tabs Think of Tabs as the individual manila folders you can insert into your hanging folder To organize your Recipes Tabs click your Organizer Button For example if you create a Diabetic Recipes Folder you could subdivide it by creating Tabs with names like Entrees Snacks Salads Beverages etc BTW you can add delete or edit rename your Tabs Note We highly recommend you create multiple Recipe Folders and organize your recipes within them Why When you open a Recipe Folder NutriBase loads all the recipes in that Recipe Folder into memory The more recipes you load into memory the longer it takes to locate open or edit one For this reason if you had say 2 000 recipes it would be far more efficient to organize them into 20 Recipe Folders with 100 recipes per Folder than to put all 2 000 of them into a single Recipe Folder When you are in the Recipes window take a look to the very top of NutriBase to see which recipe is currently active The Active
135. ake periodic NutriBase Backup files You can tell NutriBase to prompt you to make backups Important Never use your NutriBase Sync Folder to store files that were not installed there by the Setup Program or put there for you by NutriBase Never store your NutriBase Backup files in your NutriBase Sync Folder 165 How to Install NutriBase For a Workgroup If you collaborate with a group of colleagues and you trust the members of this workgroup you can share your Sync Folder with the members of this group so that all of you can work with the same set of data food logs client information recipes meal plans etc Each member of the workgroup must have their own NutriBase license To do this log onto your Dropbox or other sync service select Share and list the email addresses of the individuals you want to collaborate with Each collaborator will need to install their own licensed copy of NutriBase to their computer s The NutriBase End User License Agreement grants each NutriBase customer up to three installations for their own personal use Each different user however is required to have their own licensed copy of NutriBase Free or Fee Most of these synchronization services offer free plans Free plans typically offer one or several gigabytes of space for your use Some services offer you rewards of additional space if you refer friends and associates Since NutriBase only needs about 1 10th of a gigabyte to funct
136. al systems do not separate lutein and zeaxanthin so these carotenoids are shown combined These values supersede those in Holden et al 1999 Vitamin A values in IU and RAE were calculated from the individual carotenoids B carotene a carotene and B cryptoxanthin using the appropriate factors For food items used in the FNDDS carotenoid values were imputed if analytical data were not available For many of these items data were only available for vitamin A in IU However the variability in carotenoid levels due to cultivar season growing area etc as well as rounding within the NDBS increases the difficulty in matching the calculated vitamin A values from imputed individual carotenoids to the existing IU values As a result the vitamin A IU value should agree within 15 IU of the value calculated from individual carotenoids When individual carotenoids are not reported for plant foods such as fruits vegetables legumes nuts cereal grains and spices and herbs ug RAE were calculated by dividing the IU value by 20 In foods of animal origin such as eggs beef pork poultry lamb veal game and fish except for some organ meats and dairy all of the vitamin A activity is contributed by retinol For these foods when analytical data were not available ug RAE and ug of retinol were calculated by dividing the IU value by 3 33 In foods that contain both retinol and provitamin A carotenoids the amount of each of these components
137. als and Functional Foods Weight Management Women s Health Topics Workouts The menu above shows the names of all the Folders that NutriBase installed for you during Setup These Folder names appear as the names of the menu items listed in the left hand drop down menu They are automatically sorted alphabetically for you When you select a category of information files that is when you click on a Folder name the files in that Folder are loaded into the menu on the right Click the down arrow on the right hand drop down menu e ClientSetup Foodlog Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals MealPlans Reports Graphs Notes amp List e 4 Information Nutrition for Everyone vw Adult Beverage Consumption Making Responsible Drinking Choices Adult Beverage Consumption Making Responsible Drinking Choices A Very Powerful Vegetable Benefits of Chewing Gum Eating Better Together A Family Guide for a Healthier Lifestyle Fish Facts Get Smart Get the Facts on Food Labels Get Smart About Salt Healthy Eating on the Run A Month of Tips The information topics are listed for you alphabetically These menu items are actually the names of the PDF on link files that reside in the Folder you selected in the left hand drop down menu NutriBase provides a number of PDF documents related to nutrition and 218 health that you can view and or print as value added handouts for your clients
138. and Fats for most food items except for formulated foods CyberSoft performed calculations based on the factors provided by the USDA The Atwater Factors used by the USDA are known to be more accurate than the AOAC approved 4 4 9 method The Atwater Factors are conversion factors that take into consideration that different types of foods provide different amounts of food energy per unit of any 153 given calorie source See that Atwater Conversion Factors in this document to see the amount of variance you can expect to see in common foods For USDA formulated foods which include multiple ingredients CyberSoft used the AOAC approved 4 4 9 method of calculating calorie ratios Doing so produced some calorie ratio totals of less than or greater than 100 CyberSoft s policy regarding USDA data is to keep it as is For this reason data from the original USDA source files have been retained unchanged For food items listed in the Vitamins and Medical Nutritionals section of NutriBase multiple vitamins supplements enteral and parenteral products CyberSoft calculated calorie ratios by using the manufacturer s information regarding calorie percentages These values total 100 THE COMPENSATED 4 4 9 METHOD For non USDA brand name restaurant foods and Canadian Nutrient Data CyberSoft developed the compensated 4 4 9 method of estimating calories and PCF ratios In NutriBase PCF Ratio refers to the percentage
139. and fatty acid profiles for fast food fried chicken were updated to reflect the fast food companies transition to oils to reduce the amount of trans fat in their products Nutrient profiles were also updated and expanded for a number of food items in response to specific requests from FSRG to support future releases of the FNDDS Some margarines and spreads are available on the retail market with or without added vitamin D New NDB items were created to represent the margarines spreads with added vitamin D Seven margarines spreads were discontinued The Nutrient Data Laboratory also includes the information needed to calculate household measures 1 cup 1 tsp 2 oz etc for most of these basic food entries CyberSoft performed the required calculations and included the non 100 gram food portions in the database CyberSoft also added values for iodine chromium molybdenum Omega 3 Fatty Acid Omega 6 Fatty Acid fluoride biotin and chloride Many of these values are available only in NutriBase Professional and higher lodine data was collected by CyberSoft from manufacturers of nutritional supplements and enteral parenteral products which are included in this release of NutriBase CyberSoft also derived the Omega 3 Fatty Acid and Omega 6 Fatty Acid from the existing USDA Fatty Acid information Note The USDA Nuirient Database for Standard Reference provides values of zero or a blank for the conversion factors for mixed ingredient fo
140. and fish 1 2 eggs etc However we cannot electronically produce nutrient profiles on a range calculation fields only accept one value so web clients will see for beef steaks for example that the indicator of a CFGHE measure description appears beside a measure which reads 50 100g but there is no conversion factor or weight associated However the user can find the conversion factor for one end of that range 100g Similarly foods that are very high in fat and or so low in nutrients that they don t fit into the rainbow are called Other foods In the CFGHE system these are not given portion sizes as it was felt that consumers would then consider these to be acceptable or reasonable sizes when in fact their consumption is to be limited entirely For all other more 127 information on the use rationales and thresholds utilized to create these assignments please see the section entitled Relating Canada s Food Guide for Healthy Eating to CNF foods at www healthcanada ca cnf For a list of the groups and subgroups please see Table 1 in the Appendix For a short time the online indicators and or the embedded subgroups within the downloadable CNF files will be the only access to this information The updated excel file version will be available in the fall of 2005 Native Foods Data published through a large study conducted by the Centre for Indigenous Peoples Nutrition and Environment CINE 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 the Alaska T
141. and or exercises that a client eats or performs every day The Auto Record List is a list of items that you can create for each and every client if you wish Each time you record the very first intake item for the day for the selected client the items in the Auto Record List are automatically recorded for you 138 Calendar Images NutriBase uses images to provide feedback regarding the status of particular calendar days You can select these images in the Clients Criteria section of NutriBase Note When you first copy Meal Plan days to a client s intake days the images on the calendar will be NutriBase Apple icons This is because you have not yet acknowledged that the food items copied to that date have been eaten You can edit the intake for that day to conform to the actual intake as opposed to the intake recommended by the Meal Plan When you click the Save Button for that day the NutriBase Apple icon will change into a Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down icon as appropriate Client Specific Relating specifically to a specific client Cherry Pick Dates Cherry pick dates from a NutriBase calendar individually and at random Cherry pick dates by clicking them Normally you would cherry pick non sequential dates since it is often easier to pick contiguous dates using the range option This function is typically used to select dates for a multi day intake You can also cherry pick items from some NutriBase list boxes Cherr
142. any ingredient you want to add to your recipe Using this features speeds up recipe creation by saving you form looking up a previously used ingredient more than once You can edit your PUI list by right mouse clicking over your PUI list and selecting the desired option The Nutrient Summary section in the upper right corner of the Recipe window provides nutrient information for the foods you have added to your Recipe Click the View Detailed Nutrition link for detailed nutritional information regarding this recipe Costing a Recipe Chef and higher NutriBase lets you tell it how much you pay for each ingredient As long as you tell it what you pay for each ingredient NutriBase can tell you what it costs you per serving of that recipe NutriBase will store a history of your food costs over time To generate Cost Reports click the Reports Tab click the Recipes Button and select the appropriate report type in this case the Recipe Cost Report PUI Display Every food item that you add to a Recipe will automatically be added to your PUI Previously PulDisplay Used Ingredient Display After you have added at least one food to your Recipe the PUI Display Button will appear Click this button for an alphabetical listing of your previously used ingredients This can save you time and effort by eliminating the need to re conduct previous searches Just select the previously used ingredient PUI and you are re
143. arranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose 13 If you have complied with the terms and conditions of this agreement CyberSoft s entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be the replacement of any defective files In no event shall CyberSoft Inc be liable to you for any other damages arising out of your use of this program 266 14 In the event of a product return you are responsible for confirming your eligibility with CyberSoft Inc Once eligibility is confirmed you are responsible for returning all materials and acquiring proof of delivery CyberSoft shall assess a 15 restock card processing activation invoicing fee Shipping and handling fees are not refundable Opened calipers or measuring tapes may not be returned and you will be responsible for the full retail price of these instruments 15 CyberSoft makes the current version of NutriBase and the three immediately previous versions of this NutriBase software available for download from our web site End users who wish to continue using discontinued versions of NutriBase should make an archival copy of NutriBase for this purpose 16 The terms of this NutriBase End User License Agreement may change at any time and without notice 17 For clarification of any facet of this End User License Agreement or for site licensing information email us at support nutribase com or call CyberSoft Inc At 480 603 8359 Mon Thu 8 3 Arizona time 267 D
144. ase software NutriBase will begin nagging you to activate your software Activating NutriBase will set it to never expire A purchase is required for you to obtain your activation information We normally email you these codes soon after you place your order To reach the NutriBase 11 Activation Window click the NutriBase Menu Icon located in the upper left corner of the NutriBase window then click the Registration option 171 Thank you for trying NutriBase You have 6 days left in your trial period Your NutriBase 11 Registration Number is KXXXXXXXXXXX Version NutriBase 11 Professional Edition v 11 5 gt have purchased NutriBase and would like to activate it online Click this option to submit your request for an activation You will need to provide your name email address and the Registration Number displayed above 3 I have my Activation Key and would like to enter it now 8 don t have Internet access on this computer and would like to activate by email 3 gt I would like to activate NutriBase on another personal computer Click this option to activate another copy of NB11 on another computer for your own personal use You will need to enter in your ORIGINAL NutriBase Registration Number The NutriBase 11 Activation Window tells you how many days you have left before your copy of NutriBase Expires When you software expires you must activate it to make it function again You
145. ase uses the Daily Reference Values These values are already set up for you NutriBase uses this standard because these are the basis of the percentage calculations used in the creation of Nutrition Facts Labels 4 You can create a new standard we refer to this as a new Criteria by clicking the New Button You might want to do this in special circumstances when you need to compare nutrient intake to your own custom standard of reference commonly done in nutrition studies for special populations Create a Recipe This is the window you use to create recipes A recipe is a collection of food items from the nutrient database from your Personal Foods or from NutriBase Recipes BTW you can use an existing recipe as an ingredient for a new recipe You create a Recipe by searching for and locating its ingredients one at a time and specifying the amount of each ingredient you are using You can specify the serving size by telling NutriBase the number of servings in this recipe or by telling NutriBase the number of grams or ounces define a single serving This window is partitioned into a few areas The Ingredient List upper left corner the Nutrient Summary upper right corner the Food Lookups section near center screen and the Search Results Screen the bottom part of the screen The first task is to give your recipe a name Just type the recipe name into the Recipe Name edit box Next perform Food lookup
146. ate food items by their food name The Food Name is the description displayed in the first column of data when your search results are displayed When you conduct a Food Name Search you are searching the food names in this first column of NutriBase data P rns soaps Song renner ET Search across vJuspa E Canadian Brand PFI PUF PUI E My Recipes NB Recipes Meals In the Food Lookups panel click the down arrow and select the Food name search option Check the box next to USDA to tell NutriBase you want to limit your search to the USDA database You can check other boxes to include other databases if you desire Type in your search string food name in the edit box labeled Search for For this example let s search on raw onion Click the Search Button and NutriBase will search across the Food Name column of the selected database USDA in this example and display all the hits that contain the word or words in your food name What this means is if you type in to search onion raw the search results will only contain hits that include both of these words in any sequence To locate more onion entries you could search again on just onion Most of the entries would be raw anyway since raw is often assumed in food names unless specified with words like saut ed o fried grilled etc If you fail to locate suitable hits try
147. ated Fat These are Alerts Alerts indicate whether the value is zero low medium or high The colors move from dark green to light green to yellow and to red Green is good Red not so much Click your help icon for an explanation of NBFTE and a color coded Alert Chart Changing Servings Sizes When you add a food item to a Food Log or Recipe Meal or Meal Plan you will see a window similar to the Add to food log Option One The default to add a food item to a Food Log is shown you specify the amount and the units in this case 1 cup You have the option to assign it to a meal or MAYONNAISE MADE W TOFU Specity servings by amount and unit Specify servings in calories serving size will be specified in grams Serving amount to use 1 re snack or to do it later This is C the standard way of specifying pint amt serving sizes It is the gram NutriBase default option 2 Option Two The second option you can select is to gt specify your serving amount in Addtomymeaise indos ae oe calories This second option is muna designed to help you create snacks at specific calorie 34 levels This is handy if you are trying to lower your body weight and you are carefully monitoring your calorie intake We refer to this as the make it and take option Suppose you wanted to create pre measured snacks at a particular calorie level say at 200 calories per s
148. bel images Important Your ProgramData folder i e c ProgramData NutriBase is a hidden folder By default Windows Explorer or File Explorer in newer operating systems does not show this allow you to see this folder To view hidden folders like your ProgramData folder adjust your view properties to tell Windows that you want to view hidden folders Company Name Click the Header Setup button in the Report window to enter in your Company Name or your own name Once you do this your company name will be captured in a macro called CompanyName and you will be able to insert your company name into NutriBase reports The information above is sufficient for any webmaster to be able to use NutriBase recipes on a web site If you are not a webmaster we recommend you find someone to help you learn the basics so you can maintain your recipes on your web site Actual web site maintenance is beyond the scope of support provided by CyberSoft for NutriBase customers NutriBase will help you create the recipe reports but it is up to you to know how to upload them to your web site upload the required images and link to them from other pages on your site The following Setup Macros are embedded on the first line of the recipe template file and are separated by single spaces They alter the way certain other macros behave Some are used in the default recipe template file that comes with NutriBase Setup Macros are for use only with RTF a gene
149. betaine is irreversible Zeisel et al 2003 Vitamin A Beginning with SR15 2002 in addition to the international units IUs that have been reported in the past we reported values for vitamin A in 100 ug of retinol activity equivalents RAEs and ug of retinol Values in ug of retinol equivalents REs were dropped from the database This change responds to new reference values for vitamin A issued by the Institute of Medicine of the National Academies IOM 2001 Along with the new DRIs the panel recommended changing the factors used for calculating vitamin A activity from the individual provitamin A carotenoids and introduced RAE as a new unit for expressing vitamin A activity One ug RAE is equivalent to 1 ug of all trans retinol 12 ug of all trans B carotene or 24 ug of other provitamin A carotenoids The RAE conversion factors are based on recent studies that show that the conversion of provitamin A carotenoids to retinol is only half as great as previously thought Vitamin A in IU will continue to be reported because it is still the unit used for nutrition labeling One IU is equivalent to 0 3 ug retinol 0 6 ug B carotene or 1 2 ug other provitamin A carotenoids NAS NRC 1989 Individual carotenoids amp carotene a carotene B cryptoxanthin lycopene and lutein zeaxanthin are reported The analytical data are from NFNAP generated using HPLC methodology AOAC 941 15 and from the scientific literature Most analytic
150. biological procedure without enzymes to estimate the amount of added folic acid Chun et al 2006 Food folate is then calculated by difference The addition of folic acid to enriched cereal 99 grain products subject to standards of identity began in the United States on January 1 1998 CFR Title 21 Pts 136B137 These products include flour cornmeal and grits farina rice macaroni noodles bread rolls and buns Folic acid may continue to be added with some restrictions on amounts to breakfast cereals infant formulas medical foods food for special dietary use and meal replacement products For unenriched foods food folate would be equivalent to total folate since folic acid pteroylmonoglutamic acid occurs rarely in foods Therefore the same value with its number of data points and standard error if present is used for total folate and food folate The folic acid value is assumed to be zero For enriched cereal grain products with standards of identity flour cornmeal and grits farina rice macaroni noodles bread rolls and buns the folic acid value is calculated by subtracting the analytical folate value before fortification from the analytical value for the fortified product Enriched ready to eat RTE cereals have generally included folic acid fortification for over 25 years Therefore food folate values before fortification were not readily available for these products Food folate was estimated by means of
151. came from your first installation of NutriBase 11 1 or higher Step 2 Wait for synchronization The reason you want to wait is because your sync service is downloading all your latest NutriBase data files from the Cloud and into the Sync folder you just created This process can take from a few minutes to an hour or more Step 3 Install NutriBase After your Sync Folder has synchronized install NutriBase making sure to correctly specify the path to your Sync Folder After you finish your installation of NutriBase you can begin working with it right away all your latest data will be available to you In case you are wondering you don t have to wait for synchronization in this case because the NutriBase Setup is set to never overwrite your Program Data How to Install NB11 Over an Existing Copy of NB10 or on Your Second and Subsequent Computers This example assumes you already have a copy of NutriBase 10 or 164 NutriBase 11 installed to your second or subsequent computer This example does not include pictures or in depth instructions to help you perform these operations If you would like more detailed instructions please refer to the similar steps included in the first two installation examples in this section Step 1 Install the synchronization software on your new computer use the same account you created during your initial installation of NutriBase It will immediately begin synchronizing with the NutriBase data
152. cereals infant formulas and plant based meat substitutes For these foods the value for total vitamin B12 was used for added vitamin B12 Only a few cereals containing a milk ingredient would contain any intrinsic vitamin Bi2 Milk based infant formulas would contain intrinsic vitamin B12 However infants are not the population of concern for intake of fortified vitamin B12 Plant based meat substitutes would not contain intrinsic vitamin B12 Folate Values are reported for folic acid food folate and total folate reported as ug of dietary folate equivalents DFEs These varied folate forms are included as described in the DRI report issued by the Institute of Medicine of the National Academies IOM 1998 RDAs for folate are expressed in DFEs which take into account the greater bioavailability of synthetic folic acid compared with naturally occurring food folate To calculate DFEs for any single food it is necessary to have separate values for naturally occurring food folate and added synthetic folic acid in that item ug DFE ug food folate 1 7 ug folic acid Folate values for foods analyzed through NFNAP are generated using the trienzyme microbiological procedure Martin et al 1990 Microbiological methods measure total folate for enriched foods folic acid and food folate are not distinguished from each other Therefore to be able to calculate DFE multi ingredient enriched foods are analyzed by an additional micro
153. cipe right mouse click Select Save as Save twice once to give it a name indicative of a lower sodium version and another indicative of a hot and spicy version of the original recipe After you save these two recipes open them one at a time and make the required changes Once you have saved the copy of your recipe you may open it and edit it by adding ingredients deleting ingredients or changing serving amounts How to Create a New Recipe Folder This topic shows you how to create a new Recipe Folder But this method also works the same way for creating Meal Folders Meal Plan Folders and Personal Food Item PFI folders Recipe Folders are a convenient way to organize your recipes Each folder holds a set of recipes Your recipes self alphabetize themselves within your recipe folder You can have up to 100 recipe folders You could put say your body building recipes in a recipe folder you name Body Building Recipes put your vegan recipes in a Vegan Recipes 184 folder etc It s a great idea to organize your recipes into folders because doing so makes it easier to organize your recipes into logical groups To create a new Recipe Folder click the Recipes Tab click the Folders Button then right mouse click Select the Add folder option to add a folder Exercise Tracker Personal Foods NB Re Antipasto Salad Breakfast Burrito with Egg Beans and Cheese Breakfast Spinac
154. cises List of EP Exercise Workouts Exercise Detail Report Workout Detail Report Target Heart Rate Training Zone Report Personal Food Item reports include PFI Listing PFI Detail ae 70 Report and PFI Macro Report Recipe reports include Recipe Listing Simple Recipe Report Detailed Report Comprehensive Recipe Report Composition Report Recipe Macro Report and Recipe Cost Report Meal reports include Meal Listing Simple Meal Report ED men Details Meal Report Comprehensive Meal Report Composition Report Meal Macro Report and Meal Cost Report Meal Plan reports include Meal Plan Report Meal Meal Plan Plan Summary Report Meal Plan Criteria Report and Weekly Summary Calendar View Weekly Summary Spreadsheet View The Reports Window 0x gas x Home ClientSetup Foodlog _ Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Meal Pians Repons J Graphs Notes amp Lists M SB client 99 Exercise yy PF 10 Recipe Y Braised Turkey and Cabbage Add Calories Protein Carbs and Fat Add Calories Protein Carbs Fiber Fat Sat Fat Chol and Sodium Select nutrients to display Don t change Footer w Date amp Time 2 48 19PM 11 25 2 The Reports Tab if where you need to go to create most NutriBase reports From here you can 1 Generate many types of reports To create a recipe report click the Recipe Button To creat
155. ck the Client Setup Tab then click the Web Profiles Button Pganv 2 Client Setup Settings Pg Folders SB Profiles Contact List gg Web Profiles NutriBase can read data files created by a profile form we place on your website for you If you are using this NutriBase feature click the Select data file button below to locate this file to process After processing is done these clients will be added to the client folder you have selected Folder for processed clients Data file to process RMC Drag Ctrl Shift Alt 3 10 54 PM 3 12 2014 Doing this takes you to a window that asks you to select the file and a Folder to which you will save all the on line profiles that you plan to process To create a new folder click the Folders Tab and click the New folder Button Note We recommend you always download your questionnaire profile data to the same folder NutriBase will remember this location for you for use in subsequent downloads Once you have specified where you want to store your downloaded profile data click the Select data file Button and point to the file When we set up your Web Profile for you we create a folder for you on our web site This is the location where we store any web based submissions for you to download Here is an example of how to download your data file from your folder gO LP http nutribase com NB JohnDoe s r Favorites Index
156. ct All Breakfast Spinac Curried Chicken Move Pasta and Vegeta Salmon with Dill sample Rename selected folder VegeananChik Delete selected folder Ctrl A New folder Edit recipe Delete selected recipes Add to food log Add to recipe Add to meal Add to meal plan Highlight the recipe you want to export To cherry pick your recipes hold your Ctrl Key down and while continuing to hold it down click on all the recipes you want to highlight To select a range of recipes hold your Shift Key down and while continuing to hold it down click on the first and last recipe of the range you want to include You can export a lot of recipes into a single file if desired After you select the recipes to include right mouse click and choose the Export selected option Give the file a name and a location and click Save Once you export your recipes to a file you can share this file with your colleagues Provide your exported recipe file by emailing it to them or by 189 copying it to a USB drive when they import this file it recreates the recipes you stored in the exported file You can also email it to colleagues as an email attachment How to Import a Recipes From Another Copy of NutriBase To import the recipes from an exported NutriBase recipe file click your Recipes Tab click the Folders Button then right mouse click e Client Setup Food Log Breakfast Burrito Breakfas
157. cted item s to another recipe a Food Log or a Meal as well 65 Meal Plans Organizer sn This window allows you to organize your Meal Plans NutriBase Meal Plans are collections of up to three meals and three snacks organized into up to four weeks Please take a moment to study the 7 annotated image above to get a feel for what this section has to offer You can organize your Meal Plans into Folders NutriBase supports up to 26 Folders Within each Folder you can organize Meal Plans into Tabs New folder Rename selected folder Delete selected folder Edit recipe Delete selected recipes When you are in the Organizer window look to the very top of your NutriBase window to see which Meal Plan is currently active In this Import Export selected Export amp Email selected example Vegetarian Meal Plan 1500 calories is the active Meal Plan and it resides in a Folder called the General Folder The General Folder is the default folder for Meal Plans in NutriBase If you want to organize a different Meal Plan Folder click the down arrow and select the Meal Plan Folder you want to organize Meal Plan Folders You can create a new Meal Plan Folder by clicking the Folder Tab adjacent to the Organizer Tab You can add a new Meal Plans Tab by clicking the New tab Button your Meal Plans and right mouse click to rename T
158. cts Labels into NutriBase NutriBase will convert these percentages into their actual values for you 6 You can tell NutriBase which shopping list category any PFI belongs to This saves time later because NutriBase will automatically put the PFI into the proper shopping list category for you when needed 5 To add this PFI to a client s Food Log or to a Recipe Meal or Meal Plan click the Add to Button 6 You can also perform most of the functions above via the RMC 46 Smithfield s BBQ Meal comment i Calories 857 o Ed item Fat 31g 48 J E Sat Fat 19 37 Trans Fat Og CHICKEN WING FRIED 1 wing Cholesterol 212mg 71 PORK TENDERLOIN ROASTED SLF Boz Addtofoodlog Sodium 854mg 36 COLESLAW HP 75 cup Carbs 78g 26 HUSHPUPPY PFR 3 hushpuppys Ne ea oe Ice Tea w sugar 2 servings vises ago 125 Nutrition Info Criteria Fd sove View Detailed Nutrition L Food Lookupsup Search type Food name search gt ale Search for toast Searchacross v TS EE EI OO La nr EA Vanene TOAST CRUNCH LESS loz 28 35 108 013 452 466 CINNAMON TOAST CRUNCH RTE 1 NLEA serving 3 4 cup 300 1242 519 6 CINNAMON RAISIN BAGEL TOASTED 2 5 diameter 1 mini bagel 240 7056 295 223 CINNAMON RAISIN BAGEL TOASTED 3 diameter 1 small 650 1911 799 562 CINNAMON RAISIN BAGEL TOASTED 3 1 2 to 4 diameter 1 medium 990 291 06 1217 795 CINNAMON RAISIN BAGEL TOASTED 4 1 2 diameter 1 large 1230 36162 1513 018 COCONUT
159. culations on the average The addition is optional for cornmeal pasta and rice but some realities in the marketplace allow us to make generalizations There are very few manufacturers of cornmeal and they do not want to produce both fortified and unfortified batches We are assuming that even the cornmeal used as an ingredient by manufacturers i e in tacos shells is fortified Most pasta is fortified in Canada There are some imported brands that are not fortified and there is a separate listing for these in the database However where it is an ingredient in manufacture of another food we are assuming fortified In practice up to this point only precooked rice is commonly fortified Values for cooked pasta were calculated based on the moisture difference between cooked and dry There are no standard retention factors for folic acid upon cooking processing Only rather wide rages are published depending on many factors Fatty Acids Fatty acids are referred to by a variety of nomenclature systems many of which date back prior to common knowledge of specific and geometric isomers For unsaturated fatty acids the trivial and systematic names reflect the most common isomer although all isomers are included in the value The most specific descriptor of the isomers is that indicated through the use of a shorthand system of numbers and letters The first number in the nutrient description before the colon is the number of carbon atoms and the secon
160. d after the colon is the number of double bonds in the chain The letter c t or i indicates whether or not the bond is cis or trans For polyunsaturated fatty acids cis and trans configurations at successive double bonds may be indicated The i indicates that the fatty acid is not a single isomer but 133 the peaks cannot be easily differentiated in the particular food item i e 18 2 t depicts a fatty acid with 18 carbon atoms 2 double bonds and a trans configuration about at least one of those double bonds The values shown are for the actual quantity g 100g of each fatty acid and do not represent fatty acid triglycerides These data were converted to grams of fatty acid per 100 g of total lipid fat using lipid conversion factors and then to gram of fatty acid per 100 grams edible portion of food using the total lipid content Details of the derivation of lipid conversion factors have been published18 Fatty Acid Totals As the individual fatty acids are determined by a different analytical method than that of total fat the sum of fatty acids is rarely exactly equal to the total fat value Moreover total fat may include other fatty acids phospholipids or sterols not analysed in that food Values for total saturated monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids may include individual fatty acids not listed in the CNF therefore the sum of their values may exceed the sum of the individual fatty acids listed In rare cases the su
161. d edit as freely as you wish This is just a sample letter that may be helpful in getting you started on your own letter Upload a Custom CIM for Clients to Download After you customize your CIM as directed above click the Zip Button This will put all your customization files and your CIM Setup program into a compact zip file Upload this zip file to your web site Create a download page that links to this file You can link to this page after a customer pays for this service or you can simply link to it from any other page s on your web site if this is a prepaid service or you don t charge for this service Your clients will need to download this zip file and double click it doing so will reveal the files contained in this zip file To install the CIM just have the client double click on the file called N11cimSetup exe This will install the CIM on their computer and copy all the customization files as well There is another way to install the CIM Have the user right mouse click on the file then unzip this file by selecting the Extract All option After the files are unzipped your client can double click on the N11cimSetup exe file to run the setup program This will install the CIM on their computer and copy all the customization files as well 81 Exporting and Importing Data from the CIM These two functions allow your clients who are using the Client Intake Module CIM to transfer their data export out of their C
162. d from QA Button or right mouse click over the window and select this option to add a food item you previously added to your Quick Add list This feature can save you a lot of time and effort Click the Food Log Tab to move to the Food Log Food Log window This is the window you will use to record the foods that you or a client or user in Personal Editions has eaten You can assign these foods to one of three meals or three snacks during the day This window is partitioned into three areas The Food Log upper left corner the Nutrient Summary upper right corner and the Search 31 Screen lower part of the screen The first task is to locate the food item you wish to add to a person s Food Log You can add USDA food items Canadian Nutrient File food items Brand Name food items Personal Foods Food items you have added to NutriBase Recipes and Meals To locate foods use the Food Lookup area located in the middle portion of the Food Log window This window is included in the Food Log Recipe Manager Meal Manager and Meal Plan Manager windows The NBFTE Function The NBFTE is the acronym for the NutriBase Next Best Food To Eat The NutriBase NBFTE Button will tell you the next best food to eat ina common serving size based on what you have eaten so far today and compared to your NBFTE goals of up to 25 vitamins and minerals The NBFTE also uses your other goals goals for Calories Protein Carbohydrates
163. d in Food Group 22 Meals Entrees and Side dishes Some food items such as beverages and rice though obtained at restaurants are included in their respective food groups At this time Restaurant Foods contains profiles for 38 food items obtained from family style restaurants Latino restaurants and Chinese restaurants Two hundred and twenty five new foods were added to the database using data generated by USDA through the NFNAP or submitted by the food industry Among these are muscadine grapes gold kiwi formulated bars brand name vegetable burgers and energy drinks A number of food items were added to the database in response to specific requests from the USDA ARS Food Surveys Research Group FSRG to support future releases of the FNDDS Nutrient data were updated and expanded for RTE breakfast cereals cream of wheat soy based vegetarian products onion powder garlic powder mustard seed chilled orange juice pumpkin and squash seed kernels both dried and roasted whole wheat flour and rye flour Fatty acid profiles were updated for several highly consumed snack foods where reformulations to low or no trans oils have occurred Several vegetables and seafood items on FDA s list of the 20 most frequently consumed raw vegetables and seafood in the United States CFR Title 21 Pts 101 42B101 45 not previously analyzed under 92 NFNAP were sampled analyzed and the corresponding nutrient profiles updated Proximates
164. d on your changes in weight 24 hour method tracks everything you eat versus every activity and exercise you perform accounting for all 24 hours each day This means you account for things like sleeping eating and sitting as well as the higher calorie burning activities that you perform each day Food Alarms You can set up warnings Alarms to notify you when you select foods that you wish to avoid To set up your Alarms click the blue Food Alarms link Success Criteria Define what you consider to be a successful day succeeding each day rewards you with one the Success images that you can select These images are displayed each day to the client or user s Calendar This same idea is also true for the Failure images that you can select Tracking Body Weight and or Body Fat Content To enter a client or user s daily body weight and or body fat content click the Tracker Tab 25 Client Setups Exercise This window lets you select and or tweak the formulas used to calculate factors related to exercise resting heart rate maximum heart rate and target heart rate zones Client Settings This window allows you to change the settings for three areas Nutrients Criteria and Exercise The Nutrients Window Use this window to set the default values NutriBase will use when you work with your clients DRI setting You can adjust what DRI Dietary Reference Intakes values to use as your client s
165. daily nutrient goals Normally this would be the full DRI You can make adjustments if you are a facility that serves one or two meals a day Daily Calories You may select which formula you want NutriBase to use to calculate your client s daily calorie needs You can also modify these formulas if you wish PCF Ratio Goal You can set a default PCF ration goal here As long as PCF adds up to 100 you are fine Keep in mind these values are the defaults the starting points for clients You can always modify any particular client s goals as desired Keep in mind that if you change these defaults these new values will not be applied retroactively to existing clients if you want the goals for existing clients to be different click Profiles Edit a profile to make changes The Criteria Window Use this window to set default values for how and what you track for your clients Calorie Tracking NutriBase offers three distinct methods for tracking calories Select the method you prefer Food Alarms You can set alarms so that when you attempt to record a food item that exceeds or doesn t meet requirements you set up for clients Success Criteria This section allows you to define a successful day and assign a symbol that you can display to your Calendar on your Home window for the active client For example a successful day may mean that the active client didn t exceed her calorie goal for that day Or perhaps she didn t exce
166. data and replace it with the new information Parenteral Nutrition Nutrient injections intravenous feeding Also called parenteral alimentation NutriBase provides data for these types of foods in the Medical Nutritionals food category Paste To paste something into a file means to copy something you ve cut or copied into the file at the cursor location To paste text into your 144 cursor location you must first have some information usually text or graphics that you ve cut or copied into the Windows Clipboard a temporary storage area that your operating system sets aside for you Place your cursor where you want to insert this information and press Ctrl v This is hold down the Ctrl key on your keyboard then while still cy holding it down press the v key once and then let them both go PCF Ratio The PCF Ratio is the ratio of calories from Protein Carbohydrates and Fat in that order in a client s intake recipe or Meal Plan A PCF Ratio of 15 55 30 indicates that an intake recipe or Meal Plan contains 15 of its calories from Protein 55 of its calories from Carbohydrates and 30 of its calories from Fat You can assign PCF Ratio goals to clients NutriBase provides the PCF Ratios for recipes and Meal Plans The PCF Ratio tells you a lot about a client s intake a recipe or a Meal Plan One day many popular diets may be defined by their PCF Ratio NutriBase will also display
167. day 9 Copy Food Log items to another day or days of the same or different client 10 Display the nutrient profile for the Food Log and the Actual PCF Ratio Protein Carbohydrate Fat Ratio and your goal PCF Ratio updated in real time as you build your Food Log Display exchanges if desired 11 Click a button to display your Diabetic Tracking window that graphs your blood glucose levels View PCF Ratio Carbohydrates Fiber and Sugars by meal Track and graph your blood glucose along with your exercise calories and actual carbohydrates Track your medications note the times for diabetic related events graph your blood glucose and the carbohydrates for each meal and take a keep notes related to your experience View nutrient intakes pictorially as graphs 12 Automatically add all food items to a Shopping List 13 View actual calories for the day against the client s Daily Calorie Allotment 14 Generate a My Plate report To do this right mouse click over the nutrient data in the upper right corner of this window 15 Highlight any food item from your food log the foods you have recorded RMC then choose the option to add that food item to a NutriBase Meal This allows you to create Meals collections of recipes database items and Personal Foods that represent a single meal 16 right mouse click to generate a MyPlate Report 17 right mouse click a recorded food item and add it to your Quick Add List Click the Ad
168. details Exporting and Importing Client Data The purpose of these two features exporting and importing is to permit users of NutriBase Junior Personal or Personal Plus to transfer all of their records food logs personal information exercise etc out export of their personal edition version of NutriBase and to allow the nutrition and health professional who uses NutriBase Professional or higher edition to transfer this data in import to their copy of NutriBase 82 Exporting Client Data from a Personal Edition Exporting client data is a feature dr Graphs Notes amp Lists Export H of the NutriBase Personal Editions NutriBase Junior Personal and Personal Plus Editions It allows personal user to take their NutriBase records and transfer export it from their copy of NutriBase to a data file that can be later be transferred into imported a copy of NutriBase Professional or higher edition Note RD s use this ability to keep track of their clients who track their food logs and follow meal plans using any of the Personal Editions of NutriBase Users can obtain one of these personal editions of NutriBase by visiting dietsoftware com and ordering a copy on line Personal Edition users can export their Client Data client profiles recipes food logs etc by clicking their Export tab it s the last Tab across the top of the NutriBase window then clicking the appropr
169. dology had to be developed that could be used for a variety of food matrices Byrdwell 2008 Although a single method is not required for USDA sponsored analyses all participating laboratories must demonstrate that their analysis of quality control materials falls within an acceptable range of values For vitamin D all methods involved extraction with solvent s cleanup steps and quantification by HPLC or by HPLC and LC MS In the absence of certified quality control materials for vitamin D NDL in collaboration with Virginia Tech developed five matrix specific materials one of which was sent with every batch of foods to be analyzed The materials were vitamin D3 fortified fluid milk a vitamin D3 fortified multigrain ready to eat cereal orange juice fortified with calcium and vitamin D3 pasteurized process cheese fortified with vitamin D3 and canned red salmon a natural source of D3 Phillips et al 2008 Vitamin D may also be present as 25 hydroxycholecalciferol in some foods such as fish meat and poultry At this point the analytical methodology used to determine this metabolite of vitamin D has not been sufficiently validated when work on this validation is completed 25 hydroxycholecalciferol values will be provided in future releases of SR Once an improved method of analysis was developed Byrdwell 2008 and the laboratories certified a selection of foods representing natural vitamin D sources and fortified sources were c
170. dow For information on how to conduct Food Lookups Searches read the Food Search How To Topics To add foods to your Ingredient List located in the upper left corner of this window highlight the food item you want to record then click the Add selected Item Button Click the View item details Button to view all the data for the selected item in a single scrolling window Click the Add to my PFI Button to add the selected item to your Personal Foods listing The Nutrient Summary section displays nutrient information for the foods you have added to your Recipe PUF Display Every food item that you add to a Meal will PUFDisplay automatically be added to your PUF Previously Used Foods Display After you have added at least one food to your Food Log the PUF display Button will appear When you click this button you will get an alphabetical listing of all your previously used foods This can save you time and effort by eliminating the need to re conduct previous searches Just select the food item and you are ready to use it or You can delete individual PUF items To do so highlight it RMC and then select the Delete option This allows you to keep your food lists current and relevant to your needs As your PUF display becomes populated with the foods you use most often your search time will go down and your productivity will go up 51 Add your Meal to a Food Log or Meal Plan Whil
171. dy weight changes Specific Daily Calorie Goals enter your own daily values v Sun 2000 Mon 600 Tue 2000 Wed eod Thu 2000 Fri 2000 Sat 2000 Finished Click the Finished Button to have NutriBase calculate the weight loss per week goal reached date etc 22 After you create your profile your name will appear at the top of the NutriBase window to indicate that you are the Active Client Glick the Button for the function you wish to perform lf you are the active client click the Food Log Button to add foods to your Food Log Click the Tracker Button to record your body weight body fat blood pressure body measurements etc Click the Exercise Button to record exercise and activities n a nutshell to use NutriBase just click the button representing the function you want to perform Additional Client Windows The Client Tab also provides access to additional windows These windows allow you to 1 Select your default formula for calculating a client s daily calorie needs You may select the formula and you can modify the formula as desired 2 Select whether your client s Food Log will be compared to a full day s nutritional requirements or to 2 3 or 1 3 of the day s nutritional requirements 3 Organize your clients into Folders For example you may want to save all your weight loss clients in one folder and keep all your athletes in another 4 Add profiles edit existin
172. e created We suggest that before you share your Sync Folder with others that you read the suggestions at the end of this document for eliminating conflicted copies of files caused when two or more users save the same file at the same time Starting with version 11 1 NutriBase can use a web based synchronization service to keep your most up to date data files at your fingertips at all times across all your computers And by signing up for one of the business web based synchronization services you can reliably collaborate with workgroups of a few to dozens or even hundreds of nutritionists trainers or chefs With NutriBase your work will conveniently exist on all your computers What is a Web Based Synchronization Service At its most basic a web based synchronization service is a service that allows you to synchronize a folder on your computer with the same folder on all your other computers We refer to this special synchronized folder as your Sync Folder To get a personal Sync Folder all you have to do is sign up with a free web based synchronization service and install their software on your computer Fortunately the Internet abounds with these synchronization services They go by names like Box Dropbox SkyDrive SugarSync CX FreeFileSync GoodSync iDriveSync or Syncplicity There are other sync services as well A free account is normally all you need to synchronize NutriBase files across your own personal comput
173. e it has been necessary to maintain the usual nutrient numbers corresponding to fatty acids with no further differentiation other than carbon length and number of double bonds To aid users of our data specific isomers are always summed to provide a total value for the undifferentiated fatty acid For example mean values for the specific isomers of 18 2 are summed to provide a mean for 18 2 undifferentiated Nutrient No 618 Other fatty acid totals provided are 1 the sum of saturated monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids and 2 the sum of trans monoenoic the sum of trans polyenoic and the sum of all trans fatty acids 108 Values for total saturated monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids may include individual fatty acids not reported therefore the sum of their values may exceed the sum of the individual fatty acids In rare cases the sum of the individual fatty acids may exceed the sum of the values given for the total saturated fatty acids SFA monounsaturated fatty acids MUFA and polyunsaturated fatty acids PUFA These differences are generally caused by rounding and should be relatively small For multi ingredient processed brand name foods industry data are often available for fatty acid classes SFA MUFA and PUFA but are lacking for individual fatty acids In these cases individual fatty acids are calculated from the fatty acids of the individually listed ingredients and normalized to the total
174. e you will need to wait for a while When you installed NutriBase the Setup Program installed a few thousand data files into your NutriBase Sync Folder As theses files are copied into your Sync Folder your Sync Folder immediately began to upload these files to the Cloud This process can take from a few minutes up to an hour or more to finish this initial synchronization DO NOT start NutriBase and run the Restore application until your initial installation of NutriBase has fully synchronized with the Cloud Here is how to tell if your files are fully synchronized when using Dropbox During Syncing Finished Syncing f 3 07 PM i 3 06 PM Ped 5 a oN 5 Pe R O 10 8 2009 Pe i RA O 10 8 2009 During the synchronization process your Dropbox When you are fully synchronized your Dropbox icon features a rotating symbol with and a white icon will show a stationary checkmark on a green background color background This is a close up of your Task Bar Notification area If you don t see the Dropbox icon it may have been automatically hidden To view it click the up arrow symbol on the left If did not use Dropbox take a look at the documentation for the synchronization service you selected to see how to tell when you are fully synchronized After you finish setting up NutriBase and it has synchronized with the Cloud Step 6 Start the NutriBase application After it opens click the NutriBase Menu button then select the Restore option
175. e a Meal Plan report click the Meal Plan Button etc 2 To generate a Client s Food Log report go to the click the Client Button 3 Every type of report provides you with a variety of options This image shows the report options available to you for your Recipe Reports These options change as you select different types of Recipe Reports this particular example shows your options for a Comprehensive Recipe Report You click the down arrow to display your report type click the report that you want to have NutriBase generate 71 4 After you select the type of report you have options selecting nutrients days decimal places etc These options vary depending on the type of report you select 5 After you generate a report you can save it to a file Depending on the report you can save them in PDF RTF a generic word processor format you can open with MS Word XLS Excel format and CSV Comma Separated Values formats 6 You can email these reports on the spot to any client you want to send the report to NutriBase features an integrated emailer Under Over Reports As you select new report types you will notice that your options change from report to report These options add a new dimension of flexibility to your reporting options In most cases these options are straight forward you can these options them by clicking on them when needed One of the options you have when you are creating a cl
176. e given for edible material without refuse The Weight file contains the gram weights and measure descriptions for each food item This file can be used to calculate nutrient values for food portions from the values provided per 100 g of food 113 The formula used to calculate the nutrient content per household measure is N V W 100 N Nutrient value per household measure V Nutrient value per 100 grams W Gram weight of portion The Gram Weight file can be used to produce reports showing the household measure and nutrient values calculated for that portion The weights were derived from published sources industry files studies conducted by USDA Adams 1975 Fulton et al 1977 and the weights and measures used in USDA s Continuing Survey of Food Intakes by Individuals USDA 1995 Although special efforts were made to provide representative values weights and measures obtained from different sources vary considerably for some foods Starting with this release we have combined the Gram Weight File and the Measure Description File to make this information easier to use Nutrient DataBank Numbers NDB Numbers USDA SR Data The USDA publishes nutrient data in the Nutrient Database for Standard Reference for us in products like NutriBase They assign a unique Nutrient Data Bank NDB number to each food item in this database These food items are for 100 gram portions of these foods These numbers are integers they con
177. e imputed or obtained from manufacturers and trade associations Starch was analyzed using the AOAC method 966 11 2003 Because the analyses of total dietary fiber total sugars and starch are performed separately and reflect the analytical variability inherent to the measurement process the sum of these carbohydrate fractions may not equal the carbohydrate by difference value Food Energy Food energy is expressed in kilocalories kcal and kilojoules kJ One kcal equals 4 184 kJ The data are for physiological energy which is the energy value remaining after losses from digestion and metabolism are deducted from gross energy Calorie values with the exception of multi ingredient processed foods are based on the Atwater system for determining energy values Derivation of the Atwater calorie factors is discussed in Agriculture Handbook 74 Merrill and Watt 1973 For multi ingredient processed foods calorie values source codes 8 or 9 for more information on source codes see p 25 generally reflect industry practices as permitted by NLEA of calculating calories from 4 4 9 calories per gram of protein carbohydrate and fat respectively or from 4 4 9 calories per gram of protein carbohydrate minus insoluble fiber and fat The latter method is often used for high fiber foods Calorie factors for protein fat and carbohydrates are included in the Food Description file For foods containing alcohol we used a factor of 6 9
178. e the Nutrition Facts Table by clicking the Create NFT Button All values will be rounded in accordance with the Canadian rounding rules for Nutrition Facts Tables The nutrients that are required to be presented as a percentage of Canadian Daily Values will be calculated for you as well After you create the label you can print it by clicking the Print icon To save the label to an image format click the Save icon it looks like a diskette Notice you can save the label as a BMP JPG WMF EMF 195 PDF or PNG The BMP format is suitable for word processor documents and the JPG file will work on any web site page Consider using the WMF EMF or PNG formats for use in producing publication quality label images you can hand over to your printer for mass production Note The label created by NutriBase is basic yet it is by far the most popular label format in use today If you need labels formatted differently you may need to use a different software program However since other label creation programs tend to be far more expensive than NutriBase most NutriBase users who need other formats will take the label created by NutriBase and hand it over to a graphics artist to create the new format for their end use This is not difficult to do because all the rounding rules and percentage calculations have been performed by NutriBase This is often the most economical way for you to meet the requirements for a variety of labeling requir
179. e you can upload to your web site or have NutriBase burn to a CD for you You can give this software to a client They can install this to their own PC and record their own food intake for up to 30 days They can save this information to a file on a flash drive or email it to you as an email attachment The purpose of the CIM software is to record a snapshot of how a new client has been eating up until the point they came to you for your help and advice It is not designed for long term use Once you import this file into NutriBase it is as if you had entered this data for them You can quickly generate a variety of reports save them as PDF files and post them to your web site email them to your client as an email attachment or print out the report to hand it to your client You can customize this software There are no per copy fees royalties or any charge of any kind You can make as many copies as you wish Your CD s are reusable NutriBase enables you to click a button that will burn a CD for you to provide to your client Your client can install the NutriBase Client Intake Module on their own PC record up to 30 days of food and exercise intake then click a button to email you the results so you can provide an analysis and your recommendations If you want your client to track their Food Logs long term we recommend you have them purchase a personal edition of NutriBase from www dietsoftware com These versions start at 34 95 Us
180. e you are in the Meals Tab you can add a selected Meal to the active client s Food Log or to a Meal or Meal Plan Do this by selecting a Meal highlight it with a single click RMG then select the appropriate option For example click Add to meal plan to add the selected Meal to a Meal Plan NutriBase will help you locate the Meal Plan you will copy to Refresh Your Meals As you use NutriBase you may find yourself modifying existing PFI s Personal Food Items that are used in your existing meals We sometimes release an update that includes updated nutrient data for foods that you may have used in your existing meals Or you may have updated a recipe that you used inside an existing meal To update all your meals to make sure you are using the most current data you can perform a Refresh operation Refresh opens all your meals then recreates all meals and recipes on the fly using the latest data newest Personal Food Items and recipes then saves them for you Refreshing all your meals assures that they are as up to date as your current nutrient information is To refresh your meals click your Meals Tab click your Folders Button right mouse click and choose the Refresh option If you don t use meals you won t ever need to refresh them If you use Recipes only you can refresh them in a similar manner click your Recipes Tab click your Folders button right mouse click and choose the Refresh option
181. ed mcg in the resulting win dow to select O vitC txt then click the Edit Button Edit as desired When you are finished click the X in the upper right Create Fes corner to close the edit box NutriBase will ask you if you want to save this change Say Yes Vit H meg Biotin Vit D IU Vit D2 ergocalciferol mcg Vit D3 cholecalciferol meg Vit D2 Vit D3 mcg Tocopherol Alpha mg Tocopherol Beta mg Tocopherol Gamma mg Tocopherol Delta mg Tocotrienol Alpha mg ERE EEE EE EEE This edited text file will be inserted into your future reports when you check this nutrient in the setup window This window will also allow you to create new comments for other nutrients or delete existing ones Henceforth NutriBase will display your edited copy of this particular over comment You can edit all your Under comments in a similar manner Note If you are proficient with a text editor and can navigate your hard drive you can use a text editor to edit these files These Under and Over text files are located in your ProgramData nutribase underover folder All Over text files begin with the letter O followed by a hyphen and the nutrient s name All Under text files begin with the letter U followed by 214 a hyphen and the nutrients name We recommend you follow this convention when you add new nutrient Under and O
182. ed as 18 2 n 6 c c Other isomers of 18 2 for which new nutrient numbers have been assigned include 18 2 c t 18 2 t c and 18 2 t t 18 2 t not further defined and 18 2 i 18 2 i is not a single isomer but includes isomers other than 18 2 n 6 c c with peaks that cannot be easily differentiated in the particular food item The lipid components include fatty acids cholesterol and phytosterols These lipids are included in the database Fatty acid totals Only a small portion of the fatty acid data contains specific positional and geometric isomers Therefore it has been necessary to maintain the usual nutrient numbers corresponding to fatty acids with no further differentiation other than carbon length and number of double bonds To aid users of our data specific isomers are always 109 summed to provide a total value for the undifferentiated fatty acid Thus mean values for the specific isomers of 18 2 would be summed to provide a mean for 18 2 undifferentiated Nutrient No 618 Other fatty acid totals provided are 1 the sum of saturated monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids and 2 the sum of trans monoenoic the sum of trans polyenoic and the sum of all trans fatty acids Values for total saturated monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids may include individual fatty acids not reported therefore the sum of their values may exceed the sum of the individual fatty acids In rare cases the sum of the individual
183. ed her calorie goal and did exceed her goal for Total Dietary Fiber Exercise This window allows you to control the formulas used to calculate exercise formulas used in NutriBase Client Folders 26 NutriBase supports the ability for you to create up to 26 Client Folders Each Folder is a place you can use to store the names of people that you want to store together as a group Typical Folder names could be General Folder which we include by default LA Fitness to store clients that belong to a particular organization Diabetic to store clients with a common health need or Vegetarians to store all your clients with this special dietary requirement Your clients will self alphabetize by last name in each of these folders You can move clients from one folder to another One client may not reside in more than one folder To move clients select them highlight one if you wish to move one client Hold the Ctrl key down to cherry pick multiple clients Hold down the Shift key to select a range of clients to move Press Ctrl A to select all After you have selected the clients to move either click the Move Button or simply drag them to the target folder s tab Client Profiles The Profiles option provides a Brevis Go GB Profiles drop down menu that offers you three functions Edit a profile Delete a profile Create a Profile Use this window to create a profile for a client Fill in t
184. eeeees 175 How TO BACKUP YOUR NUTRIBASE DATA cccccceceessssececececeesnaeceeececeessaeeeeees 175 How TO RESTORE YOUR NUTRIBASE DATA rrrnrrrrnnnnrnrrrnsrrrnennnnrrenssnssennnnrnensenenen 175 How TO MOVE YOUR DATA FROM ONE COMPUTER TO ANOTHER s000ecee088 177 HOW TO SCHEDULE YOUR NUTRIBASE BACKUPG csccscsccececsesscseceeececsenseaeeeeees 177 How TO ADD A NEW FOOD TO NUTRIBASE cccceceesssececececsesseaeeeeececsensaseeeees 178 How TO ENTER YOUR BODY WEIGHT OR FAT FOR THE DAY c0csseseeeereeeees 179 How To ADD AN EXERCISE TO NUTRIBASE ccccceceesseececececeessaeceeececsensaseeeees 180 How TO MODIFY A USER S GOAL FOR WATER OR ANYTHING ELSE 00000088 182 6 How TO EDIT AN NB RECIPE 00s00esseesesesesescsssesesesesesesesssssesssesssesesssesesseeeees 182 HOW TO CREATE A NEW RECIPE BASED ON AN EXISTING RECIPE s0000cee0ee 184 HOW TO CREATE A NEW RECIPE FOLDER s ccccceesessseececececsessaeceeececsensaeeeeees 184 HOW TO SCALE A RECIPE sairaala eg 185 HOW TO ORGANIZE AN EXISTING RECIPE FOLDER erororvrnrorrrennnnrnrnrnrsnnnsnnrnnnsnssenn 186 How TO ADD A RECIPE TO ANOTHER RECIPE ccsesessscecececeessaeceeececsessseeeeees 187 How TO EXPORT RECIPES FOR USE IN ANOTHER COPY OF NUTRIBASE 664 189 HOW TO IMPORT A RECIPES FROM ANOTHER COPY OF NUTRIBASE 00 00cc000 190 How TO ADD PFI S RECIPES AND MEALS TO FOOD LOGG ccccceceesssseceeees 1
185. eees 231 How TO VIEW DATA USING THE NUTRIENT DENSITY VIEW cc ccccccceceesssteeeeees 232 7 HOW TO CONDUCT A QUERY ar earra eeraa erir eaea EEE o En EE EEEE E rrea EEEn e 233 How TO CONDUCT AN ADVANCED FOOD ITEM SEARCH ccsecceceesteeeeeseeeess 234 How TO IMPORT WEB PROFILES PRO AND HIGHER ccssssceeesesceceesteeeeeeeeeees 236 The NutriBase Food Categories ssrvronnnvvovonnvvvennvvrrrnrvvrers 238 Macros for Use with Assessment Reports 0000000006 241 CLIENT RELATED MACROS ccccsessscecececeessnsececcceceesescceeeccceeneuaaeceeeeeesenseaeeeeees 241 CALORIE RELATED MACROS ccsssssssseeeceesessscecececeesesssaececececseaaeeeeececeessaaeaeeess 242 GENERAL NUTRIENT GOAL MACROG cceesesseeecececsenssaeceeececsesssaeeeeececeensaeeeeees 242 CLIENT S MINERAL GOAL MACROS ccessesssseceeececsessecececececsesneaeeeeeceesensaeeeeees 243 CLIENT S VITAMIN GOAL MACROS cccceesssssceeecececsenseaececececeesnsaeeeeececsensaseeeees 243 EXERCISE RELATED MACROS scssssssececeesessseeceeececsenseaeeeeccecsessaaeeeeceecsensaaeaeeees 244 CLIENT S FAT GOAL MACROG cssssssccececsssssssecececeessnseaccececsenssscaeeececsensnsaaeaecess 244 CLIENT S FAT GOAL MACROS sisesseoes eat eres hi eteren 245 CLIENT S AMINO ACID GOAL MACROG ssssssssececeesessssececececeessaeeeeececsensaseeeees 246 MACROS FOR USE WITH NUTRIBASE CUSTOM MEAL REPORTS cceceeeeeeeeeeeee 246 MACROS FOR U
186. elect XLS for Excel format Save your Excel file Open it later with Excel 191 How to Create U S Nutrition Facts Labels Chef and higher NutriBase Professional and Enterprise Editions support the creation of Nutrition Facts Serving Size 1 serving 187 0g Servings 1 Daily Value IFat 22g 34 Total Fat Saturated Fat 12g Trans Fat 0g 20 Total Carbohydrate 72g Dietary Fiber 3g Sugars 2g 10 Vitamin C 2 Iron 0 Vitamin E 0 Thiamin 25 Niacin 4 Folate 0 Biotin Pantothenic Acid 4 Phosphorus lodine 0 Magnesium 8 Selenium 10 Manganese 0 Molybdenum Percent Daily Values are based on a 2 000 calorie diet Your Daily Values may be higher or lower depending on your calorieneeds Calories 2 000 2 500 U S Nutrition Facts Labels For information regarding the generation of Canadian Nutrition Facts Tables please see the next topic in this manual To create a label open the recipe you want to generate a label for If you haven t created this recipe yet create it then open it create your recipe click the NFL U S Button NFL stands for Nutrition Facts Label Missing Values A message may appear and warn you that one or more of the ingredients in your recipe is missing a value for one of the listed nutrients This is because all nutrient databases contain missing values for some nutrients If you try to primarily use the UDSA or Canadian food items
187. ements With the Canadian labels you click the down arrow in the first grid row to select from three different serving size phrases These three options are Serving Size Portion English French Per Par or Per Pour For Canadian labels NutriBase provides three lines rather than the single line i e 1 serving 359 used in U S labels This is to accommodate the requirement that Canadian labels require a user friendly serving size Click the Info icon next to this grid row on the NutriBase window for additional information regarding this topic Notes 1 We recommend that you edit the English ingredient names before moving on to French ingredient names 2 The ingredients toggle button changes your display from English to French 3 Canadian Nutrition Facts Tables use Canadian Daily Values rather than U S Daily Values 4 Vitamin A is in Retinol Equivalents as calculated by RE mcg Retinol mcg Beta Carotene 6 5 Niacin is in NE as calculated by NE mg Niacin mg Tryptophan 60 6 Please visit the Canadian Food Inspection Agency web site to learn more about the rules and regulations that govern the creation of Canadian Nutrition Facts Tables A link is provided on this NutriBase window for your convenience How to Set Up Your Home Window Graph After you create your first Client Profile you will Graph background want to set up your Home Window Graph To do this click the down arr
188. ements methodologic challenges American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 88 2 554S 557S Chun J Martin J A Chen L Lee J Ye L Eitenmiller R 2004 A differential assay of folic acid and total folate in foods containing enriched cereal grain products to calculate mcg dietary folate equivalents mg DFE Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 19 2 3 182 187 Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee DGAC 2004 The Report of the Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee on Dietary Guidelines for Americans 2005 Available from http Awww health gov dietaryguidelines dga2005 report default htm accessed 06 19 2009 Fulton L E Matthews and C Davis 1977 Average Weight of a Measured Cup of Various Foods U S Department of Agriculture Home Economics Research Report 41 Gebhardt S E and R G Thomas 2002 Nutritive Value of Foods U S Department of Agriculture Home and Garden Bulletin 72 Haytowitz D B P R Pehrsson and J M Holden 2008 The national food and nutrient analysis program a decade of progress Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 21 Supp 1 S94 S102 Holden J M S A Bhagwat and K Y Patterson 2002 Development of a multi nutrient data quality evaluation system Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 15 4 339 348 Holden J M A L Eldridge G R Beecher et al 1999 Carotenoid content of U S foods An update of the database Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 12 169 19
189. ent paths to these folders The variables we support are 1 LOCAL The User s Folder 2 LOCALDOC The User s Documents Folder Note that NutriBase appends NutriBase to the variable you use to specify the folder where the user preference files will be stored NutriBase does not append NutriBase if you provide a specific path because it assumes you will specify the folder you want to use If you selected access options 3 or 4 NutriBase will attempt to locate a removable drive If found NutriBase will create a NutriBase Folder on that drive i e x NutriBase If a removable drive isn t found NutriBase prompts the user for a specific location to which to save the user preference files LINE 4 through the end of the file User Password Lines Place one user s password per line until you ve specified every user you will permit to access the software These passwords are normally assigned by the Master User Each user must be assigned a unique password If you assign the same password to several users NutriBase will think that they are all the same user and will permit only one client to be logged all for all the users using the common password Each password must contain at least 1 character or number You can use a maximum of 20 characters All PC keyboard characters are valid The characters are case sensitive No leading or trailing blanks are permitted No null passwords are allowed It may be helpful to include t
190. entage calculations used in the creation of Nutrition Facts Labels You can create a new standard we refer to this as a new Criteria by clicking the New Button You might want to do this in special circumstances when you need to compare nutrient intake to your own custom standard of reference commonly done in nutrition studies for special populations Create a Meal This is the window you use to create Meals A Meal is a E Mea collection of items from the nutrient database from your Personal Foods or NutriBase Recipes You create a Meal by locating the ingredients one at a time and specifying the amount of each item you use You specify the serving size by telling NutriBase the number of servings in this Meal or by telling NutriBase the number of grams or ounces per serving This window is partitioned into three areas The Meal Item List upper left corner the Nutrient Summary upper right corner and the Search Screen lower part of the screen The first task is to give your Meal a name Type in the Meal name in the Meal name edit box 50 Next locate the items you wish to add to your Meal You can add USDA food items Canadian Nutrient File food items Brand Name food items Personal Foods Food items you have added to NutriBase and Recipes To locate food items from the nutrient database Personal Foods recipes or other Meals use the Search Screen located in the bottom portion of the Recipe win
191. ep Step 4 Run the NutriBase Setup Program to install NutriBase onto your computer 157 Home Share v t B gt Ea gt 4 E Desktop 4 3 Libraries gt 4 Documents gt at Music gt l Pictures This is the p E Videos username gt e Homegroup gt AppData B Contacts This is the k Desktop er gt JB Downloads pb i Favorites T Links bd B My Documents b p My Music b My Pictures B My Videos When you run the NutriBase Setup Program you will eventually reach the window that asks for the path to your NutriBase data files Your Program Data Installation Folder Where would you like your NutriBase Program Data to be installed IF you are NOT going to use a web based sync folder your Program Data recipe meal plans etc should be installed in the folder listed below C ProgramData NutriBase IF YOU ARE GOING TO USE A WEB BASED SYNCED FOLDER YOU MUST CLICK THE FIND BUTTON BELOW AND IDENTIFY THIS FOLDER For detailed help on this click the Back Button below Install your NutriBase data Recipes Meal Plans Client Data etc to C Program Data Nutr Base Find Space required 123 9 MB Space available on selected drive 474 20 GB NutriBase data files include your food logs recipes meal plans client information etc If you don t intend to use the Sync Folder to synchronize your NutriBase data on two or more computers just accept
192. er use the Organizer Button Take a moment to study the features annotated in the image above Create a new folder by clicking the New folder Button Move Recipes from Folder to Folder by clicking the Move Button You can create a new Meal Folder by clicking the Folder Tab adjacent to the Organizer Tab You can add a new Meals Tab by clicking the New tab Button 49 over your Meals and right mouse click to rename tabs and fs p You can create as many tabs as you need in each Folder Hover perform a variety of other options The All Meals Tab contains all your Meals Any new tabs you create will contain the Meals you put there from the All Meals Tab You move Meals into tabs by alt dragging Meals from the All Meals Tab or by using your RMC New tabs you create might have labels similar to Breakfast Healthy Breakfast Quick Lunch Vegan etc All Meals self alphabetize themselves within the tabs Note We recommend you organize your meals into multiple Folders By doing so you will benefit with quicker access to your meals better organization and faster performance Meal Criteria Pro and higher Meal Criteria are a set of nutrient values that you l Criteria compare your meal s nutrient content to By default NutriBase uses the Daily Reference Values These values are already set up for you NutriBase uses this standard because these are the basis of the perc
193. er Categories option Click the down arrow to select food categories of interest When you select a food category NutriBase will display the NBFTE foods by food category sorted from high to low 33 Notes 1 NBFTE results come from the USDA nutrient database Compared to the Brand Name database the USDA database provides far more values for the vitamins and minerals we need to evaluate when we calculate NDI s and NBFTE s Brand name data is not suitable for high end analysis because it almost always excludes the vitamin and mineral data that our NDI and NBFTE algorithms rely on 2 A consequence of using the USDA database is that the foods that appear in your NBFTE listing will tend to be mostly non brand named foods vegetables fruits cereals meats etc You won t see many restaurant foods frozen entrees or packaged foods recommended fortified ready to eat cereals are an exception We excluded things you probably wouldn t eat like a cup of flour or a tablespoon of baking powder 3 The NutriBase NBFTE algorithm treats missing values in your band name data as zeros If you record a lot of brand name foods to your Food Log this will make the calculations somewhat less accurate This will cause the NBFTE function to recommend foods that may be somewhat more nutritious than if you had eaten foods exclusively from the USDA database 4 You will see colored backgrounds behind values for Sodium Cholesterol and Satur
194. erest right mouse click then select the appropriate option to add your PFI to your Food Log Recipe Meal or Meal Plan How to Enter Your Body Weight or Fat for the Day If you are trying to take control of your body weight and or body fat content it s a good idea to enter your body weight and o body fat values daily You do this in the Tracker Tab 179 Crestwood Fred v General v FA EG A E Home Client Setup Food Log Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Meal Plang FW Weight Body Fat GB Logs N Info 4 March 2014 gt Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Enter your weight body fat for Monday March 03 2014 Weight 0 00 Ib Body Fat 0 00 Click the Weight Body Fat button and click on the date you want to make your entry to 9 Prestwood Ed v General v amp SE E Home Information A quicker way to do this is to simply click your Weight Tracker icon on your Quick Access Toolbar If you don t already have a shortcut to this window in your Quick Access Toolbar please add it now To update your Quick Access Toolbar to include your Weight Tracker click the down pointing arrow next to your QAT How To Add an Exercise to NutriBase To add an exercise to NutriBase click the Exercise Tab click the Setup Button then click the New exercise Button 180 0x osaat Setup Workouts GP Doily Exercise BB Auto Record JD Logs Frequen
195. ers But a business account may serve you better if you are a professional user collaborating with other NutriBase users much more on this later Once you create a web based synchronization account and install their software to your computer you can begin using your Sync Folder Anything you put into your Sync Folder will almost immediately appear on your other computers Most users organize the files in their Sync Folder by using subfolders Common subfolder names include Pictures and Music We ask you to create a subfolder called NutriBase and use it to hold your NutriBase Data food logs client information recipes meals meal plans etc To create this subfolder you will tell the NutriBase Setup Program where you want this folder to exist After that NutriBase will take care of the Sync Folder for you 13 How Does Web Based Synchronization Work The task of all web based synchronization services is to keep files on multiple remote computers identical at all times to keep them synchronized To do this you create an account with them and install their software to your computer After you do this the service creates a Sync Folder a synchronized folder for you on your computer and makes an identical copy of it on the Cloud As soon as your files begin to appear in your Sync Folder in the Cloud the synchronization service will begin propagating exact copies of these files onto every computer you se
196. ers of these low end versions can record their data and click an Export button to export everything they ve recorded to a file that they can email to you When you import it all their data will appear in your NutriBase Professional or higher edition The Cloud The Cloud is a popular way to refer to a server or to a network of servers that belong to or are leased by your sync service provider for the purpose of providing you their services Column Header A column header is topmost cell of a spreadsheet view in NutriBase It contains the column heading in the form of a text string An example of a header would be Food Name You can drag the column header to the left or right to re sequence the column order You can drag the right edge of a column header to resize it NutriBase will remember the new width for you Each column resize is specific to the food category you are perusing Copy Command The Copy Command lets you copy information usually a text string or a graphic image to the Windows Clipboard a temporary storage area that your operating system sets aside for you This allows you to save this information to paste into another Windows document of some sort later To copy text to the clipboard you must select the information you wish to copy Select information by clicking your left mouse button down at the point you wish to begin selecting Drag the mouse to the end of the text or graphic and release the mouse
197. es for two five or ten users depending on your NutriBase edition This tab also lets you manage your Client Folders by allowing you to add delete or rename Client Folders containing lists of clients and moving clients from Folder to Folder if desired Personal editions do not support or need Client Folders A NutriBase Profile is a compilation of information about a particular client that you are working with It contains data like their name age gender height weight desired weight etc NutriBase uses this data to make calculations for this client You can use the Profiles Button options to add new client profiles modify existing client profiles or delete existing profiles The Contact List is a grouped and organized list of your clients and their information including personal home work family information This option lets you view your client information and to export this data to an XLS Excel format file or to a CSV Comma Separated Values file for use outside of NutriBase The Web Profiles option allows you to have NutriBase read in data taken from your Web based questionnaire if you use one this is a feature of the SE Editions Client Setups Nutrients This window allows you to select DRI Dietary Reference Intakes settings daily calorie formulas or methods and calorie ratios Choose the DRI setting that best suits your situation Full DRI s are the most common 1 3 DRI may apply to situa
198. es the accurate comparison of your blood glucose levels with your eating and your activities 7 Save graphs to a variety of file formats THE NOTES AND LISTS TAB This option allows you to access a Daily Planner your Shopping List and your Notes Planner and To Do List Use this window to plan your time and to GF Planner amp To Do List manage your To Do List Shopping List This is where the foods you have sent to your l shoppina lie Shopping List appear You can right mouse click on foods you see in other areas of NutriBase including Recipes Personal Food Items Meals and Meal Plans to click the option to send selected foods to this list This is where you can organize and edit your list then print or export it as well NutriBase consolidates exact food items Keep in mind that some food items have the same food name but are not the exact same item You can see this by looking at their NutriBase ID numbers Note When looking at serving amounts in your list NutriBase rounds up to the nearest whole recipe 75 Notes Button Use this Notes section of NutriBase to create Notes Generate General Notes Client General Notes specific to a client and Client Day Specific notes specific to a particular client for a specific day Client General Notes Client Day Specific Notes opping List Window Sh ea ee ara Notes amp Lists fen Shopping L
199. es you want to limit your search to If you have selected food categories that do not contain your search stings you will not locate any hits For example you won t find bananas in the Vegetables food category The Advanced Food Item Search gives you many search options and using this search type will require you to understand your options When conducting a search think about the food categories you want to restrict your search to Think about the columns in the food category you want to search across Note When you are unable to locate food items make sure you have the appropriate Food Categories selected you won t find a Snickers bar if you told NutriBase to search across the Vegetables food category To check which food categories you have selected click the Food Categories Button Type presifted flour in the Search for edit box then click the Search button to start your search Because this example specifies the AND type search the search will only locate food Items that contain both presifted AND flour in its Food Name Brand name or Description columns It won t matter what order they appear in your search as long as both words are present anywhere in the selected columns it will produce a hit To add one of the displayed Food Items to a Food Log or Recipe or Meal or Meal Plan highlight it then drag and sat as drop it into the food list in the upper left 2o 10 Of this window Y
200. esh option Refreshing Meals will refresh all your recipes as well as all your Meals The rule of thumb is that if you use meals refresh them from time to time especially after updating PFI s or recipes And if you use recipes refresh them from time to time as well How to View and Print Information Topics Information Topics are PDF Topics you can view and or print for 217 yourself or for your clients To view these documents click the Home Tab and then click the Information Button Click the left hand drop down menu to select a major category of information and click the right hand drop down menu to select a specific PDF to view and or print The information above is all you need to view and or print the 100 Information Topics included in NutriBase The following explains how these PDF files are organized and displayed This information is useful if you plan to add your own PDF topics for use in NutriBase These PDF files and or link files are organized into Folders on your hard drive Click on the Home tab the Information button and then click the down arrow of the left hand drop down menu Client Setup Foodlog Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Meal Plans Reports Graphs Notes amp Lis Nutrition for Everyone Adult Beverage Consumption Making Responsible Drinking Choices MA View Health Screenings and Tests Kid s Nutrition Needs Miscellaneous Nutrition for Everyone Vitamins Miner
201. ess your most current data food logs recipes etc at any time no matter which of your computers you created or edited them on no matter which computer you are using at the moment no matter what time of day it is and no matter where your computers are located When you make any change to any of your data files these changes are immediately propagated across all of your computers If one of your computers is turned off or lacks Internet access it will be updated as soon as Internet access is restored There is no longer a need to move individual NutriBase files recipes meal plans etc from one of your computers to another If you create a new recipe or meal plan while on the road you won t have to transfer it to your work computer when you return it will already be there Your files would be synchronized Workgroup Synchronization If you are one of several colleagues collaborating on a NutriBase project you ll be able to share the most up to date recipes food logs etc without the need to check revision numbers or creation dates of your NutriBase data files All members of 12 the workgroup would be working with the same up to date data You would no longer need to email each other recipes meal plans or backup files If members of your workgroup create a hundred new recipes you don t have to do anything to share them with others in the workgroup they would all appear to every member of the workgroup as they ar
202. esssaececececseseaeceeccecsessaaeeeeececeensaeeeeees 113 ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE NUTRIENT DATA ccssscccececeesesseceeeeeceesenssaeeeeees 116 REFERENCES FOR USDA SR NUTRIENT DATA ccccsessececececeessatceeececesnssaseeeess 118 The Canadian Food Composition Data c0000000000 123 INTRODUCTION TO THE CANADIAN NUTRIENT FILES cccceesssseceeeceesenseaeeeeees 123 LIMITATIONS TO THE DATA cssessessecseceseenscnnecsececeensanecscesceessnncesecescessenseesecescs 125 INFORMATION REGARDING CANADIAN NUTRIENTS 0 ccccccceceesscstceeececeessseeeeees 130 METRIC SYSTEM EQUIVALENTS FOR UNITS OF MEASURE sssecsscccececsesssseeeeees 135 REFERENCES FOR CNF NUTRIENT DATA ccecsscccececsssssaececececeesseaeeeeccecsensaeeeeees 135 Glossary of NutriBase Terms srvrennnvvrnnnnvvvennvvvennvvrrrerrrre 138 The Atwater Conversion Factors sssrrnnvevsnnvrsnnvvrnnvrvevrr 150 The 4 4 9 Method umuemisesssseivenseeraneratesdansserensssensressveie 153 The Compensated 4 4 9 Method sooonnvvvonnvvvrnnnvrvrnervrrr LIF Installation and Setup How To Topics 0000 000000 156 How TO INSTALL NUTRIBASE TO RUN ON YOUR COMPUTER c scccccceceesesseeeeeee 156 INSTALLING NB11 WITH A SYNC FOLDER FOR THE FIRST TIME 0csesseceeees 156 How TO UPGRADE FROM NB10 TO NB11 ON YOUR COMPUTER c000eeeeeee 160 HOW TO DO A CLEAN INSTALL OF NUTRIBASE TO OTHER COMPUTERS 164 How
203. expressed both in terms of mg of preformed niacinamide present in the food as well as niacin equivalents NE which includes that which can be formed from tryptophan There are 2 methods of calculating niacin equivalents e If preformed niacin mg and tryptophan g were present in the database then tryptophan x 1000 60 niacin NE e If tryptophan was not present it was imputed to be 1 1 of total protein and 0 011 x protein x 1000 60 niacin NE 132 Folate Folic Aid Total Folacin There are two chemical forms now in foods that contribute to folate bioactivity Naturally occurring food folate and the added synthetic form folic acid The folic acid is more active than the food folate As a result one finds in sources of nutrient data e Folic acid in mcg e Food folate or naturally occurring folate in mcg e The arithmetic sum of the two not accounting for activity sometimes referred to as total folacin or simply as Folate in mcg This is the unit to be used on the Canadian label e Dietary Folate Equivalents 1 DFE mcg folic acid x 1 7 mcg food folate The DFE is now the most commonly unit of expression when referring to recent population nutrition studies There are a number of assumptions limitations that need to be recognized before utilizing these data These data assume that the additions of folic acid are as outlined in the regulations In practice overages are common Where a range is allowed we are basing cal
204. f National Health and Welfare 1981 Food and Drugs Act and Regulations Minister of Supply and services Canada plus electronic updates http www hc sc gc ca foodaliment friia raaii food_drugs aliments_drogues act loi e_index html 3 Klensin J C Feskanich D Lin V Truswell A S and Southgate D A T 1989 Identification of food components for INFOODS data interchange United Nations University Tokyo www fao org infoods tagnames_en stm 4 Canadian Food Inspection Agency 1996 amendments Guide to Food Labelling and Advertising www cfia acia agr ca 5 Kuhnlein H V Chan H M Leggee D Barthet V 2002 Macronutrient Mineral and Fatty Acid Composition of Canadian Arctic Traditional Food Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 15 545 566 6 Fediuk K Hidiroglou N Mad re R and Kuhnlein H V 2002 Vitamin C in Inuit Traditional Food and Women s Diets Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 15 221 235 7 Belinsky D L Kuhnlein H V 2000 Macronutrient Mineral and Fatty Acid Composition of Canada Goose Branta Canadensis An Important Traditional Food Resource of the Eastern James Bay Cree of Quebec Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 13 101 115 8 Belinsky D L Kuhnlein H V Yegoah F Penn A F Chan H M 1996 Composition of Fish Consumed by the James Bay Cree Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 9 148 162 9 Kuhnlein H V Appavoo D Morrison N Soueida R P
205. fat level A best fit approximation has been made to fatty acid classes but unavoidably calculated sums of individual fatty acid totals do not always match industry data for fatty acid classes Zero values for individual fatty acids should be understood to mean that trace amounts may be present When g fatty acids per 100 g of total lipid are converted to g fatty acids per 100 g of food values of less than 0 0005 are rounded to 0 The basic format for describing individual fatty acids is that the number before the colon indicates the number of carbon atoms in the fatty acid chain and the number after the colon indicates the number of double bonds For unsaturated fatty acids additional nutrient numbers have been added to accommodate the reporting of many specific positional and geometric isomers Of the specific isomers there are two basic classifications considered omega double bond position and cis trans configuration of double bonds Omega 3 and omega 6 isomers are denoted in shorthand nomenclature as n 3 and n 6 The number indicates the position of the first double bond from the methyl end of the carbon chain The letter c or t indicates whether the bond is cis or trans For polyunsaturated fatty acids cis and trans configurations at successive double bonds may be indicated For example linoleic acid is an 18 carbon omega 6 fatty acid with 2 double bonds both in cis configuration When data are isomer specific linoleic acid is describ
206. fatty acids may exceed the sum of the values given for the total saturated fatty acids SFA monounsaturated fatty acids MUFA and polyunsaturated fatty acids PUFA These differences are generally caused by rounding and may be relatively small For multi ingredient processed brand name foods industry data were often available for fatty acid classes SFA MUFA and PUFA but were lacking for individual fatty acids In these cases individual fatty acids were calculated from the fatty acids of the individually listed ingredients and normalized to the total fat level A best fit approximation was made to fatty acid classes but unavoidably calculated sums of individual fatty acid totals did not always match industry data for fatty acid classes Zero values for individual fatty acids should be understood to mean that trace amounts may be present When g fatty acids per 100 g of total lipid were converted to g fatty acids per 100 g of food values of less than 0 0005 were rounded to 0 Cholesterol Cholesterol values were generated primarily by GLC procedures AAOC 994 10 It is assumed that cholesterol is present only in foods of animal origin and foods containing at least one ingredient of animal origin for example cake that contains eggs For mixtures containing ingredients derived from animal products the cholesterol value may have been calculated from the value for those ingredients For foods that contain only plant products the value
207. for a new feature a new report or an improvement we d like to know about it Please email us at suggestion nutribase com How to Print a Recipe Report This topic shows you how to print a Recipe report but you will use a very similar process to print any type of report Please notice that you don t create or print a recipe report from the Recipes window Instead you create a recipe report or any other type of report from the Reports window After you create the report one of your options is to print it Click the Reports Tab then click the Recipe Button 173 GR Cient Gey Exercise ag Pri J Recipe Y Meat Meal Plan Curried Chicken Copy Detailed Recipe Report Use report header Nutrients Report Nutrition Facts Label All nutrients Add NFL Poly and Mono fats Select nutrients to display Add NFL footnote Nutrition Facts Label US NFL vj Report Image Report Image Ingredient case Don t change v Footer w Date amp Time Nutrient Decimal Places Pie chart colors V Show Pie Chart Add exchanges to my report Add end of report comments Create report Use the resulting window to select a recipe chose a recipe report type specify options and click the Create report Button to create the report File Page Zoom amp A B B Zoom NI Page Controls Zoom Controls Curried Chicken Copy Recipe grams 1236 179 43 60z Nutrition Facts Serves
208. for you It ey requires a send from email address This address is not used to receive email from your clients it is used only to send email from within NutriBase We include a default setup for you to save you the time and effort to set this up on your own This way NutriBase is ready to send reports and images to associates using the integrated NutriBase Email program It is ready to run out of the box You can change the pre configured Send from email address if you like There are two ways to set up your integrated NutriBase Emailer One is to use the information that you use with your current POP3 email program This requires you to know your current POP3 mail settings like your User Name password Incoming Mail Server Address SMTP Server Address etc This is fine if you have this information or know how to obtain it If you don t have the information above it may be better to use the default settings provided in your installed version of NutriBase Or You can set up your email using a Gmail account This method requires you to obtain to a free Gmail account and to use it to set up your Emailer Here s how Visit Google com and click the Gmail option at the top of the Google home window Gmail is Google s name for their free email service Obtain a free Gmail email account When you do this you ll obtain an email address and a Gmail password Remember these two things accurately Write them do
209. function removes a selected item from the tabbed notebook card or list The remove function is different from the delete function in that it doesn t permanently remove the selected item from NutriBase the item remains in the All Recipes Tab the All Foods Tab or the All PFI s tab To permanently remove a selected item select the All Tab then use the Delete function Report Header A NutriBase report header is information that NutriBase can automatically insert as a banner to your reports Normally you would include your business name phone number address etc 146 You can include a graphical image bit map such as your logo if you wish You create either type of header by clicking the Header setup Button when it is offered Right Mouse Click RMC See the right mouse click topic next RMC The right mouse click NutriBase supports over 95 of Be its functions via the right mouse click In most cases you select an item a recipe a PFI a client name a Meal a Meal Plan etc from a list then click the right mouse button to produce a list of possible actions RTF This is the acronym for Rich Text Format It is a document format that defines the formatting features of a word processor page It is a format that allows a wide variety of commercial word processors to read and interpret Because the NutriBase word processor can save files in RTF format you have the
210. g profiles or delete profiles 5 Manage your client contact list Record names addresses phone numbers email addresses home work family information etc Their email address is a link just click to contact them 6 This is where you go to process a Web Form created by your web based questionnaire Bear in mind that this is a feature of the SE Editions available with NutriBase Professional and higher The web based questionnaire is a web based marketing tool The idea is to get 100 hits a day 700 hits a week and 35 000 hits a year You gather contact and personal information age gender height weight desired weight etc the information NutriBase needs to add their profile into the software NutriBase can read this information and import it The contact information goes into the NutriBase Contact Manager and the personal information is used to log each person in as a client At this 23 point you can use NutriBase to generate a wide variety of reports for them Save these reports in PDF format and email them to your client Client Setup Tab My Setups in Personal Editions SS ao me Client Setup This tab allows you to control your Client Settings nutrient goals how calorie needs are calculated setting goals for protein carbohydrates fat sat fat and other nutrients In the Junior Personal and Personal Plus editions this tab is called My Setups and you can add edit or delete the profil
211. ght Make sure your computer is always automatically logged in to your Dropbox account this is the default setting The username will normally be your name The Dropbox Sync Folder is named Dropbox Other synchronization services normally use their own name for their Sync Folder as well Step 4 Create a NutriBase Folder inside your Dropbox Folder Do this by right mouse clicking on the Dropbox Folder selecting the option to add a new folder then giving it the name of NutriBase If you prefer you can add this NutriBase folder in the next step when you run the NutriBase Setup Program Step 5 Run the latest NutriBase Setup Program to install the very latest NutriBase 11 program onto your computer Do not uninstall NutriBase first just install it right over the top of your previous installation Visit nutribase com updates html to download the latest version of NutriBase 11 NutriBase versions earlier than version 11 1 do not support a Synced Folder When the NutriBase Setup Program asks you to specify the path to your NutriBase data files your food logs recipes meal plans etc click the Find Button and make sure it is formatted similarly to the following Program Data Installation Folder Where would you like your NutriBase Program Data to be installed IF you are NOT going to use a web based sync folder your Program Data recipe meal plans etc should be installed in the folder listed below C ProgramData
212. graphs via RMC This user earned 513 calories by exercising today this is indicated in orange on the graph The blue bar indicates the Daily Calorie Allotment for this user and the yellow bar indicates the actual calories eaten so far today 10 right mouse click over the various sections of the home window to see your numerous options Use right mouse click to set your preferences and customize your home window 11 Click the NutriBase Menu Icon to access your NutriBase system options including backup restore importing data editing your food cost data available only when EULA F reydesn Backup QD Restore NG client Import Cost Database NutriBase 1 EB Registration 16 you click the NutriBase Menu Icon while you are on the Home Window and setting up a wide variety of NutriBase options via the Options Button Clicking the Options Button allows you to set up password protection select window color schemes choose Metric or English measures set prompts configure your integrated emailer schedule NutriBase data backups set file locations etc The Home Tab provides two button options Home and Information Click the Home Button to view information about the current client or user Click the Information Button to access a large number of PDF documents you can open save or print out for your clients Home This section provides informati
213. h Button to conduct your global ranking and display your results wees Note When you select Food Energy kj Categories you have the option F ae to also select the subcategories ic Search 6 0 290 for the major Food Categories Search Footer 3136 131 32 We call this option using Hide Show nutrients 320 1340 Advanced Food Categories Reset columns 530 2220 To enable this just right mouse Add selected item 90 63 37962 click over the area where you you may also drag and drop 56 0 234 0 h It di d d dr i search results are displayed an Add to PFI ba kes checking the Advanced Food Temco 2 200 Categories option Turn this 63 36 264 0 option off by un checking this i Print 1868 20 option The Auto Search option 1 medium TAIN 7772 2790 i tells NutriBase to re conduct the Addselecteditem View item details Add to my 2 59 41 PM 3 5 2014 previous search when you select another Food Category The Search Footer option allows you to search for strings within your search results if desired How to Delete a Food Item from Your Food Log When you are in a Meal or Snack tab you only have the Remove option The Remove option removes the selected item from your meal or snack but not from your All Foods Tab where all your food items for the day exist Edit item Recipe ingredients Meal items Ctrl D Food item s to meal Item s to shopping list
214. h Pie Copy se aus Curried Chicken Copy Move Pasta and Vegetables with Peanut Sauce Copy 1 folder Salmon with Dill Sauce Copy sample Rename selected folder Vegetarian Chili Copy x Delete selected folder Edit recipe x Delete selected recipes Add to food log Add to recipe Add to meal Add to meal plan dai Print Import Export selected Export amp Email selected Refresh Notice your other right mouse click options You can rename an existing folder delete and existing folder etc When you have two or more folders you can drag and drop recipes from recipe folder to folder The recipes will self alphabetize themselves within their new folders You can also right mouse click and click the Move option to move your recipes from folder to folder How to Scale a Recipe If you have a recipe that serves six you can scale it to serve say three 33 or 258 people To access this function open your recipe right mouse click over the ingredients and select the Scale recipe option 185 Antipasto Salad v General E Home Client Setup FoodLog Exercise Tracker Personal Foods 1 2cup CARRO 3cups MUSHR 1 cup ONION 2cups RED PEF 1 2cup CHICKA 3tsp OLIVE Re sequence ingredients 2tbsp VINEGA Ingredient s from Quick Add ral Organizer fal Folders AR Criteria Recipe nm N es Antipasto Salad Cost 0 0000 50 0000 Recipe keywords and comments Byline C
215. haracters such as part of a food name A substring search on a food name of OAT would locate food items like OAT GROATS OATMEAL etc Normally the shorter your search string the greater number of hits you ll locate Success criteria Success criteria are predefined nutrition and exercise goals NutriBase helps you to establish daily goals for your clients These goals may deal with nutrients and exercise You can program in a set of criteria regarding these nutrients and exercise goals and have NutriBase award the client a Thumbs Up icon or Thumbs Down icon on their Calendar This provides an instant snapshot of how well or how poorly a client is doing Sync Folder A synchronization folder resides inside a folder created by a web based synchronization service like Dropbox or SkyDrive NutriBase allows you to install its Program Data Folder inside your Sync Folder The Program Data Folder contains all the data you ever create in NutriBase recipes client information food logs etc Using a Sync Folder allows you to sync your data across multiple computers that can be located anywhere around the world as long as they have Internet access Time Stamp You can specify the time you ate your meals by using the time stamp function To do this right mouse click over your Food Log and select the Time stamp meals option This is a handy if you are a diabetic wanting to track your
216. hat you have added to NutriBase by key stroking in the nutrient data and or foods you have located in the nutrient database that you had NutriBase convert into PFI s for you This window is showing you the contents of the Personal Food Folder shown at the top of the screen You can change this folder by clicking the down arrow and selecting the Folder you want to organize You can create and use up to 26 Folders You can create up to 36 tabs in each Folder The All PFI Tab contains all your PFI s Any new tabs you create will contain any PFI s you put there You can do this by dragging and dropping PFI s from the All Foods Tab New tabs might be use labels like Desserts Vegetarian Beverages etc All PFI s will self alphabetize within the tabs Personal Foods j Home My Setups Foodlog Exercise Tracker Buttons PFI Tabs MAYONNAISE MADE W TOFU Click this Organizer Button to work on the Active PFI Folder that you selected here With Organizer you work with ONE Folder at a time You can create Folder subdivisions called Tabs by using your Right Mouse Click RMC and selecting the New tab option To organize your Personal Food Items drag and drop them from your All PFI Tab into these new Tabs Tabs self alphabetize themselves and your PFI s self alphabetize within your Tabs The All PFI Tab contains all your Personal Food Items in alphabetical order In this example the user o
217. he NutriBase ID Number CyberSoft did this by keeping the original identifying numbers for the 100 gram portions of these food items then adding lower case suffix letters a b c qd etc to these original numbers to represent the common household measures of these food items These suffixes indicate the relative gram weight of the household measurement The lowest suffix a denotes the measurement with the lowest gram weight The next letter suffix b indicates the next highest gram weight and so on The NutriBase ID Number with the highest letter suffix designator has the highest gram weight unless it is less than 100 grams Example NB ID Description Measurement Gram Weight 01001 Butter with salt 100 grams 100 0 01001a Butter with salt 1 pat 5 0 01001b Butter with salt 1 tbsp 14 2 01001c Butter with salt 1 stick 113 4 Notice that the NutriBase ID Number with no suffix is the original number for the 100 gram portion The lowest suffix a denotes portion with the lowest gram weight and that the suffixes increment as the gram weights increase How to Display NutriBase Food ID Numbers You can display the Food ID Numbers for food items by double clicking on any food item while you are viewing it in any spreadsheet view Another way to do this is to highlight the food of interest then clicking the View Button NutriBase Food ID Number Summary 1 The Food ID Nu
218. he 50 node version of NutriBase would permit up to 50 users to use the software at any one time you can include passwords for more than 50 users and they can all use the software but only 50 of them can use it at the same time The NutriBase Enterprise Edition is very similar to the Professional Edition except that it handles multiple simultaneous users The Enterprise Edition requires passwords for each of its users You can set the Access Level for all users at once or you can set the access level for individuals separately if desired The NutriBase Enterprise Editions are not designed to run on terminal servers NutriBase requires Windows OS version 5 1 or higher This means that NutriBase requires Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 The Master User is able to perform functions that other users will not be able to perform These are functions are described in detail ahead 256 Although this document often refers to the installation as if it were for an educational facility the content applies to any network installation How to Install the NutriBase Enterprise Edition Basically you will install NB11 Enterprise Edition to your server then place shortcuts to the NutriBase application on each workstation that you will enable to access NutriBase You will set a few permissions And you will set up the NBASENET DAT text file to control passwords and access levels to the NutriBase applicatio
219. he first item in your search results will be the most effective food for bringing you closer to each of your daily nutrition goals The second food item will be your second best option for bringing you closer to all of your daily nutrition goals Etc Nutrient Density ND The Nutrient Density of a nutrient is the percentage of the user s goal for that goal per calorie You can think of it as a Single Nutrient NDI Nutrient Density Index NDI The Nutrient Density Index is an estimate of the mean average value per calorie for the sum of the total amounts of each of up to 25 nutrient factors most of which are specified in the DRI and are tracked in the USDA Nutrient Database We call this an estimate because it is not always possible to know the values for every nutrient we want to evaluate Nutrient Density View The NutriBase Nutrient Density View lets you display the nutrient values for say 100 kcal servings of all fresh vegetables in a spreadsheet view You can specify servings in your choice of grams or calories This gives you an apples to apples comparison for all nutrients for hundreds or even thousands of vegetables at once NutriBase displays nutrient data in a spreadsheet view Identify the foods that provide the highest nutrition per calorie You can rank foods on screen while using the Nutrient Density View Overwrite When you overwrite the information you delete the existing
220. he information and click the Continue Button or Save profile Button If you never want to compare this client s Food Log with their nutrient goals you can check the Track Food Log information only option The unique identifier and comment is shown in the Client Facts report along with all other information from this Profile window s Edit a Profile Use this window to edit a profile for an existing client Brrofies Ge Fill in the information and click the Continue button Create a profile or Save profile Button Delete a profile Delete a Profile This option takes you to a window used in various locations throughout NutriBase to let you select items Create a profile from the list on the left and transfer them to the list Edit a profile you create on the right Once you create your list you can perform some action on it Drag and drop items as desired Click an item to highlight it then click the left or right arrows to move the selected item to the left or right 27 Click the double headed arrows to move everything to the left or right Press and hold the Ctrl Key down and use the left mouse click to cherry pick a number of individual entries Press and hold the Shift Key down and click the first and last entries in a range of entries Use the single arrows to move the selected items left or right Client Contact List This window provides two options Information and pug
221. he user s name or part of their name in their password so they are instantly recognizable as being a particular user s password 262 You may specify as many passwords as you require If for instance you are running a 50 node system and you have 100 users you may enter all 100 passwords and assign them to these users All 100 users can use the system but only a maximum of 50 users can use them at any one time A Sample NBASENET DAT File The following is a sample password NBASENET DAT file 1 lt This access level indicates that the access level is fully restricted gt Master12User lt This is the master user s password gt C Windows lt This is where user s preference files are stored on the user s workstation gt Userpassword1 lt This is the first user s password gt Userpassword2 lt This is the second user s password gt Userpassword3 lt This is the third user s password gt OUserpassword4 lt The access level for this fourth user has been overridden gt Userpassword5 lt This is the fifth user s password gt Comments 1 The default value for the Master User s password is Master12User as indicated on line 1 but you can change this to anything you like 2 There are several very small files that are stored to the user s workstation By default we have this set to C Windows as indicated on line 2 but you can change this to something different like CANutriBase if you like
222. hen you set the permissions for the NutriBase Program Data Folder to total access for Everyone There is one other important permission to set make sure that users on the individual workstations have permission to read and write to the folder specified in Line 3 of the NBASENET DAT file This Folder holds tiny INI and USR files that remember personal settings like screen color location size and preferences It is imperative that this folder exists on each workstation Not setting the permission to this folder is a commonly overlooked task Administrators often change this third line of the NABASENET DAT text file from c windows to something like c nutribase If you do this you must make certain you create a folder called c nutribase on each workstation and make sure the user has read write access to this folder The Password File NBASENET DAT NBASENET DAT is the text file that we refer to as your password file It is located in the NBNET folder of the NutriBase application folder Normally this file is modified by the Network Administrator with guidance from the Master User Of course if the Master User has administrative rights he or she can modify this file themselves The procedure for modifying this text file is explained later in this document The NBASENET DAT file is a text file that lets you determine the following things 1 The system wide access level this is set on li
223. her recipes 187 To do this click your Recipes Tab then in either your Organizer or Folder windows highlight a recipe then right mouse click Select the option to Add to recipe Notice you also have the options to add the highlighted recipe to a Food Log Meal or Meal Plan Just select where you want the highlighted recipe to go Aze b9 E Home Client Setup Food Log Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Folders B Criteria Ex NB Breakfast Burrito with Egg Beans and Cheese Breakfast Spinac Select All Ctrl A Curried Chicken Pasta and Vegeta Salmon with Dill Move New folder Rename selected folder Delete selected folder Edit recipe Xx Delete selected recipes Add to food log Add to recipe Add to meal Export selected Export amp Email selected Refresh Note This right mouse click method works in a very similar manner for Food Logs Personal Food Items and Meals If you conduct a View type search to display your recipes in your search results window you can drag and drop a recipe into another recipe When you do this you will see the Add Recipe Preference window p Food Lookups ip Search type View v Healthy Heart v Ea Search across USDA Canadian Brand PFI Meals Recipe Name 53 recipes Serving Size Gram Weight Sodium mg _ Vit D IU Byline
224. his locate the food item highlight it right mouse click then select the Item cost option rottene ram ma Searchacross v USDA Canadian Brand PFI PUF PUI Y My Recipes NB Recipes Meals Food Name 39 foods in All Serving Size Gram Weight Sodium mg Vit D IU Brand Byline Descriptio A TOFU YOGURT SR 434762 TOFU EXTRA FIRM W NIGARI SR 16159a 910 728 00 TOFU EXTRA FIRM AZUMAYA SR 162762 79 0 20 54 Vitasoy TOFU EXTRA FIRM NASOYA ORGANIC SR 16212 Show 79 0 3 16 Vitasoy TOFU FIRM AZUMAYA SR 162772 me paar 79 0 18 17 Vitasoy TOFU FIRM NASOYA LITE SR 16210b 790 26 86 124 03 Vitasoy TOFU FIRM NASOYA ORGANIC SR 162132 kem details 790 316 Vitasoy TOFU FIRM NIGAN SR 161262 Add to PFI 81 0 972 09 prepare TOFU FIRM NIGAN SR 16126c a 126 0 15 12 00 prepare TOFU FIRM PREMIUM SR 162813 Print 56 0 18 48 House Foods Print To add the cost of an ingredient in a recipe open the recipe highlight the ingredient right mouse click then select the Add ingredient cost option This could be handy if you already costed all the ingredients previously but you are adding a totally new ingredient to the recipe today 209 Antipasto Salad Antipasto Salad Recipe keywords and comments v General E Home ClientSetup Foodlog Exercise Tracker Servings 2 00 Single 763 89 26 902 grams oz Prep Time min
225. his Workout folder or NutriBase Link Files located in this Workout Folder If you change the name of this Folder the corresponding menu item s name will also change You can change the sequence of major categories by changing the Folder names to shift them into a different alphabetical order If you take a look in this Workout folder you will see several MS Word documents and several PDF files with the same names as the Word docs We created these Word docs then saved each one as a PDF file We saved them as PDF files because NutriBase only recognizes PDF files to display for you in the Information window We left the Word docs in the folder in case you wanted to edit them or use them as the starting point for new workout docs to include in your workout listing You can 1 Edit the name of the Workouts folder to change its sequence in the left hand menu Folder names self alohabetize themselves for you 2 Edit the names of the PDF files in the Workouts folder to change their 219 alphabetical sequence in your menu 3 Open an existing Word doc edit it and save it under a new name in your Workouts folder to create a new Workouts menu topic Be sure to save it as a PDF file if you want it to appear in your menu 4 Create a new workouts doc from scratch Save it as a PDF in your Workout folder so NutriBase will see it We described this Workout folder to you to give you a simple example of what you can do with your Info
226. hosen for sampling and analysis under the National Food and Nutrient Analysis Program Haytowitz et al 2008 Analyses have been completed for raw eggs and the following fortified products fluid milk at 4 fat levels reduced fat chocolate milk fruit yogurt and orange juice Current analytical values for fish are based on limited analyses additional samples are being analyzed and values will be updated in future SR releases Vitamin D 102 analyses have also been completed for selected cuts pieces of chicken pork and beef Cholecalciferol vitamin D3 Nutr No 326 is the form naturally occurring in animal products and the form most commonly added to fortified foods Ergocalciferol vitamin D2 Nutr No 325 is the form found in plants and is sometimes added to fortified foods such as soy milk In this data vitamin D Nutr No 328 is defined as the sum of vitamin D2 and vitamin D3 Vitamin D values in this data are being provided in both micrograms mcg and International Units IU to support both the analytical unit mcg and the unit IU that is currently used in nutrient labeling of foods in the U S The biological activity of vitamin D is given as 40 IU mcg Where available specific isomers of vitamin D are reported only in mcg Calculations for vitamin D in SR include Vitamin D mcg Nutr No 328 vitamin D2 mcg vitamin D3 mcg Vitamin D IU Nutr No 324 vitamin D mcg x 40 Vitamin D values in mcg Nutr No
227. iBase Personal Plus and Professional and higher databases Vitamin A IU Vitamin A RE Thiamin mg Riboflavin mg Niacin mg Pantothenic Acid mg Vitamin B 6 mg Folate mcg Vitamin B 12 mcg Ascorbic Acid Vitamin C mg Vitamin D IU Vitamin E a tocopherol Vitamin H mcg Vitamin K mcg phylloquinone Choline mg Betaine mg Vitamin D2 mcg Vitamin D3 mcg Vitamin D2 D3 mcg Data for Vitamin H Biotin was provided by manufacturers Ascorbic acid In the current database system all data for ascorbic acid are listed under Nutrient No 401 total ascorbic acid determined by the fluorometric method AOAC 967 22 Older values which have not been updated are primarily reduced ascorbic acid and were determined by the dichloroindophenol method AOAC 967 21 Thiamin was determined chemically by the fluorometric method AOAC 942 23 Riboflavin was measured using fluorometric AOAC 970 65 or microbiological AOAC 940 33 methods Niacin was determined by microbiological methods AOAC 944 13 The values for niacin are for preformed niacin only and do not include the niacin contributed by tryptophan a niacin precursor The term niacin equivalent applies to the potential niacin value that is to the sum of the preformed niacin and the amount that could be derived from tryptophan To estimate the amounts of niacin available from foods the mean value of 60 mg tryptophan is considered equivalent to 1 mg n
228. iacin IOM 1998 mg Niacin equivalents mg niacin mg tryptophan 60 Pantothenic Acid was determined microbiologically AOAC 945 74 or 992 07 Vitamins B6 and B12 98 Vitamin B6 was determined by microbiological methods AOAC 961 15 and B12 was also determined by microbiological methods AOAC 952 20 Vitamin B12 is found in foods of animal origin or those containing some ingredient of animal origin for example cake that contains eggs or milk For foods that contain only plant products the value for vitamin B12 is assumed to be zero Some reports contain values for vitamin B12 in certain fermented foods beer soy sauce and miso It is believed that this B12 is synthesized not by the microorganisms responsible for the fermentation of the food but rather by other contaminating microorganisms Therefore one should not consider these foods to be a consistent source of vitamin B12 Liem et al 1977 The Dietary Reference Intakes DRI for vitamin B12 recommend that people older than 50 years meet their Recommended Dietary Allowances RDA mainly by consuming foods fortified with vitamin B12 or a vitamin B12 containing supplement IOM 1998 Since vitamin B12 added as a fortificant may provide a significant source of the vitamin in the diet a nutrient number 578 for added vitamin B12 has been added to the database In this release there are about 230 foods fortified with vitamin B12 The vast majority are breakfast
229. iate dates and options The file that will be created will have the name specified for that file and a file extension of n11cim You can email the resulting file by clicking the Export amp Email option Import Client Data from a NutriBase Personal Edition Pro or higher If you are using NutriBase Professional or higher edition you may want to import your client s data from time to time This would happen if your customer has been using a copy of one of the NutriBase Personal Editions Junior Personal or Personal Plus Whenever desired you can ask your client to export their Client Data to a file and email it to you This ability to import client data from a person edition of NutriBase allows users of the Professional NutriBase and higher editions to transfer their clients data files in import to their copy of NutriBase This import option is supported only in the NutriBase Professional and higher This information is contained in a file that may have been emailed to you as an email attachment or given to you on some sort of media like a USB Drive You will recognize the client information file because it will end with the n11cim extension The user specifies the file name a good choice for the file name would be their actual name 1 If you get this data as an attachment to your email you can double click on the attached file NutriBase will process this file and import the data into your Professional or highe
230. ich one would multiply the nutrient amount per 100 g to obtain the nutrient amount in the edible portion per 1 kg as described Refuse the inedible material i e seeds bone and skin contained in some foods can be calculated from this by using the following formula R 100 F4 x 1 kg 100 g R Percent Refuse F4 Factor 4 For raw meats the items as purchased are raw for cooked meats these conversion values are the amounts in the edible portion from 1 kg of cooked meat with refuse For meat cuts containing bone any connective tissue present is included in the value given for bone Separable fat is not part of the refuse if the meat is described as lean and fat Lean refers to muscle tissue that can be readily separated out of the intact cut and includes any fat striations within the muscle All measurements are metric Metric System Equivalents employed in conversions are supplied in this section All linear measurements are in centimeters For certain nutrients there are no data at the present time 129 Information Regarding Canadian Nutrients For the most part nutrients were determined by AOAC methods14 or by methods approved by Health Canada nutrition research scientists Documentation accompanying each standard release of the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference1 outlines methodologies employed for each nutrient in detail The five decimal digits seen throughout the CNF do not reflect the accuracy of the data but have
231. icking the File You can import a NutriBase PFI Recipe Meal or Meal Plan by double clicking on its file name These files use a file extension of ni1im If you have NutriBase installed on the same PC that hosts your email program open the email 84 and double click the attachment Otherwise view the file in Windows Explorer and double click on the file name to import it into NutriBase Importing from within NutriBase If you want to import a NutriBase PFI Recipe Meal or Meal Plan file while you are working in NutriBase go to the Folder Tab for the data you want to export For instance if you want to import a Recipe click the Recipes Tab then the Recipe Folders tab In the Folders tab right mouse click and select the Import option Browse to the recipe file you want to import The files you are looking for will have a file extension of ni1im When you import from within NutriBase as described above NutriBase will display files with this extension If you import a PFI the PFI will appear under your Personal Foods Tab If you import a Meal it will appear under your Meals Tab etc The NutriBase Menu To access your NutriBase Menu capabilities click the NutriBase Menu Icon in the upper left corner of the NutriBase window This button provides access to a menu of options including viewing your End User License Agreement restoring deleted PFI s Recipes Meals and Meals Plans and you
232. ient Import and a button labeled Options UQ restore Clicking this Options Button will take you to a VB ttm window that offers additional choices including Sy lt 0x gt General options Email Setup Automatic Backup Quick Access Toolbar File Locations and Resources Options Exit NutriBase General Click this button to access the General options options that allow you to control a few global features of NutriBase Click the options as desired to change the settings The Recipe Prompt Preference allows you to set your preference as to whether you want to add your recipes to food logs recipes meals and meal plans as a single item using the recipe name or as a listing of all the recipe ingredients You can also choose to have NutriBase prompt you each time if you prefer The Meal Prompt Preference option works the same way for meals NutriBase ID one of the options in this window is the option to display the NutriBase ID a unique number that is given to every food item in the nutrient databases The prefix to these NutriBase ID numbers is called the source code To turn these on check the boxes for the databases in which you want to display these NutriBase ID numbers The source code prefixes give you information as follows SR USDA SR data CN Canadian Nutrient File data from the CNF 2005 data BN Brand Name data 86 Email Setup Your integrated Emailer is pre configured
233. ients POG Percent of Goal reports is called the Under Over option If you check this option and create this type of report you will see a report that includes a series of Under Over comments following the presentation of the nutrient data in this report The Under comments appear when the client has not taken in the amount of her goal for a particular nutrient These Under comments tend to suggest rich food sources for the given nutrient Conversely when a client has taken in far more of a particular nutrient than they were attempting to take in the Over comment is inserted as a warning in the report next to the nutrient of interest The Over comment tends to inform the client the maximum safe amounts of that particular nutrient they can take in daily You can turn this option on by checking the box next to the Add Under Over comments option when it is present on your report window This will happen when you create a POG report or a report that contains a POG report within it In a POG report NutriBase shows you the actual amount of each nutrient their Food Log contains for each of these nutrients and the client s goal for the nutrients that are set for the client oy default the DRI based on their age and gender The under over comments appear in the report after this section In this window you can 1 Edit the Under comments and the Over comments as desired if you like 2
234. ierrot P 1994 Use and Nutrient Composition of Traditional Sahtu Hareskin Dene M tis Foods Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 7 144 157 10 Kuhnlein H V Soueida R 1992 Use and Nutrient Composition of Traditional Baffin Inuit Foods Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 5 112 126 11 Kuhnlein H V Kubow S Soueida R 1991 Lipid Components of Traditional Inuit Foods and Diets of Baffin Island Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 4 227 236 12 Morrison N Kuhnlein H V 1993 Retinol Content of Wild Foods Consumed by the Sahtu Hareskin Dene Metis Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 6 10 23 13 Alaska Traditional Knowledge and Native Foods Database on line http www nativeknowledge org start htm 136 14 Association of Official Analytical Chemists 1995 Official Methods of Analysis 16th ed 2 vol Arlington VA and previous editions 15 Merrill A L and B K Watt 1973 Energy Value of Foods Basis and Derivation Rev U S Dept of Agric Agric Handb No 74 16 National Academy of Sciences National Research Council 2000 Dietary Reference Intakes For Vitamin C Vitamin E Selenium and Carotenoids National Academy Press Washington D C www nap edu 17 National Academy of Sciences National Research Council 1999 Dietary Reference Intakes for Thiamin Riboflavin Niacin Vitamin B6 Folate Vitamin B12 Pantothenic Acid Biotin and Choline National Academy P
235. ile for each person Once the client profile is logged into NutriBase NutriBase makes calculations and knows 180 things calorie needs nutrient goals etc about that client At this point you can use NutriBase to generate a wide variety of reports for them You can save these reports in PDF format and email them back or post them to your web site The idea is to market your services to your contact list For instance if your client is 43 years old and weighs 500 Ibs your email newsletter would offer services that 43 year old 500 Ib person would be interested in You can always add the SE feature after your initial purchase of the NutriBase Professional or higher edition Word Processing Format NutriBase can save some report into RTF Rich Text Format Microsoft invented this word processing format Once you create and save a report into RTF format you can open it using Microsoft Word After you have it in Word you can save it to a doc or docx file format for future use Workouts In NutriBase a workout is a combination of exercises at specified intensities or target heart rate training zones for a specified duration For example a workout could consist of 60 minutes of step aerobics a 90 minute walk at 3 mph and 45 minutes of weight training You can save workouts and recall them whenever you wish After you retrieve a workout and assign it to a client you can edit it to reflect the actual workout if it diffe
236. ile is synchronized to the Cloud If you are collaborating with someone who is sharing your Sync Folder they will save their work When they save their work a file is saved to their computer After this file is saved to their computer it is then queued up to synchronize with the Cloud And after that file updates the Cloud the file is downloaded to your computer and other computers that are sharing the same Sync Folder There will always be a time delay normally brief for these things to occur THE HOME TAB Pm 9 8 2010 Calorie goal 2304 calories earned from exercise 513 2817 Food log calories 1984 Think of the NutriBase Home window as your command and control page From here you can 1 Select which client you want to work with You can have an unlimited number of clients organized into Client Folders for easy alphabetical access 2 Configure your Quick Access Toolbar to provide instant access to the functions you most frequently use 15 3 Right mouse click over your graph area to see your setup options Click on each of these menu options and study your options You can select background color background images Graph background graphing styles line step points hollow etc Re The Data entries per page option lets you select how many entries you include on a single Data entocs oad page window a week a month a year etc And of Print graph co
237. in One way to understand what the NDI tells you is to consider what an NDI value of 1 means An NDI of 1 00 means that one calorie of this food item provides a mean value of 1 of the overall DRI goal per calorie for all nutrients that were evaluated Thus 100 calories of this food item would provide you a mean value of 100 of your DRI goal amounts for the nutrients evaluated in this food As you can see from this example an NDI of 1 0 is a very high value Keep in mind that a mean value of 1 of the overall DRI goal can be the average of your 73 getting 5 of one nutrient and 0 of four other nutrients the mean average value of these five nutrient would still be 1 per nutrient per calorie This underlines the fact that the path to good nutrition will continue to involve eating a wide variety of foods The NutriBase NBFTE function will help you locate foods that are rich in the nutrients you have the greatest need for To learn how to create an NDI Report peruse the How to Create an NDI Report topic in this Manual Locate the page for this topic in your Table of Contents THE GRAPHS TAB Use this option to create a variety of graphs that amp Client Graphs relate to your clients Click options to see what you can do Once you have the graph as you like export it to a variety of options including BMP GIF JPG WMF and PDF formats Graphs Window Q Crestwood Fred F
238. ine Threonine Tryptophan Valine Alanine Arginine Aspartic Cystine Glutamic Glycine Hydroxy Proline Serine Tyrosine AFA 4 0 FA 6 0 FA 8 0 FA 10 0 FA 12 0 FA 13 0 FA 14 0 FA 15 0 FA 16 0 FA 17 0 FA 18 0 FA 20 0 FA 22 0 FA 24 0 AFA 14 14 SPA 15 1 ASFA 16 1u FA 16 10 AFA 16 1t AFA 17 19 FA 18 1u FA 18 10 AFA 18 1t APA 200 AFA 2210 APA 22 16 FA 24 10 FA 18 2u FA 18 2n 6 AFA 18 2i AFA 18 2t FA 18 2cla SFA 18 3u FA 18 3n 3 247 AFA 18 3n 6 AFA 18 3i AFA 18 41 AFA 20 2n 6 AFA 20 3u AFA 20 4u AFA 20 5n 3 AFA 22 5n 3 AFA 22 6n 3 XStarch XVLM XLM XMFM XHFM XVeg nXFru XSMilk SXLMilk AXWMilk XFat XOther MealName MealComment PFCRatio CPFRatio Date Filler Fooditems SS SS Fooditems Fooditems SS htm SS Fooditems htm MyField1 MyField20 Most of the Meal Report macros are self explanatory Consult the Initial Assessment Report Macros in the prior section for definitions Fooditems SS Lists the food items formatted with the food item a hyphen and then the serving size SS Fooditems Lists the food items formatted with the serving size a hyphen and then the food name Fooditems SS htm and SS Fooditems htm Are the same as the two macros above except that we added a line break lt br gt to the end of each l
239. ine to facilitate the smooth flow into an HTM formatted file MyField1 through MyField20 are the twenty macros that represent the optional nutrients you have decided to track in addition to the ones NutriBase already tracks for you accessed through the PFI options Add more nutrient values Button PFI s that use MyFields cannot be exported or imported However they can be transferred using backup and restore functions Macros for Use with NutriBase Custom PFI Reports NutriBase macros begin and end with and are not case sensitive Typing the macro in the column below insert its associated in that position Use these macros and as many times as you wish in your template file for custom PFI reports Macros are supported in the Professional and higher Calories PolyFat Vit A IU FoodEnergy Omega 3 Thiamine Protein Omega 6 Riboflavin ProtCal FatCal Niacin ProtPerc FatPerc Pantothenic ACarbs ACholesterol Vit B6 Starch Alcohol Total Folate Sugars AlcCal Food Folate Glucose AlcPerc Folic Acid Fructose Ash Folate DFE Galactose Water NVit B12 Sucrose Caffeine Biotin Lactose Theobromine Vit C Maltose Phytosterols Vit D Fiber Stigmasterol AlphaToc NetCarbs Campesterol BetaToc CarbCal Beta Sitosterol GammaToc CarbPerc AVit A RAE DeltaToc Fat Retinol Vit E IU SatFat BetaCarotene AVit K TransFat AlphaCarotene
240. ing instructions for the recipes included in your Meal Plan To do this click the Reports Tab Click the Meal Plan Button Select a Meal Plan Select the appropriate Meal Plan Report E Ciient 49 Exercise Gy ri E Recipe By Meal S Meal Plan Hypertension Meal Plan 1200 calories v General v Nutrients Add Calories Protein Carbs and Fat Comprehensive Meal Plan Report w Recipes and Meals v F Use report header Footerw Date amp Time v Use start date Saturday March 08 2014 Br Add Calories Protein Carbs Fiber Use day of week Sunday Fat Sat Fat Chol and Sodium O Select nutrients to display Nutrients Report Days Nutrient Decimal Places 2 fs Food Item Case Don t change at F Add exchanges to my report E Add end of report comments Week 1 F Select Week 1 Week2 Select Week 2 Week3 F Select Week 3 Week 4 F Select Week 4 3 After you create the report by clicking the Create report Button you can print the report or save it to PDF Use the icons at the top of the report window to select the functions you want to perform 200 File Page Zoom AG Ge A Zoom MN Page Controls Zoom Controls Exit Hypertension Meal Plan 1200 calories March 08 2014 GRAMS CALORIES PROTEIN g CARBS g FAT g OATMEAL FORTIFIED INSTANT 08123 113 40 77 11 2 69 13 23 1 54 MILK COW S NONFAT SKIM 01151a 245 00
241. into a Food Log Recipe Meal or Meal Plan How to Export a Recipe to an Excel File Chef and higher This is a feature supported in NutriBase Chef Edition and higher 190 The first step is to generate a recipe report To do this click the Reports Tab then click the Recipe Button Select a recipe by highlighting it General V Use report header Heac Detailed Recipe Report Comprehensive Recipe Report Composition Report Recipe Macro Report RTF HTML U S Select a report type that includes Excel as one of its formats Reports with no format indicated are savable in PDF format Click the Create report Button ServeSize Serve Unit Grams Calories Energy kj Protein g Cal Prot gen 56 67 z 20457 1102 43 86 56 70 603 29 13 76 55 60 TURKEY BREAST SMOKED 56 70 222 83 11 17 44 58 HAM LUNCH MEAT 5 FAT 56 70 310 72 9 60 48 79 ICEBERG LETTUCE RAW smallhead 324 00 187 92 292 1367 cups 202 00 135 34 139 9 13 cup os ps 057 282 cups 6 49 23 35 cup Print j 126 5 64 cups E 4 182 10 09 CHICKPEAS CANNED GARBANZO 0 cup 5 90 28 24 OLIVE OIL tsp 0 00 0 00 VINEGAR APPLE CIDER 0 00 0 00 GARLIC RAW 0 38 148 WATER MUNICIPAL 1 i 0 00 0 00 MARJORAM DRIED 1 j 0 08 042 PEPPER BLACK GROUND 0 23 1 04 OREGANO DRIED GROUND 7 0 16 0 95 BASIL DRIED GROUND P 0 20 115 lt Right mouse click over the resulting spreadsheet A menu appears Select the Export option then s
242. ion properly virtually any free web synchronization service will be more than adequate for your personal use with NutriBase It is more important than ever to keep your NutriBase data backup up by using the NutriBase Backup function This is because if any member of your workgroup deletes all the files in their NutriBase Sync Folder all the corresponding files in all the other synchronized computer would also disappear This could be a huge concern if others were given access to your Sync Folders Consider Using a Business Account lf you are collaborating with a workgroup you may want to forego the free account and sign up with a paid for business account There are several reasons for this A business account normally permits you to allow multiple users with various access levels to share your Sync Folder You can control who can delete files edit files or just view files You can control access to particular folders and files You can also track statistics about members of groups and see things like when they last logged in how long they worked etc Accountability Business accounts enforce a higher degree of accountability than simply sharing a folder with associates Business accounts normally require you to pay a fee of some sort but since you don t need a lot of drive space to support NutriBase synchronization you ll likely be able to purchase the least expensive business plan offered A business account will also provide you with
243. ion service you selected to see how to tell when you are fully synchronized After this copy of NutriBase is fully synchronized with the Cloud you can set up your other computer s to use Dropbox or any other synchronization service you selected and you will be able to synchronize your data on these computers Note The path to your Dropbox Program Data Folder We referred to this as the Program Data Installation Folder above is stored in a text file called nbpd txt which is stored in the NutriBase ProgramData folder usually c programdata nutribase If you change this path for any reason you can edit this text file to tell NutriBase about your new location Important If you delete the NutriBase Sync Folder on one of your synchronized computers this data will disappear from all your synchronized computers that s what file synchronization does You can easily retrieve files that have been deleted from Dropbox Just click on the Trashcan Icon at the top on the window which when you mouse over says Show Deleted Files Nonetheless we recommend you make periodic NutriBase Backup files You can tell NutriBase to prompt you to make backups Important Never use your NutriBase Sync Folder to store files that were not installed there by the Setup Program or put there for you by 163 NutriBase Never store your NutriBase Backup files in your NutriBase Sync Folder How to do a Clean Install of NutriBase to Other Compu
244. ion to upload this software to your web site and have your clients download directly into their PC s 3 You can customize this software by embedding your return email address changing the name of the software to reflect your own company or name including your own image to appear on the CIM s Home window and or include pre made Personal Food Items you want to include 4 You can also save this customized software to a compressed zip file for use on your web site 5 There are no per copy fees royalties or any charge of any kind You can make as many copies as you wish Your CD s are reusable 79 Foxy Nutrition s Food Logger Begin somewhere you cannot build a reputation on what you intend to do Liz Smith This is an example of a custom Client Intake Manager You can name the software anything you like You can select an image to use and you can embed your return email address into the software Burn a CD after Customizing Your CIM This option allows you to customize and then burn a Client Intake Module CIM CD for your client Actually you can customize your CIM and then upload it to your web site for your clients to download You can also implement an order form and have your clients pay for the service prior to downloading your CIM After clicking the Burn CD Tab customize your CIM by filling in the information you wish to include Include your o
245. ipes Tab to export a recipe or recipes Click the Folder Button for this Tab Highlight the recipe or recipes you want to export You can simply click on a single recipe if you only want to export one recipe You can hold the Shift key down and use the mouse to select the first and last recipe in a range of recipes Or you can hold the Cirl key down and use the mouse to cherry pick the recipes you wish to export Once you have selected the recipes you want to export right mouse click and click the Export selected option This will create a file that uses the file name that you provide plus the n11im extension By default the file will be saved to your Windows Documents Folder You can change this default location by going to NutriBase Options then clicking the Locations option To do this go to NutriBase us options by clicking the NutriBase Menu Icon in the upper left corner of the NutriBase window Importing PFI s Recipes Meals Meal Plans NutriBase allows you to import Personal Food Items PFI s Recipes Meals or Meal Plans that have been exported by other copies of NB11 You can obtain these NutriBase files from friends associates and or a nutrition counselor using NutriBase As long as these files were created with NB11 these files are compatible across the entire NB11 family from Junior through Professional and Enterprise Editions There are two ways to import this type of data Importing by Double Cl
246. ired Weight 23 name Igw Desired loss or gain week value 1 0 1 Ibs value 2 0 2 Ibs value 3 0 3 Ibs value 4 0 4 Ibs value 5 0 5 Ibs value 6 0 6 Ibs value 7 0 7 lbs 253 28 39 name medical value 8 value 9 value 1 value 1 1 value 1 2 value 1 3 value 1 4 value 1 5 value 1 6 value 1 7 value 1 8 value 1 9 value 2 0 value 2 5 value 3 name pfat name dfat name monex name tueex name wedex name thuex name friex name satex name sunex name p name c name f name pg value lw value mw value 9w value iap name pw name pwhen value now value 3mos value 6mos value 12mos value 2yrs value 5yrs value 5 yr Medical conditions value anemia value asthma value colitis value diabetes value gastricreflux value hypertension 254 3 0 Ibs Present body fat content Desired body fat content Monday s exercise calories Tuesday s exercise calories Wednesday s exercise Thursday s exercise calories Friday s exercise calories Saturday s exercise calories Sunday s exercise calories Percent Protein Goal Percent Carbohydrate Goal Percent Fat Goal Personal Goal Lose Weight Maintain Weight Gain Weight Increase Athletic Performance Peak weight When was this peak weight This is my present weight
247. ist Item Cereal amp Grain Products 13 E Generic Grocery Store BARLEY PEARLED COOKED 320z BROWN RICE LONG GRAIN COOKED 3 cup BROWN RICE MEDIUM GRAIN COOKED 1 00 cup CORNMEAL YELLOW DEGERMED 4 cup COUSCOUS DRY 1 00 cup EGG NOODLE COOKED ENRICHED 2 00 cups ii _ MACARONI DRY ENRICHED 6 00 oz SPAGHETTI PASTA COOKED ENRICHED W SALT 1 00 cup SPAGHETTI PASTA DRY ENRICHED 48 oz SPAGHETTI PASTA SPINACH DRY 80z WHITE RICE LONG GRAIN COOKED 2 00 cups WHITE RICE SHORT GRAIN COOKED 2cup WILD RICE COOKED 3 cup B Cereals 7 ALL BRAN W EXTRA FIBER RTE Kellogg s 11 2 cup ALL BRAN RTE Kellogg s 4 cup OATMEAL PREPARED NO ADDED SALT 1 cup PRODUCT 19 RTE Kellogg s 4 cups PUFFED WHEAT FORTIFIED RTE 20z RAISIN BRAN CEREAL RTE Kellogg s 2 cups SPECIAL K RTE Kellogg s 21 2 cup New Category E Cookies amp Crackers 3 Hesten GRAHAM CRACKER 8 crackers a 10 pieces MELBA TOAST PLAIN The NutriBase Shopping List is one of the options you can reach by clicking the Notes amp Lists Tab From the Shopping List window you can 1 Edit add merge or delete items 2 Create new categories 3 Print your shopping list 4 Save your shopping list in a word processor format or save it in CSV Comma Separated Values format for use in an external spreadsheet To access either of these options right m
248. ive than NutriBase most NutriBase users who need other formats will take the label created by NutriBase and hand it over to a graphics artist to create the new format for their end use This is not difficult to do because all the rounding rules and percentage calculations have been performed by NutriBase This is often the most economical way for you to meet the 193 requirements for a variety of labeling requirements How to Create Canadian Nutrition Labels Chef and higher Valeur nutritive par 270 mL 187 g Lipides 22 g 34 satur s 12 g polyinsatur s 0 9 g 20 Glucides 72g 24 Fibres 3 g 12 Sucres 2 g Amidon 0 g 0 Vitamine C 0 2 Fer 35 0 Vitamine E 0 Thiamine 25 Niacine 4 Folate 0 Biotine 6 Phosphore 0 Magn sium 15 S l nium 10 Mangan se 0 Molybd ne 0 Pourcentage de la valeur quotidienne selon un r gime alimentaire de 2000 Calories Vos valeurs quotidiennes personnelles peuvent tre plus ou moins lev es selon vos besoins nerg tiques NutriBase Chef Professional and Enterprise Editions support the creation of Canadian Nutrition Facts Tables For information regarding the generation of U S Nutrition Facts Labels please read the previous topic To create a label open the recipe you want to generate a label for If you haven t created this recipe yet create it then open it WNET Canadal After you create your recipe click the N
249. ization to use the nutrient data NUTRIBASE PRODUCT SUPPORT Please email your questions 24 7 to support nutribase com For phone support 480 603 8359 8 3 Mon Thu Arizona time 269
250. k this Folders Button to create Folders and to organize your Personal Food Items PFI s into these PFI Folders c Use your Right Mouse Click RMC to create rename and delete PFI Buttons Folders You can drag and drop your PFI s from Folder to Folder You can select a Folder and use the RMC to import PFI s into that folder or export existing PFI s from that Folder This user created three Folders Frozen Entrees Mexican and Organic The General Folder was present since installation Each Folder can be further organized into Tabs To create and or organize a Folder use the Organizer Button Note We recommend you organize your PFI s into multiple Folders By doing so you benefit with quicker access to your PFI s better organization of these Personal Foods and faster performance 44 Add PFI s to Food Logs Recipes Meals Meal Plans While you are in the Personal Foods Home Client Setup Foodlog Bxer Tab you can add a selected PFI to a ong Fans xs Food Log Recipe Meal or Meal Plan Do this by selecting a PFI highlight it with a single click RMC then select the 6 meatsatt Marinara SUB appropriate option For example click i _7 Add to food log to add the selected PFI T GREE f Cipp to the active client s Food Log aera All PFI General Add to recipe Add to meal Add to meal plan Motio iad NM Adding a New Food Item to
251. l Plan copy This will lead you to a window that allows you to copy an NB Meal Plan to a new Meal Plan whose name you will provide You can also select the Meal Plan Folder you want to save this new Meal Plan to Of course if you have not created any new Meal Plan folders you will only have one folder option the default General folder 202 T ER E Home CientSetup Foodlog Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Meal Plans Reports Graphs Notes amp Lists CIM pl Organizer f Folders P criteria ELOR Meal Plan Copy 8 NB Meal Plans Copy Meal Plan to Meal Plan 1 Select the meal plan you want to copy from Diabetic Meal Plan 1600 calories v Diabetic v 2 Select the meal plan you want to copy to If you want to create a new meal plan type in the new meal plan s name Diabetic Meal Plan 1600 calories new v General v 3 Select to copy the entire meal plan OR copy selected meal plan days and meals Copy the entire plan Copy only my selections Select meal plan day to copy from Week 1 Copy all foods and the meal each food is assigned to Week 2 Copy all foods only Week 3 Copy just the meals have selected Breakfast Snack Week 4 gt AM Snack Dinner Select one or more meal plan days to copy to bini PM Snack Week 1 Select Week 1 Week 2 Select Week 2 Week 3 Select Week 3 Week 4 Select Week 4 5 When you are finished with your selections click the Copy butt
252. l synchronization upload future synchronization will appear to occur almost immediately After you set up your account and install NutriBase according to the instructions that follow NutriBase will automatically use your Sync Folder to store all changes when you add edit or delete a food log 1 The Cloud is a popular way to refer to a server or to a network of servers that belong to or are leased by your sync service provider for the purpose of providing you their services This assumes that all computers involved have Internet access and that all your computers have been set up properly with your synchronization service If a computer does not have Internet access it will sync with your data after Internet access is restored This is a situation that laptops will experience from time to time when you travel After you restore Internet access it will generally take only a few moments for your files to update 14 recipe meal plan client information etc The synchronization service will do its part and automatically update all the other computers that use this Sync Folder You will be able to access your latest data from any location with Internet access Important When you work with a synced copy of NutriBase you are NOT working with data in the Cloud you are working with data on your computer When you save your work a file is saved to your computer in your Sync Folder It is after you save this file that your f
253. larms to warn you when you are selecting foods that exceed desired parameters For example you may want to be notified if a serving of any food contains more than 600 mg of Sodium 11 Add and or edit your contact information for this client 12 You can tell NutriBase which calorie formula to use Calorie Formulas Daily calories to lose 1 00 lbs per week 2618 You can edit these formulas by clicking the Calorie formulas link to the right of the drop down menu The default formula is the Harris Benedict formula Intermittent Fasting Diet Support There is one option in this menu you should be familiar with It is the final option Specify Daily Calorie Goals enter your own daily values Harris Benedict Harris Benedict Mifflin St Jeor Estimated Energy Requirements User Entered RMR Daily Calorie Override enter your own value Specific Daily Calorie Goals enter your own daily values This option is the one to select if you want to set different calorie goals for each day of the week This is a requirement for Intermittent Fasting Diets IF Diets An Intermittent Fasting Diet may require the subject to take in say 600 calories on Mondays and Wednesdays plus 2000 calories on each of the other days of the week This option will allow you to specify different calorie levels for each day of the week With this selection your daily calorie goals will not be adjusted as your bo
254. le we selected the first day of all four weeks of this meal plan Select the meal plan you want to add this recipe to If you want to create a new meal plan type in the new plan s name New 40 30 30 Meal Plan 2300 v General Select one or more meal plan days Week 1 Select Week 1 Week 2 Select Week 2 Week 3 Select Week 3 Week 4 Select Week 4 After you finish with this day use the navigation pane on the left side of your window and select another day to enter foods to and repeat this process until you populate every day of your meal plan How to Copy a Meal Plan to a Client s Food Log If you want a client to eat the foods in a pre planned Meal Plan you can copy your Meal Plan to this client s Food Log This saves you from having to look up and enter every food item and recipe she should eat for four weeks You can record the four weeks of an existing Meal Plan or portions thereof to a client s Food Log You can copy the Meal Plan into their Food Log on their start date then simply edit the deviations from the plan that the client reports to you To copy a Meal Plan to a client s Food Log do this Click the Meal Plans Tab then click the down arrow of your Meal Plan Copy Button IE Home Client Setu Rec Plans Reports Graphs Notes amp Lists Meal Plan to Meal Plan copy Meal Plan to Food Log copy N aai Food Logto Meal Plan copy 7 This will take you to a window that will le
255. le is helpful in recipes for commercial use It helps NutriBase calculate the serving size weight more accurately Program Data Folder Everything you ever create with NutriBase exists in the Program Data Folder This data includes recipes client information food logs etc The Setup Program automatically knows the default location for the ProgramData Folder it can differ from one Windows version to another However if you plan to synchronize your data across multiple remotely located computers you will need to tell 145 NutriBase where your Sync Folder is located Information on how to do this exists in this manual consult the Table of Contents PUF List Every food item that you add to a Meal will automatically be added to your PUF Previously Used Foods List After you have added at least one food to your Food Log the PUF Display Button will appear When you click this button you will see an alphabetical listing of all your PUF s This saves you time and effort by eliminating the need to re conduct previous searches Select the PUF of interest and use it as desired Use the right mouse click to Delete any PUF you no longer want to see listed PUI List Every food item that you add to a Recipe will automatically be added to your PUI Previously Used Ingredients List After you have added at least one food to your Food Log the PUI Display Button will appear When you click this button you will see an alphabe
256. le one server Installing and setting up the NutriBase Enterprise Edition is not difficult but it should be done by a qualified network administrator using the procedure described in the Network Guide included near the end of this User s Manual see your Table of Contents to locate anything in this document The Network Guide discusses the Enterprise Edition installation and explains how to set permissions and configure the password file NBASENET DAT so the software functions as required It summarizes the access settings available to you Installing the NutriBase Enterprise Edition correctly the first time saves you time by avoiding uninstalling reinstalling and troubleshooting Master User We call the main NutriBase user the person in charge of the Enterprise Edition software the M aster User The Master User should read the section of the Network Guide that discusses the privileges and options available only to the Master User The Master User will need to be aware of most of these Master User topics The Enterprise Edition of NutriBase is a network aware version of NutriBase Professional This document is intended for the Network Administrator and the person in charge of the NutriBase Enterprise Edition the Master User Each Enterprise Edition is defined by the number of nodes that it supports Nodes are the number of simultaneous users supported by the NutriBase Enterprise Edition For example t
257. les to the location specified on Line 3 of your password file NBASENET DAT 3 Full Restrictions Write Prefs to a USB Drive in the workstation users can view modify and delete only the work they ve created 4 Partial Access Write Prefs to a USB Drive in the workstation all users can view what others have done but can only modify or delete their own work Note For options 3 and 4 NutriBase will write several small preference files to the USB Drive if it exists Users will need to insert a USB Drive into a USB socket to use NutriBase If NutriBase does not locate your USB it will prompt you for a location to which to save these files If you are editing the sample NBASENET DAT file simply type a 0 1 2 3 or 4 on the first line to set the access level This access level will apply to all users of the system except for the Master User and any users whose access level you have overridden The Master User s access level will always be Full Access and the overridden user s setting will be 0 1 or 2 as you determine explained below LINE 2 The Master User s Password The Master User has no restrictions despite the access level specified on line 1 of the NBASENET DAT file The text entry on line two of the NBASENET DAT file is the Master User s Password The password must contain at least 1 character and no more than 20 characters All PC keyboard characters are valid The characters are case se
258. liar with NutriBase you will notice that the user interface is deceptively simple This is partly because it isn t loaded down with buttons to access every capability we support in each window You access almost everything via RMC INTRODUCTION TO WEB BASED SYNCHRONIZATION Before you can use the web based synchronization features of NutriBase you need to install it to incorporate this capability To install NutriBase to use a Sync Folder take a look at the appropriate topics in the How To sections regarding the installation of NutriBase to use a Sync folder of this manual Check your Table of Contents to locate these topics Using web based synchronization allows you to have your NutriBase data food logs recipes meal plans etc synchronized across all of your computers Many of you are already familiar with the idea of web based synchronization You may already be using services like Dropbox and SkyDrive to synchronize your pictures and music If you are already familiar with web based file synchronization services you may want to skip this section and move directly into one of the sections in the How To sections regarding the installation of NutriBase to use a Sync folder What is Web Based File Synchronization Web based file synchronization is an enabling technology that is available at no cost or low cost from a number of companies This technology allows you to run NutriBase on several computers and then acc
259. m 93 AM Snack 09405a E Edit item CE ti 27 Day7 MILK COW S NONFAT NFMS VIT A 4 fl oz 45 Breakfast 01086a Shop list items Cate 1g tn mWeek3 NECTARINE RAW 2 fruits 120 Snack 091912 Fiber 28 112 el New plan er 289 mWesk OKRA BOILED NO SALT 1 cup 35 Lunch 112792 Sugars 62g H POPCORN AIR POPPED WHITE 1oz 108 PM Snack 19806b Protein 64g 127 PRODUCT 19 RTE 3 4 cups 84 Breakfast 09058 fl save PUMPERNICKEL BREAD 2 slice thin 190 Breakfast 18044b v EEE p Food Lookupsup Search type Food name search v Search for Enter food name Searchacross V USDA Canadian Brand PFI PUF PUI My Recipes NB Recipes Meals Let s suppose you want to edit the first day of the second week of this plan Click the sign next to Week 1 to collapse it Click the sign next to Week 2 to expand it Click Day 2 to select it At this point you can add food items conduct your food searches in the bottom portion of the Meal Plan window You can edit existing food item serving sizes delete food items or add new food items In other words you can edit this Meal Plan day as you want After you finish with this day use the navigation pane to the left to jump to another day to edit You edit Meal Plans one day at a time How to Create a Meal Plan From Scratch Some users prefer to edit an existing Meal Planto modify it to suit a particular client or need but you can create a NutriBase Meal Plan f
260. m of individual fatty acids may exceed the sum of the values given for the total saturated fatty acids SFA monounsaturated fatty acids MUFA and polyunsaturated fatty acids PUFA These differences are generally caused by rounding and should be relatively small Zero values for individual fatty acids should be understood to mean that trace amounts may be present When g fatty acids per 100g were calculated to g fatty acids per 100g of food values of less than 0 000g could be rounded to zero For formulated or brand name foods industry data were often available for only the fatty acid classes SFA MUFA PUFA but were lacking for individual fatty acids Cholesterol Cholesterol is present only in foods of animal origin For foods of plant origin the value for cholesterol is assumed to be zero Calculated values Nutrient values have been recalculated for those nutrients where regulations in Canada require supplementation or fortification of certain foods as described in the Food and Drug Act and Regulations2 Such values are identified both by the food code and the nutrient source codes In the same manner certain foods Such as CREAM SOUR cultured 14 fat that are not for sale in the U S have been calculated in their entirety to approximate Canadian foods and are similarly identified Calculations are based on the values shown in USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference utilizing the conversion factors shown in Table 2 in the Ap
261. manner was increasing Therefore we conducted a mirroring exercise to compare by computer application where the differences were true differences and where they were through lack of upkeep As a result clients will find many more changes to the nutrients than might be expected strictly from the USDA update files alone Conversion Factors Many conversion factors from a variety of sources were used to update the measure for which a weight of measure is provided within the database Some of these are more user friendly and embedded as part of the preparation for the web based program Many clients may find them easier for their own programs as well as fewer calculations will be involved Assignments in the Meat and Alternates Group Of particular note for all users of these CFGHE assignments is the considerable difference of approach to recommended serving sizes utilized in the Meat and Alternates group It is the philosophy of the creators of CFGHE that people tend to eat less meat or alternates at some meals i e lunch meats in a sandwich an egg in a salad than others i e fish fillet meat steak and that the education messages were better targeted when aimed at an overall consumption of between 100 300g of food per day than a single serving size for a meat or alternate portion The closest acceptable fit in terms of making an assignment for each meat or alternate food in the database was to give a range of 50 100g for meat poultry
262. mbers with no suffixes identify the original 100 gram portion food items from the SR Data or the CNF Data 2 The Food ID Numbers with suffixes identify the new food items that were derived from calculations based on household measure information provided in the SR or CNF data 3 The smallest household measures have the smallest letter suffixes the largest serving sizes have the largest letter suffixes 115 4 The new Food ID Numbers provide a unique identifier for every food item in the database Abbreviations Used in the Nutrient Data amp and L amp F Lean and Fat AL Aluminum Ib Pound ARS Agricultural Research mayo mayonnaise Service mcg microgram ATE a Tocopherol MF milk fat Equivalent MG Magnesium avg average BF Butter Fat mg ee CA FE mini miniature carb carbohydrate dl mer NA Sodium choc chocolate NDB Nutrient Data Bank cm centimeter Nutrient Data com commercial NDL Laboratory CP Commercially Prepared FMS Non fat milk solids diameter NFS Not Further Specified DSP di sodium phosphate eR Nutrition Labeling amp fl oz fluid ounce Education Act FS Food Service NSA No Sugar Added fzn frozen NSA No Sugar Added g gram NY NY strip steak HN High Nitrogen NZ New Zealand HP Home Prepared 0z Ounce ICBINB Can t alee It s Not P Phosphorus i PAD Prepared As
263. me min 30 first save a copy of it to one of your own Recipe Folders like the default General folder then edit the saved copy of the original recipe Doing this ma Will keep all your NB Recipes in their original wt state Edit item Directions Ingredient s to shopping list Ingredient s to Quick Add Re sequence ingredients Ingredient s from Quick Add Show grams 2cups RED PEPPER SWEET RAW Scups MUSHROOM RAW CORNSTARCH OLIVE OIL 1 4cup BROTH CHICKEN CONDENSED 2cups SNAP BEAN RAW GREEN BEAN 1 cup YOGURT LOWFAT CURRY POWDER ala Show cost Delete selected ingredient s Delete ALL ingredients Add to meal plan Addtorecipe Pe To save a copy of an NB Recipe highlight it right mouse click then select the Save as option Edit the food name it suggests to you or give it a totally different name as desired Click the Okay Button You would use this same procedure to edit one of the recipes you created For example you may have created a soup recipe and you want to create two variations of this original recipe one is a lower sodium version and one is a hot and spicy version QD Food Lookupsip Search type d Canadian Add ingredient cost Nutrition Facts Label U S Nutrition Facts Table Canada PUI Display Open the re
264. ment of Agriculture 1976B92 and its four supplements U S Department of Agriculture 1990B93 which superseded the 1963 edition Watt and Merrill 1963 Since 1992 updated data have been published electronically on the USDA Nutrient Data Laboratory NDL website SR19 supersedes all previous releases including the printed versions in the event of any differences With the first release of data from our new Nutrient Databank System NDBS in July 2001 we changed some formats and added fields to improve the descriptive information for food items and the statistical information about the nutrient values While data in previous releases have been moved to the new NDBS they may not have been updated through the complete system Therefore many of these new fields contain data only for those items that have been processed through the new NDBS and it will take a number of years before they are populated for most food items in the database Data have been compiled from published and unpublished sources Published sources include the scientific literature Unpublished data include those obtained from the food industry other government agencies and research conducted under contracts initiated by USDA s Agricultural Research Service ARS These analyses are currently conducted under the National Food and Nutrient Analysis Program NFNAP in cooperation with the National Cancer Institute and other offices and institutes of the National Institutes
265. n 1 Insert your Installation CD into a CD Drive and run the Setup Program If you downloaded the Setup Program simply run it 2 The Setup Program will ask you where you want to install your Program Data Folder This is the folder that will contain a set of subfolders containing all the user created food logs recipes meals meal plans client information documents etc You can accept the default location x AppFolder Data or you can specify a different location to accommodate your particular requirements If you change the location from the default location please make a note as to where it is so that future upgrades will install smoothly Do not make your Program Data Folder the same as folder your Application Folder The permissions to these two folders are different 3 The Setup Program will create a small text file in your NutriBase Application Folder called NBPD INI This text file will contain the path to your Program Data Folder This path must be correct for BOTH your server and for your workstations If you need to edit this file you may More about the NBPD INI text file and how to edit it is presented below 4 After installation you must make sure that all users of the NutriBase application have read write permission to access your Program Data Folder Accomplish this by setting the permissions for your Program Data Folder to total access for Everyone 5 After setting your permissions to your ProgramData
266. n factors for Protein Carbohydrates and Fats food items CyberSoft performed calculations based on the conversion factors provided by the USDA For food items listed in the Vitamins and Medical Nutritionals section of NutriBase multiple vitamins supplements enteral and parenteral products CyberSoft calculated calorie ratios by using the manufacturer s information regarding calorie percentages These values do total 100 155 INSTALLATION AND SETUP HOW TO TOPICS NutriBase is robust and these How To topics attempt to help you get up to speed more quickly This is because each time you perform one of these topics you will see things about the software you hadn t known before After doing many of these you will see how the same types of actions are used in the same way in other areas of the software After you become proficient with the provided topics you should be able to figure out how to do anything else you ever want to do with NutriBase How to Install NutriBase to Run on Your Computer You can install NutriBase by downloading the latest Setup Program from our web site or by inserting a NutriBase Installation CD into your CD ROM drive After your start the NutriBase Setup Program the Installation Menu will appear Following the instructions in the Setup Program will 1 Perform a first time installation of NutriBase 11 NB11 2 Update an older version of NB11 with a newer version of NB11 Insert your Ins
267. n CPF Ratio goals to clients NutriBase provides the CPF Ratios for intakes recipes and Meal Plans The CPF Ratio tells you a lot about a client s intake a recipe or a Meal Plan NutriBase will also display the PCF Ratio if you select this option in the User Preferences If a food recipe or meal contains alcohol NutriBase will give you the CPFA ratio CNF Data CNF stands for Canadian Nutrient Files which in this product consists of the Canadian Nutrient Files the data contained in our Medical Nutritionals food category the data contained in our Vitamins and Mineral Supplements food category and the data contained in our Commercial Ingredients food category CSV Comma Separated Values When you see CSV after a report name in the Reports Tab it means that you can export the report you create into Comma Separated Value format This is a text file that you can import into spreadsheets and databases The file extension is csv Cut Command The Cut Command lets you cut remove information usually a text string or a graphic image from a document and copy it to the Windows Clipboard a temporary storage area that your operating system sets aside for you This allows you to save this information to paste into another Windows document of some sort later To cut information to the clipboard you must select the information you wish to cut Select information by clicking your left mouse button down at
268. n NutriBase This is convenient to do between semesters when used in a classroom setting To do this log on as the Master User click the NutriBase Menu Icon in the upper left corner and select Master User Options You can select to delete PFI s Recipes Client Data etc There is one option called the Global Access items These are PFI Recipes etc created by the Master User that all users regardless of password can view and use Global Access items are usually PFl s that an instructor adds to NutriBase before the start of a semester that he or she wants all students to have access to often he or she would not want these to be deleted each time the rest of the data is cleared out 265 NutriBase End User License Agreement 1 By purchasing NutriBase software you agree to activate the software by sending us your Registration Number provided by your installed copy of NutriBase in an email request Activating your software assures that it will not expire at the end of its eight day evaluation period 2 A license for any single user edition of NutriBase Junior Personal Personal Plus or Professional entitles you to up to three installations of NutriBase for your own personal use 3 The installations provided for in this license may not be shared with other individuals each individual is required to obtain their own license for NutriBase 4 If you require additional installations of NutriBase you may purchase
269. n checking 75 pe gr this option The Auto Search option tells NutriBase to re Addselecteditem Viewitem details Addtemy conduct the previous search PM 35201 When you select another Food Category The Search Footer option allows you to search for strings within your search results if desired How to Conduct a Global Ranking A global ranking produces a sorted list of food items based on their values for any nutrient This sorted list can be taken from the entire NutriBase nutrient database or any subset of the database You can rank high to low or low to high J Foodtookupep sewcsivee ver ED Breed oki Search across Canadian Brand PFI Searchacross V USDA Canadian F Brand PFH PUF PUL To access the Global ranking option click the down arrow of the Search type menu and select Global ranking Mark the databases you want to include in your search For example you might select the USDA Canadian and Brand Name databases Click the Rank Setup Button and set up your preferences for this search Click the Select a food category Button to select which food categories and subcategories you want to search across Note If you want to specify Food Subcategories as well as a major Food Category right mouse click over the Search Results area and click the Advanced food categories option Click the Apply Button to apply this setting
270. n the value in that column Click the same column header again to reverse the sort order You can do this for any nutrient To add one of the displayed Food Items to a Food Log Recipe Meal or Meal Plan depending on which NutriBase window you happen to be in highlight it then Drag and drop it into the food list in the upper left of this window Click the Add selected item Button or Right mouse click and select the option to Add selected food item 232 Note When you select Food Categories you have the option to also select the subcategories for the major Food Categories We call this option using Advanced Food Search Footer Er 20 14 Categories To enable this just right R columns res os z MOuUse click over the area where you you may aso drag and drop Item details Add to PFI Item Cost so 240 Search results are displayed and 92 37 Checking the Advanced Food o 200 Categories option Turn this option off by un checking this option The ee Auto Search option tells NutriBase isen 11 Vedesdsk Men to re conduct the previous search an when you select another Food Category The Search Footer option allows you to search for strings within your search results if desired Print How to Conduct a Query In the Search type section choose the Query option Click the Select a food category Button Select a Food Category across which you
271. n this example and display all the hits that contain the characters in your search string In this example NutriBase will search the Brand Name column of the Brand nutrient database and display all the foods that contain Taco Bell in that column Your search results screen will display a listing of all the Taco Bell foods contained in the NutriBase Brand Name database If you search on just one word Taco you will locate hits for Taco Bell Del Taco Taco John etc In general the shorter your search string the more hits you will locate To get more hits make your search string shorter To reduce the number of hits narrow your searches by using longer search strings or more words When you use more than one word you will locate hits that contain both words in any order If you fail to locate suitable brand name hits try selecting another database to search across Each new release of the USDA database contains more brand name data And you have the option to search the brand name data column in both the USDA database and the Brand Name database at the same time if you want to just tag both checkboxes and conduct your search How to View Data by Food Category Suppose you want to view an alphabetical listing of the food items in the Fruits food category of the USDA nutrient database NutriBase supports this type of search with the View option GD Food Lookups up Search type View Ea Search across usa Ca
272. nack The conventional method for doing this would involve setting up a ratio and using a bit of algebra Most RD s are very capable of doing this but it s time consuming it s a hassle and you have to repeat this entire process with every new food And if you want to create a mixture say a combination of two ingredients that total 200 calories that s an even more involved and time consuming process With NutriBase it s easy to perform this task The food serving size will be specified in grams This method works well if you use an accurate digital scale Note To learn how to use this second serving size option please read the topic titled How to Create Servings Sizes Measured in Calories in the How To section of this manual Use your Table of Contents PUF Display Every food item that you add to a Food Log will PUF Display automatically be added to your PUF Previously Used Foods Display After you have added at least one food to your Food Log the PUF Display Button will appear Click this button to display an alphabetical listing of all your previously used foods PUF s This can save you time and effort by eliminating the need to re conduct previous searches Just select the food item and you are ready to use it fe You can delete individual PUF items To do so highlight it RMG and then select the Delete option This allows you to keep your food lists current and relevant to your needs As
273. nadian Brand PFI Recipes Meals To do this click the down arrow in the Search type section select the View option then click the Select a food category button and select the Fruits food category Click Apply You can dismiss the Food Categories window if you like Click the Search button to display all the Fruit in the USDA Fruits in alphabetical order Click any column header to sort all the displayed data from high to low based on the values in that column This is a very popular feature Click the same column header again to reverse the sort order You can do this for any nutrient To add one of the displayed Food Items to a Food Log Recipe Meal or Meal Plan depending on which NutriBase window you happen to be in 229 highlight it then Drag and drop it into the food list in the upper left of this window Click the Add selected item Button or Right mouse click and select the option to Add selected food item Pro Note When you select Food Categories you have the option to also select the subcategories Auto Search IS a for the major Food Categories enk pot We call this option using a s i Advanced Food Categories a To enable this just right mouse Add selected item you may also drag and drop click over the area where you Item details search results are displayed Add to PFI and checking the Advanced Item Cost Food Categories option Turn v 420 this option off by u
274. ne g goal Macros for Use with NutriBase Custom Meal Reports NutriBase macros begin and end with and are not case sensitive Typing the macro in the column below insert its associated in that position Use these macros and as many times as you wish in your template file for custom Meal reports Macros are supported in the Professional and higher Calories FoodEnergy Protein ProtCal ProtPerc ACarbs AStarch Sugars Glucose Fructose Galactose Sucrose Lactose Maltose Fiber NetCarbs ACarbCal ACarbPerc Fat SatFat TransFat TransMonoFat TransPolyFat MonoFat PolyFat Omega 3 Omega 6 FatCal 246 FatPerc Cholesterol Alcohol AlcCal AlcPerc Ash Water Caffeine Theobromine Phytosterols Stigmasterol Campesterol Beta Sitosterol Vit A RAE Retinol BetaCarotene AlphaCarotene BetaCrypto Lycopene Lutein AVit A IU Thiamine Riboflavin Niacin Pantothenic NVit B6 Total Folate Food Folate AFolic Acid Folate DFE NVit B12 ABiotin Vit C Vit D AlphaToc BetaToc GammaToc DeltaToc AVit E IU AVit K ACalcium Magnesium Phosphorus Potassium Sodium AChloride AChromium Copper Fluoride lodine Aron Manganese Molybdenum Selenium azine Histidine AIsoleucine Leucine Lysine Methionine Phenylalan
275. ne 1 2 The Master User s password this is set on line 2 3 The location for each user s workstation s Preference Files this is set 259 on line 3 4 The passwords for each user these are set on lines 4 5 6 etc as needed 5 Override any user s access level this option is set on the individual lines containing the password for specific users Each of the features above are discussed in detail ahead You can edit the NBASENET DAT text file with a text editor like Notepad If you use a word processor to edit this file make sure you save it as a text file The password file is located in the x Program Files NutriBase nbnet Folder LINE 1 The System Wide Access Level The first line in the password file INBASENET DAT specifies the access level for almost all the users of the network version There are two exceptions to this system wide setting the Master User who always has Full Unrestricted Access and users for whom you override this setting Both of these exceptions are discussed later 260 Access Levels for Line 1 There are five system access levels 0 Full Access all users can view modify or delete each other s work 1 Full Restrictions users can view modify and delete only the work they ve created 2 Partial Access all users can view what others have done but can only modify or delete their own work Note For options 0 1 and 2 NutriBase will write several small preference fi
276. ng of Body Measurements Chemistry blood work urinalysis and Miscellaneous data 2 Export your logs to RTF a generic word processor format you can open with MS Word CSV Comma Separated Values format or XLS Excel format 3 The Info Button allows you to track medical conditions doctor hospital insurance pharmacy and emergency information THE PERSONAL FOODS TAB Personal Food Items PFI s are food items that you have added to NutriBase by key stroking in the nutrient data or foods you have located in the nutrient database that you had NutriBase convert into PFI s for you for convenient access via the Personal Foods Tab PFI s are stored here in the Personal Foods window 41 Armenian Cracker Bread 100 Stone Ground ARTICHOKE BOILED NO SALT GLOBE OR FRENCH ASPARAGUS RAW AVOCADO CALIFORNIA RAW BANANA RAW BAI BEEF ROUND EVE OF ROASTED SLO CUBE STEAK BEEF ROUND TIP ROASTED SLO BEEF TOP SIRLOIN BROILED SLO SIRLOIN STRIP BLACKBERRY RAW BLUEBERRY UNSWEETENED FROZEN Boca Burger Broccoli Greens Raw BROWNIE Buffalo Burger Ground Steak CANTALOUPE RAW CARROT RAW Catsup Ketchup Organic CELERY RAW CHEDDAR CHEESE Cheese Shredded Mexican Blend CHEESECAKE CP CHICKEN BREAST BONELESS ROASTED MEAT ONLY CHICKEN DARK MEAT ROASTED Chili Mac with Beef Freeze dried CHOCOLATE CHIP COOKIE CP CHOCOLATE CHIP COOKIE HIGHER
277. nized into three meals and three snacks You can also Copy a Food Log day to another day or days of the same or different person s Food Log E3 The Food Log window is also the place to record your blood glucose and other diabetes related information When you enter the Diabetic Food Log Information window be sure to right mouse click to view your numerous options See what happens when you time stamp your meals One of the right mouse click options will let you switch between English and Metric units for diabetic tracking A Click the Mood icon on your Food Log window if you want to enter in your overall Mood for this day You can track this over time and graph this factor against your body weight on your Home Window if desired Click the Step Per Day icon to enter in your pedometer reading for the day Many experts recommend you get 10 000 steps per day to maintain an active lifestyle And finally you can create an Auto Record list of foods that will be automatically copied to a person s Food Log every day that you record even a single food item to 29 The Food Log Window Food oo o oo ooo O roosts 9 Food Log copy LA Auto Record Food Log Delete Dinne PCFA 6 56 20 18 EAuHighlight This window is partitioned into three major areas 1 The Food Log 2 The Nutrient Summary 3 The Search Results Screen To record someone s
278. ns the NBBFTE function will likely give you foods that offer more nutrition than you actually need to meet your daily nutrient goals This is not usually a bad tradeoff How to Create a Custom Recipe Web Page Chef and higher To create a custom recipe web page click the Reports Tab Click the Templates Recipes Button From this window select the Recipe Macro Report RTF HTML This es section provides you the ability Website name NutriBase Website to define your web site name your web address and the path to your images on your web site Web Page Sample Template Web Version HTML v Website address http nutribase com Website image path http nutribase com rcpimages All three of these variables are stored in NutriBase macros These macros are placeholders for the information you type into these edit boxes For example your web site name is stored in a macro called WebsiteName Whenever you type in WebsiteName into your template file the name of your web site as you entered it in the edit box will appear in your final report The other two macros are WebsiteAddr which holds your web site s URL and WeblmgPath which stores the path to your images on your web site The Website image path is where you must upload your recipe pictures and your recipe Nutrition Facts Labels on your web site 221 When you create a web version template you will need to upload you
279. nsitive No leading or trailing blanks are permitted No null passwords are allowed The initial Master User s password is Master12User LINE 3 The path to the local NutriBase Folder Line three of the NBASENET DAT file is where the path to the local user s folder is stored The user s folder is a folder to where NutriBase saves small user specific preference files things like color preferences email setups settings for the Quick Access Toolbar etc The default value for Line 3 is cAWindows but you can change it to anything you like Some users prefer to use c nutribase for this folder The name of 261 the folder is not important but it is important that a folder with this name exists on every workstation that is used to access the NutriBase Enterprise Edition Note The user of the workstation where this folder is located must have permission to read and write to this local folder We emphasize this because this is a common problem on new installations All the data that your users create recipes client data Personal Food Items Meals Meal Plans etc are stored on the server in the ProgramData Folder that you specified This makes it convenient for your data to be shared with other users across your network NutriBase can support a specific path i e a full pathname as indicated above But you can also use variables to define your path We use these variables because different operating systems use differ
280. nt you will understand there are a lot of things you can do to speed up the process but it is important that you at least understand the basic approach Here it is First create the recipes that you plan to use in your Meal Plan If you are creating a Meal Plans to address the needs of a Hepatic patient you will want to create a foundation of recipes that are specially tailored to this special need It will make a lot of sense to put all of these recipes into their own folder so that when you go to retrieve them you will know that any recipe you select from this Recipe Folder will be for Hepatic patients in this example After you have created these recipes use them as the building blocks for your Meal plans You build a Meal Plan one day at a time In the image below Week One Day one is selected Therefore all foods that you look up and add will be assigned to Week 1 Day 1 Diabetic Mel Pian 180 cane m ee ee oe T E Meal Pians gt Breakfast AMSnack Lunch Snack Dinner PM Snack YOGURT STRAWBERRY NONFAT rannaTt nanv mawar Once you open a Meal Plan you should know that you can add your recipes to your Meal Plan from the Recipes Tab Take a look at the following image to see how this is done Once you highlight the recipe s you want to include in your Meal Plan right mouse click and select the option to add the selected item s to your Meal Plan Notice however that you can also add the sele
281. nt Stages of Ppreparation U S Department of Agriculture Agriculture Handbook 102 Merrill A L and B K Watt 1973 Energy Value of Foods Basis and Derivation revised U S Department of Agriculture Agriculture Handbook 74 Murphy E W P E Criner and B C Gray 1975 Comparison of methods for determining retentions of nutrients in cooked foods Journal of Agriculture and Food Chemistry 23 1153 National Research Council 1989 Recommended dietary allowances 10th ed National Academy Press Washington DC Phillips K M W C Byrdwell J Exler J M Harnly J M Holden M F Holick B W Hollis R L Horst L E Lemar K Y Patterson M T Tarrago Trani and W R Wolf 2008 Development and validation of control materials for the measurement of vitamin Ds in selected US foods Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 21 527 534 Reamer D C and C Veillon 1981 Determination of selenium in biological materials by stable isotope dilution gas chromatography mass spectrometry Analytical Chemistry 53 14 2166 2169 Schakel S F I M Buzzard and S E Gebhardt 1997 Procedures for estimating nutrient values in food composition databases Journal of Food Composition and Analysis 10 102 114 Sheppard A J 1992 Lipid Manual Methodology Suitable for Fatty acid Cholesterol Analysis William C Brown Publishers Dubuque IA U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1976 Composition of Foods
282. nt s Folic Acid mcg goal Client s Food Folate mcg Client s daily Tocopherol Gamma mg goal Client s daily vitamin Niacin mg goal Client s daily vitamin Pantothenic acid mg goal Client s daily Retinol mcg goal 243 Riboflavin Client s daily vitamin Riboflavin mg goal Thiamine Client s daily vitamin Thiamin goal Total Folate Client s Total Folate mcg AVit A IU Client s daily vitamin A IU goal AVit A RAE Client s daily vitamin A mcg RAE goal Vit A RE Client s daily vitamin A RE goal NVit B12 Client s daily vitamin B 12 mg goal AVit B6 Client s daily vitamin B 6 mg goal Vit C Client s daily vitamin C mg goal Vit D Client s daily vitamin D IU goal AVit E ATE Client s daily vitamin E mg ATE goal Vit E IU Client s daily vitamin E IU goal Vit K Client s daily vitamin K mcg goal Exercise Related Macros AvgDailyExCal Average daily exercise calories sum of the seven days 7 SunEx Reserved MonEx Reserved TueEx Reserved AW edEx Reserved AThuEx Reserved AFriEx Reserved NSatEx Reserved Client s Fat Goal Macros FA 10 01 Client s daily Fatty Acid 10 0 Capric g goal FA 12 01 Client s daily Fatty Acid 12 0 Lauric g goal FA 13 0 Client s daily Fatty Acid 13 0 g goal FA 14 01 Client s daily Fatty Acid 14 0 Myristic g goal FA 14 1 Client s daily Fatty Acid 14 1 Myristoleic g goal FA 15 0 Client s daily Fatty Acid
283. nu based on the file names of these PDF and or link files Not all of these Folders exist in all versions of NutriBase the Professional Editions provide access to more documents The link files installed by the NutriBase Setup Program point to files on the NutriBase web site However you can add new link files if you like and you can hyperlink them to PDF s anywhere on the Web including your own web site if you have one Understanding how to create Folders organize PDF s and create and using link files gives you a great deal of control over your Information Menu Fats and Oils vi Balancing Calories and Optimizing Fats v Balancing Calories and Optimizing Fats Each of these Meun Items represents a Canola Oil Good for Every Body hs small Link File contained in your Fats OHA A Good Fat ile A Dietary Fats Clarifying an Age Old Issue and Oils Folder on your hard drive Diglyceride Rich Cooking and Salad Oil Keeping Trans Fats in Focus We mentioned above that your Folders and your files PDF or link files exist on your hard drive In Windows Vista Win7 and Win8 these Folders are located on your hard drive in c ProgramData NutriBase pdf ProgramData is a hidden folder In Windows XP this folder is in cADocuments and Settings lt username gt Local Settings Application Data NutriBase Substitute your username for lt username gt You can add new Folders to add new major menu categories S
284. nylalanine AThreonine Tryptophan Valine Alanine Arginine Aspartic Cystine Glutamic Glycine Hydroxy A Proline Serine Tyrosine AFA 4 04 AFA 6 04 AFA 8 04 AFA 10 01 AFA 12 01 250 AFA 13 01 AFA 14 0 AFA 15 01 AFA 16 01 AFA 17 0 AFA 18 01 AFA 20 01 AFA 22 0 AFA 24 01 AFA 14 14 AFA 15 14 AFA 16 1u4 AFA 16 10 AFA 16 1t AFA 17 14 AFA 18 1u4 AFA 18 10 AFA 18 1t AFA 20 14 AFA 22 1u AFA 22 10 AFA 24 104 AFA 18 2u AFA 18 2n 6 AFA 18 2i AFA 18 2t AFA 18 2cla AFA 18 3u AFA 18 3n 34 AFA 18 3n 64 AFA 18 3i4 AFA 18 41 AFA 20 2n 6 AFA 20 3u AFA 20 40 AFA 20 5n 34 AFA 22 5n 3 AFA 22 6n 3 AXStarch AXVLM AXLM AXMFM AXHFM AXVeg AXFru AXSMilk AXLMiIlk AXWMilk XFat AXOther SatFatPer100 RCost RecipeName AddIngredBrand ASCost ARecipeComment NolngredHyphen ATotGmPreLoss APCFRatio AIngredLowerCase PercLoss ACPFRatio IngredTab MPrepTime Date ATotalGm ACookTime AServings ASingleGm ACompanyName AIngredients SS AIngredList WebsiteName 25S5 Ingredients AR Cost recipe cost WebsiteAddr AIngredients SS htm SCost single serving RcplmgName A8S Ingredients htm cost WeblmgPath ARecipeByline ATotGmPreLoss preloss LocalNFLImgPath ASingleServComment wt ANFLImgName ARecipeDirections PercLoss process LocalRcplmgPath AFatPer1004 loss Most of the macros above are self explanatory
285. o be lost This situation can be eliminated by using workgroup numbers How to Use Workgroup Numbers Using workgroup numbers vastly reduces the possibility of creating conflicted files files that can result when two users save NutriBase data that gets synchronized at the very same moment This feature workgroup numbers is supported in NutriBase v 11 4 and higher NutriBase workgroups can support up to 20 individuals If you are not using a Sync Folder there is no need for you to use a workgroup number If you are using a Sync Folder on your own computers for your own personal use there is no need for you to use a workgroup number The default radio button of not being in a NutriBase workgroup is correct for this situation You only use a workgroup number if you are actually ina workgroup Conflicted files occur when two or more users save or synchronize at the same time If you a member of a workgroup that is if you are sharing a Sync Folder with others you should use one unique workgroup number for each member of the workgroup t is imperative that each user is assigned a different number Each workgroup member must have their own NuitriBase license and use a unique workgroup number If there are four members in your workgroup each member should be assigned the numbers 1 through 4 Normally the team leader will assign workgroup numbers to make sure that every workgroup member uses a unique workgroup number Values of 1
286. od entries Calculating Calories from or Calories from values of zero would result in erroneous values For this reason CyberSoft used the 4 4 9 method which is an AOAC approved method to estimate the six added fields for mixed ingredient food items A value of 4 00 was used as the conversion factor for Protein a value of 4 00 was used as the conversion factor for Carbohydrate and a value of 9 00 was used as the conversion factor for Fat 93 Contents of the USDA SR Nutrient Database The following is an itemized summary of the available information for all entries taken from the USDA nutrient database Nutrient Data Bank Number The Nutrient Data Bank NDB number that uniquely identifies a food item The NDB numbers assigned by USDA are integers These numbers contain no letters or other characters New Nutrient Data Bank Numbers CyberSoft added new NDB numbers to identify the new food items that CyberSoft calculated and added for the household measurement information provided by the Nutrient Data Laboratory CyberSoft created these new numbers by adding lower case suffix letters a b c d etc to the original NDB numbers for 100 gram portions The suffixes indicate the relative gram weight of the household measurement The lowest suffix a denotes the household measurement with the lowest gram weight The next letter suffix b indicates the next highe
287. oducts coffee mushrooms and yeast were adjusted for non protein nitrogenous material The adjusted protein conversion factors used to calculate protein for these items are as follows chocolate and cocoa 4 74 coffee 5 3 mushrooms 4 38 and yeast 5 7 When these items were used as ingredients such as chocolate in chocolate milk or yeast in bread only their protein nitrogen content was used to determine their contribution to the calculated protein and amino acid content of the food Protein calculated from total nitrogen which may contain non protein nitrogen was used in determining carbohydrate by difference This unadjusted protein value is not given in the Nutrient Data file rather it is given as a footnote in printed sections of Agriculture Handbook 8 For soybeans nitrogen values were multiplied by a factor of 5 71 Jones 1941 to calculate protein The soybean industry however uses 6 25 to calculate protein The protein content of soy flours soy meals soy protein concentrates and soy protein isolates is expressed both ways The item calculated using the 6 25 factor is identified as crude protein basis Total Lipid The total lipid fat content of most foods was determined by gravimetric methods including extraction methods such as those that use ether or a mixed solvent system of chloroform and methanol or by acid hydrolysis Total lipid determined by extraction is reported as Nutrient No 204 It is s
288. ody weight Fat Client s daily total Fat g goal FatCal Client s daily total fat requirement in calories FatPerc Clients daily fat requirement as a percentage of total calories FoodEnergy Client s daily Food Energy Kj goal ANetCarbs Client s daily Net Carbohydrates 9 goal ProtCal Client s daily protein requirement in calories ProtGms Client s daily Protein g goal ProtPerc Clients daily protein requirement as a percentage of total calories General Nutrient Goal Macros Alcohol Client s daily Alcohol g goal Ash Client s daily Ash g goal Beta Sitosterol Client s daily Beta Sitosterol mg goal Biotin Client s daily Biotin mcg goal Caffeine Client s daily Caffeine mg goal 242 Campesterol ACarbs ACholesterol Fiber Fructose AGalactose Glucose Lactose Maltose Phytosterols AStarch Stigmasterol Sucrose Sugars Theobromine Water Client s daily Campesterol mg goal Client s daily Carbohydrates by difference g goal Client s daily Cholesterol mg goal Client s daily Fiber Total Dietary g goal Client s daily Fructose g goal Client s daily Galactose g goal Client s daily Glucose g goal Client s daily Lactose g goal Client s daily Maltose g goal Client s daily Phytosterols mg goal Client s daily Starch g goal Client s daily Stigmasterol mg goal Client s daily Sucrose g goal Client s daily Sugars
289. of NB JohnDoe mn i Browse to your private Folder located on at http nutribase com If this example the folder address Index of NB JohnDoe is http nutribase com NB JohnDoe Use your web Name Last modified Size Descripti browser to visit this location amp sareat virector 12 Oct 2010 12 47 Locate the file you want to 12 Mar 2010 14 26 ax download As a ae Open in New Window convenience the name of the file will be the date that it was created Print Target 237 oe option you can specify where you want to download this file to In this example the user saved her file to a folder in his Docu RMC on the file you want to download and click the option to Save Target As When you click the Save Target As Gel ed gt Documents Web Profiles v 4 Search 2 Filename 20101024 asc Save as type ASC File W Browse Folders ments Folder that he named Web Profiles EFE To import this file into NutriBase start NutriBase Click Client Setups then click the Web Profiles Button Once you do this all the profile information contained in the downloaded file will be imported When you look at your client listing you will see that the new clients will appear in your list You can create reports for these added clients if you want to Save them as PDF files and email the report to
290. of Health Haytowitz et al 91 2008 Data from the food industry represents the nutrient content of a specific food or food product at the time the data is sent to NDL The values may change due to reformulations or other processing changes by individual companies between the time that SR is released and the next update of this database Values in the database may be based on the results of laboratory analyses or calculated by using appropriate algorithms factors or recipes as indicated by the source code in the Nutrient Data file Not every food item contains a complete nutrient profile Specific Updates to This Edition Added nutrient values for vitamin D in mcg Nutr No 328 for all foods used in the Food and Nutrient Database for Dietary Studies FNDDS USDA 2008 The FNDDS supports What We Eat in America the dietary intake interview component of the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey At the same time values for vitamin D in IU Nutr No 324 were expanded and updated such that all food items containing a value for Nutr No 328 have a corresponding value for Nutr No 324 When available values for D2 Nutr No 325 and D3 Nutr No 326 were also added to the database A new food group 36 Restaurant Foods has been added to the database These are foods sampled at various restaurants not fast food which are in food group 21 and are different from the home prepared items or prepared frozen entrees include
291. of NB11 installed on it In this case you will most likely want to retain your existing NutriBase Data This B example will show you how to install NutriBase to su work with a free synchronization service called Dropbox It will install in a similar manner with any 5 Recycle Bin gt of the major sync services The following example will show you how to use a free synchronization service with the latest version of NutriBase that you are upgrading or updating to dan Q Restore 4 BD Desktop Step 1 Make a current backup of your 4 SG Libraries NutriBase files by selecting Backup from gt F Documents within your NutriBase program Click the ei NutriBase menu in the upper left corner of your Peres Thisisthe NutriBase window and choose the Backup option Keep this backup handy as you will be restoring this data to finish this process gt e Homegroup gt AppData B Contacts This is the Dropbox T Desktop Ider gt JB Downloads gt dt Favorites T Links F My Documents gt d My Music gt T My Pictures TH My Videos Step 2 Create an on line web based synchronization account with Dropbox by visiting www Dropbox com After creating your account Step 3 Install the Dropbox software onto 160 your computer Follow the instructions provided We recommend you accept their default selections This will create a Dropbox folder on your computer as seen in the image to the ri
292. of others that may be suitable The U S Department of Agriculture USDA prohibits discrimination in all its programs and activities on the basis of race color national origin age disability and where applicable sex marital status familial status parental status religion sexual orientation genetic information political beliefs reprisal or because all or part of an individual s income is derived from any public assistance program Not all prohibited bases apply to all programs Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication of program information Braille large print audiotape etc should contact USDA s TARGET Center at 20210cim 720 2600 voice and TDD To file a complaint of discrimination write to USDA Director Office of Civil Rights 1400 Independence Avenue S W Washington D C 20250 9410 or call 800 795 3272 voice or 202 720 6382 TDD USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer The USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference is the major source of food composition data in the United States and provides the foundation for most public and private sector databases This data is used as a component of the database for all versions of NutriBase As food composition data are updated new versions of the Standard Reference are released This version includes composition data for all the food groups and nutrients published in the 21 volumes of Agriculture Handbook 8 U S Depart
293. of search allows you to locate any food item by its unique identifier NutriBase uses a similar identifying number system that the USDA uses Global Ranking Search This search allows you to rank sort all foods in all the databases and food categories from high to low or low to high based on the food s values for any particular nutrient Advanced Food Item Search This type of search allows you to specify which databases you want to search across It also lets you choose the food categories you want to limit your searches to Fruits 226 Vegetables Beverages etc It also lets you select which columns of information NutriBase will search across you can include the Food Name Column the Brand Name Column and or the Description Column which provides additional information about the Food name You can also select whether you will demand an AND type search or an OR type search For example if your search string contains American cheese nonfat and you select an AND type search all hits must contain all three words If you selected and OR type search you will find the foods that contain any of these three words Query Search This is a Boolean AND search It lets you perform data mining in the NutriBase Nutrient databases How to Conduct a Food Name Search This is the most basic NutriBase Search It is also one of the easiest types of searches to use This is a good search type for beginners Use this type of search to loc
294. of the exercises fs in your daily exercise list on the right side of the window and click the Auto record exercise option to add the selected exercise to your Auto Record list a list of exercises that will automatically be recorded for the active client on the days that you specify in your Auto Record list which you access by clicking the Auto Record Tab When you edit the intensity you can move the slider provided Each increment is plus or minus 10 of the normal calculation Your Auto Record list is a list of exercises that will R Auto Record automatically be recorded for your active client on the days that you specify in your Auto Record list which you view by clicking the Auto Record Tab 37 The Exercise Window Meal Plans Reports Graph THRZ Monitored Infrequent Aerobic Dance low impact Sunday August 08 2010 i Aerobics Slide Training basic j Aerobics Step Training 4 step Exercise Aerobics Step Training 8 step Stretching Archery Bicycling 10 mph 6 minutes per mile Bicycling 13 mph 4 6 minutes per mile Gardening moderate General Activity Moderate Hiking with a 10 Ib load Ee utes per mile Running 09 mph 6 7 minutes per mile Calorie expenditures are based on your Running 10 mph 6 minutes per mile weight entry of 153 2 lbs Spinning stationary bike Stair Climber Machine moderate Stretching Treadmill Treadmill 70 80 90 80 90 5 min each aciuemine
295. of your hard copy User s Manual provides a color version of this information ront roon Lt Groen Yolow Red Cholesterol Saturated Fat NutriBase Alerts appear in your Search Results in your Single Screen Views which you can create by double clicking on any food item and in your Nutrient Summary provided in the upper right corner of NutriBase windows with Food Lookup capabilities How to Conduct a Brand Name Search Use the Brand Name search to list all the foods of a particular brand name Use this search option to locate and display the foods associated with a particular brand name i e Burger King Quaker Kashi etc p Food Lookupsub Search type Brand name search a Searchacross M USDA M Canadian SPF PUF PUI F MyRecipes F NB Recipes Meals Select this Search Type from the drop down menu Mark your checkboxes to include the databases you want to include in your search In this example we check the Brand database option This means you will not be locating hits from the USDA database or the Canadian database You can include these databases by marking their checkboxes 228 Type in your search string Your search string should be the brand name you seek In this example let s search for taco bell Restaurants are brand names Click the Search Button and NutriBase will search the Brand Name column of every food category in the selected database the Brand Name database i
296. ome ClientSetup Foodlog Exercise Tracker Ambrosia Apple Cherry Crunch Apple Muffins Apple Blueberry Cobbler Apple Oatmeal Pancakes Asparagus and Soy Cheese Tortilla Tart Avocado Sandwich Banana Pudding Bean Eggplant Tomato Casserole Black Bean and Sweet Potato Salad Black Beans and Rice Blueberry Muffins Blueberry Pancake Sauce Breakfast Casserole Broccoli with Garlic and Olive Oil Bulgur Wheat Salad Club Sandwich Crispy Tofu Easy Berry Crisp Easy Vegan Pancakes Eggless Egg Salad Eggplant Sandwich Extra Quick Chili French Toast Fruit Compote Fruit Kebabs Fruit Salad with Tofu Cream Sauce Green Beans with Garlic and Oil Green Vegetables with Sesame Ginger Dressing Grilled Portobella Club Grilled Soy Cheese Sandwich Lentil Pear and Soy Cheese Salad Mango Freeze Mexican Pasta Salad Minestrone Nutty Protein Balls Oatmeal Cookies Personal Foods 183 Meals Meal Plans Reports Graphs Notes amp Lists CIM Add to food log View Edit How to Create a New Recipe Based on an Existing Recipe If you d like to edit an existing NB Recipe Nutr p Oroonizer Bg Folders Criteria p Ne recipes iBase Recipe recipes EEEE included with the soft EE ware it s best practice to 2 00 single 618 19 21 802 grams oz prep Time min 15 CookTi
297. ometimes referred to as crude fat and includes 95 the weight of all lipid components including glycerol soluble in the solvent system Nutrient No 204 may not be identical to the fat level declared on food labels under the NLEA where fat is expressed as the amount of triglyceride that would produce the analytically determined amount of lipid fatty acids and does not include other lipid components not soluble in the solvent system The term NLEA fat is commonly referred to as total fatty acids expressed as triglycerides Carbohydrate Carbohydrate when present was determined as the difference between 100 and the sum of the percentages of water protein total lipid fat ash and when present alcohol Total carbohydrate values include total dietary fiber Carbohydrate in beer and wine was determined by methods 979 06 27 1 21 and 985 10 28 1 18 of AOAC International AOAC 2003 respectively Total dietary fiber content was determined by enzymatic gravimetric methods 985 29 and 991 43 of the AOAC 2003 Total sugars is the term used for the sum of the individual monosaccharides galactose glucose and fructose and disaccharides sucrose lactose and maltose Analytical data for individual sugars were determined using AOAC methods 2003 either high performance liquid chromatography HPLC or gas liquid chromatography GLC When analytical data for total sugars were unavailable for items in the FNDDS values wer
298. on Notes 1 To learn how to create a new Meal Plan Folder take a look at the How to Create a New Recipe Folder topic you create Meal Plan Folders the same way you create Recipe Folders PFI Personal Food Item Folders or Meal Folders 2 Read the How to Organize an Existing Recipe Folder topic to learn how to organize your Meal Plan folders your organize your Folders the same way for Recipes PFs Meals and Meal Plans How to Edit an Existing Meal Plan You edit NutriBase Meal Plans one day at a time To edit a Meal Plan click the Meal Plans Tab then click the Folders Button This will display your Meal Plans for you If you don t have any existing Meal Plans you can copy an NB Meal Plan into your General Folder Foodlog Ex Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals M Reports Graphs Notes Criteria B Meal Plan B N y 2 NB Meal Plans Hypertension Meal Plan 1200 calories New 40 30 30 Meal Plan 2300 be Double click the Meal Plan you want to edit This will take you to the Meal Plan window 203 Hypertension Meal Plan 1200 calories v General Tracker Personal Foods Meals Meal Plans Graphs Meal Pian Copy Week 1 Hypertension Meal Plan 1200 calories PCF 22 50 28 BE Conn Byline Nutrition Info Criteria e fos Cis Mak PE T ays with foods Trans Fat 0g C Day6 KIWIFRUIT RAW CHINESE GOOSEBERR 2 mediu
299. on about the current client E Home or user View user tips and quotes a Progress Calendar graphs generate a Quick Report and view a variety of graphs showing weight and or body fat progress over time or a Forecast of weight loss based on past performance average daily calorie intake since Day One Notes 1 Your Quick Report gives you a snapshot of information for the current date You can select up to 12 nutrients to include in your Quick Report Here s how Hover over or near your Quick report Button on your Home window RMC and select the option called Quick Report Nutrients 2 You can add as many new quotes into a section called My Quotes To do this go to the window in the lower left corner of your Home Window This is the window that shows you NutriBase Tips Dieting Tips Dieting Quotes etc Click the down arrow and select the My Quotes option To edit any existing quotes or to add new quotes right mouse click and select the option to edit your quotes You can add as many new quotes as you like The Information Window Q tomation The Information Tab provides access to informative topics in PDF BEN that you can provide to your clients or users This tab will Fats Oils and Sweetener allow you to access PDF documents from a variety of categories After selecting a Topic Category from a drop down menu similar to the one shown here you can select a particular document to view and or
300. on the Cloud Step 2 Wait for synchronization This process can take from a few minutes to an hour or more After your Sync Folder has synchronized Step 3 Install NutriBase Install NutriBase over the top of an earlier version of NB11 if you are updating or over the top of your NB10 version if you are upgrading Don t uninstall the previous edition and make sure to correctly specify the path to your Sync Folder After you finish your installation of NutriBase you can begin working with it right away all your latest data will be available to you You don t have to wait for synchronization in this case because the NutriBase Setup is set to never overwrite your Program Data Note The path to your Dropbox Program Data Folder We referred to this as the Program Data Installation Folder above is stored in a text file called nbpd txt which is stored in the NutriBase ProgramData folder usually c programdata nutribase If you change this path for any reason you can edit this text file to tell NutriBase about your new location Important If you delete the NutriBase Sync Folder on one of your synchronized computers this data will disappear from all your synchronized computers that s what file synchronization does You can easily retrieve files that have been deleted from Dropbox Just click on the Trashcan Icon at the top on the window which when you mouse over says Show Deleted Files Nonetheless we recommend you m
301. on to the software so it can make a multitude of calculations and set up nutrition goals for you or your client From here you can 1 Introduce yourself or a client to NutriBase by answering about a dozen basic questions age gender height weight desired weight etc You can enter up to a million clients into NutriBase Professional 2 Abbreviate the process by simply logging in with a client number or name only 3 Select a starting date for tracking information and progress This date can be in the past if desired 4 Select the tracking method you will use for this client 20 5 Enter in starting and desired body weight 6 Enter in starting and desired body fat content This is optional but many health experts believe that body fat content is a more accurate indicator of healthy body composition weight To facilitate the use of this option we sometimes provide an incentive in the form of free digital body fat calipers with your purchase By clicking the Continue Button you move to the second window of the Profile section This second window looks like this Add a Profile Window Two Anticipated date to reach your goal 7 19 2009 Activity Level Lightly Active Starting Weight 158 20 Ibs Goal Weight 15000 o A rm ae Goal BodyFat 67 nl Daily calories to lose 0 50 Ibs per week 2333 Harris Benedict z Calorie Formulas Using the Harris Benedict formula 66 47 13 75 71 8 kg weight 5 00 E 6
302. ontribute to vitamin E activity for the RDA IOM 2000 they do contribute to the UL Items that are fortified with RRR a tocopherol natural vitamin E are identified by a footnote and the added vitamin E can be used directly for contribution to 104 the UL The majority of foods that are fortified with vitamin E are infant formulas and breakfast cereals For these foods the value for total vitamin E was used for added vitamin E the small amount of intrinsic vitamin E was not considered In fortified peanut butter the intrinsic vitamin E was calculated since it is a substantial amount Vitamin K Much of the data for vitamin K were generated under NFNAP and supersede the values in the Provisional Table PT 104 Weihrauch and Chatra 1994 Vitamin K is extracted with hexane purified with solid phase extraction using silica columns and quantitated using HPLC with chemical reduction and fluorescence detection Losses are corrected using vitamin K1 as internal standard Booth et al 1994 Lipid Components Fatty acids are expressed as the actual quantity of fatty acid in g per 100 g of food and do not represent fatty acids as triglycerides Historically most fatty acid data were obtained as the percentage of fatty acid methyl esters and determined by GLC analyses AOAC 996 06 These data were converted to g fatty acid per 100 g total lipid using lipid conversion factors and then to g fatty acid per 100 g edible portion of food using
303. or example to select a report type for a recipe click the Reports Tab click the Recipe Button then click the down arrow and scroll to select the type of report you want to create E Client 49 Exercise wp Pri L Simple Recipe Report Detailed Recipe Report he Add NFL Poly and Mono fats Composition Report Recipe Macro Report RTF HTML Add NFL footnote Recipe Cost Report Recipe Report Excel CSV Recipe Spreadsheet Report Excel CSV ind Note that you don t create a Recipe Report in the Reports Tab you use the Recipes Tab to create and organize your recipes but you the Reports Tab to create a Recipe Report This same principle applies to all other types of report NutriBase provides the ability to create a variety of reports for clients exercise personal food items recipes meals and meal plans Client reports include Comprehensive Report Comprehen E ient sive Summary Report Food Log Report Food Log Summary Report Food Log Query Report Calories In v Calories Out Food Log Composition Analysis Food Log Ratio Report Percent of Goals Weekly Food Journal Calendar View Weekly Food Journal Spreadsheet View Calorie Expenditures Report Exercise Report Exercise Summary Report Diabetic Report Diabetic Summary Report Initial Assessment Report Detailed Client Report Client List Client Weight and Body Fat Report Exercise related reports include List or Exer
304. orts for you CyberSoft Inc cms Select whether you want to use an image or a text type of header in your reports If you plan to use a graphical header create it prior to selecting this option NutriBase will allow you to browse to your image so it should exist when you look for it Click this radio button option and navigate to the image you want to have appear in your reports If you choose to use a text header select this option and type in the text you want to have appear This is normally your name company name address phone email web address etc Make sure your company name is properly typed into the appropriate box in this window Click the OK button to save your work 212 How to Edit Your Under Over Comments Pro and higher Whenever you create a report that contains a POG Percent of Goals Report you have the option to include Under Over comments Under comments appear when the client eats less than her goal of a particular nutrient Over comments appear when the client eats too much of a potentially toxic nutrient You can control many facets of these comments including when they appear what they say and which ones you want to display Suppose you don t like the existing default Over comment for vitamin C You can edit this comment or any other Over or Under comment To edit the Vitamin C Over comment click the Reports Tab Click the Client
305. ose or gain per week LastName Client s last name Lbs2L G Wk Client s pounds to lose or gain per week Mhr Client s maximum heart rate MI Client s middle initial ModDate Modification Date user modified start date NursCal Calories to add to cients daily calorie allotment because she is lactating PregCal Calories to add to clients daily calorie allotment due to her pregnancy Rhr Client s resting heart rate Salutation Client s salutation Mr or Ms StartBMI Client s starting BMI StartBodyFat Client s starting body fat content as a percentage of total body weight StartDate The date when the cient information was first logged in to NutriBase StartWtKgs Client s starting weight in kilograms StartWtLbs Client s starting weight in pounds TotKgsToL G Client s total weight in kilograms to lose or gain TotLbsToL GAClient s total weight in pounds to lose or gain Wks2Goal Clients approximate number of weeks to reach his or her weight goal Calorie Related Macros AlcCal Client s daily alcohol goal in calories AlcPerc Client s daily alcohol goal as a percentage of total calories Calories Client s daily calorie Kcal intake goal to reach his or her goal CarbCal Client s daily carbohydrate requirement in calories CarbPerc Clients daily carbohydrate requirement as a percentage of total calories DayCal2Main Client s daily calories Kcal to maintain current b
306. ou can also highlight so 220 and click the Add selected item Button 98 78 Or you can highlight it right mouse click s2 378 and select the option to Add selected o 200 food item 63 36 264 0 m 40 Note When you select Food Categories vem 7 you have the option to also select the subcategories for the major Food Categories We call this option using Advanced Food Categories To enable this just right mouse click over the area where you search results are displayed and checking the Advanced Food Categories option Turn this option off by un checking this option The Auto Search option tells NutriBase to re conduct the previous search when you select another Food Category The Search Footer option allows you to search for strings within your search results if desired How to Import Web Profiles Pro and higher Reset columns Add selected item you may also drag and drop Item details Add to PFI Item Cost mi Print Add selected item View item details Add to my 2 59 41 PM 3 5 2014 236 Once you begin collecting profile data from your web based questionnaire that we helped you install as a part of the SE Edition package you will want to download the data and import it into NutriBase Once you do this you can create a variety of reports for these new clients to send to them via email To import the client data collected from your web based questionnaire cli
307. ou have eaten so far against your nutrition goals for the day By default this goal is the DRI for you age and gender but you have the ability to customize these 220 goals as desired in your Client Profile Professional Editions of your User Profile Personal Editions Performing this comparison tells NutriBase which nutrients are needed and which nutrients are the most inadequate based on what you ve eaten so far today NutriBase runs a proprietary algorithm that compares your nutrient needs with every food item in our NDI Nutrient Database see Glossary of NutriBase Terms The resulting output from this algorithm is a listing of food items They will appear in your Search Results window in the bottom portion of your Food Log window Notes 1 We evaluate the values for 25 nutrients to derive a food item s NDI see Glossary of NutriBase Terms Most Brand Name foods do not qualify for consideration A food that lacks values for most vitamins and minerals is unsuitable for consideration as a high nutrition food 2 If you rely on the NBFTE function you can optimize results by recording your Food Log entries using data from the USDA or Canadian nutrient databases This will give you more complete vitamin and mineral data and provide a more accurate baseline for calculating your NBFTE 3 When you include Brand Name data in your Food Logs NutriBase assumes that missing values displayed in NutriBase as blanks are zero This mea
308. ou visit 47 Meals NutriBase Meals are collections of foods that represent a meal or snack This window allows you to organize your meals create and manipulate your Folders set up your Meal Criteria and create Meals Meal Organizer Home My Setups Food Log Meatless Meatloaf Vegetarian Pasta Delight Click this Organizer Button to work on the Meal Folder you selected here ein Organizer you work with ONE Folder at a time You can create Folder subdivisions called Tabs by using your Right Mouse Click RMC and selecting the New tab option To organize your Meals drag and drop them from your All Meal Tab into these new Tabs Tabs self alphabetize themselves and your Meals self alphabetize within your Tabs The All Meal Tab contains all your Meals in alphabetical order In this example this user organized her General Folder using the Folders button into three Tabs Breakfast Dinner and Lunch Clicking this button brings you something similar to the EF organizer image above Please take a moment to familiarize yourself with the various annotated features This window allows you to organize your Meals NutriBase Meals are collections of foods that represent a meal or snack They can include items from the nutrient database PFI s and recipes You can organize your meals into Folders You can have up to 26 Folders Within each Folder you can organize Meals into as many tabs as y
309. ou wish When you are in the Meals Tab look to the very top of your NutriBase window to see which Meal is currently active In this example Oatmeal toast and coffee breakfast is the active Meal and it resides in a Folder called Vegetarian Breakfast General is the original default folder for Meals in NutriBase 48 The Vegetarian Breakfast Folder shown above was created by a user When you first start using NutriBase there is only one Meal Folder called General The Vegetarian Breakfast Folder is currently active If you want to organize a different Meal Folder click the down arrow and select the Meal Folder you want to organize Meal Folders NutriBase supports up to 26 Folders for your Meals EA folders Home My Setups as Meals Buttons Vegetarian Pasta Delight Click this Folders Button to create Folders and to organize your Meals into these Meal Folders Fi Use your Right Mouse Click RMC to create rename and delete Meal Folders You can drag and drop your Meals from Folder to Folder You can select Folder and use the RMC to import Meals into that folder or export existing Meals from that Folder This user created three Folders Italian Mexican and Vegetarian The General Folder which was present at installation is missing because this user renamed it to Italian Each Folder can be further organized into Tabs To create and or organize a Fold
310. our Meal Plan was copied for you How to Add Cost Data to Your Food Items Chef and higher NutriBase offers you a few ways to add cost data to your foods and ingredients The most efficient way to add cost information is to use the NutriBase Cost Database However there are other ways to add cost information to your recipe ingredients that may be more convenient for you under certain situations Here are a few ways to add cost data to your NutriBase recipes meals and meal plans Cost Database You can add cost information to all your recipe ingredients by using the NutriBase Cost Database To access this function click the Home Tab to get to the Home Window You do not access the Cost Database from the Recipe Window you access it from the Home window To access the Cost Database click the NutriBase Menu Icon then select the Cost Database option 208 Crestwood Fred v General Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Mg e NutriBase 11 Professional Backup Q Restore NO client Import Options Exit NutriBase Select the source of the ingredients to which you will be adding cost information A source can be a Recipe Folder a PFI Folder or a Meal Folder Then add your cost information This method is generally the most efficient and fastest way to add cost data to NutriBase But it is not the only way You can also add cost information to any food item that you see in the nutrient database To do t
311. our statement Because NutriBase does not track the ingredients used in the foods in its database it does not attempt to automatically notify you when you select foods that may contain allergens Q If you will want to create a French English French or French English label click the toggle icon next to the allergen box to toggle between English and French languages Please type in the French allergen statement as desired Include a sorted ingredient listing To include a sorted ingredient listing check the box labeled Add ingredients as follows Your ingredients will be listed in descending order based on their gram weight contribution to your recipe You can edit your ingredient listing as desired The ingredient names are truncated after the first comma included in the Food Name so edit as required To make permanent changes to the ingredient names open the recipe and edit the ingredient names in the recipe itself Click the Upper Case Lower Case and Mixed Case Buttons to edit the ingredient cases You can include this ingredient listing in French if desired 8587 Click the French Button to display a window that will allow you to type in the French word for the English ingredient You cannot edit the English words in the dictionary but you can edit them as you have always been able to in the NFT window NutriBase will remember these translations for you for use in future labels Create the NFT Creat
312. ouse button down move the mouse to the last cell you wish to select then let go Slideshow In the NutriBase Tracker you can add one or more photographs for any user including yourself If you add multiple photographs you can display them as a slideshow The slideshow will display the photographs in chronological order of the picture s creation date Spreadsheet Format This is a tabular display format that places columns and row of nutrient information on the screen You can scroll 147 vertically and horizontally to view more data You can double click on any food item to see all the nutrients for the selected food item at once You can view the data in split screen mode You can resize and or re sequence columns You can select a food item and copy it to an intake PFI recipe or Meal You can jump to any food item or brand name You can export selected data or print it SR Data SR stands for Standard Reference It is short for the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference which in this product consists of the USDA SR data the data contained in our Medical Nutritionals food category the data contained in our Vitamins and Mineral Supplements food category and the data contained in our Commercial Ingredients food category Substring Search A string search is one that looks for a string of characters such as a food name A substring search is one that looks for a substring of c
313. ouse click any recorded food item and click the Add to QA Button or right mouse click over the window and select this option This will add a food item you previously added to your Quick Add list The Quick Add feature remembers the food item along with this serving size and the mea you normally assign it to Using the Quick Add feature can save you time and effort How to Refresh Your Meals and or Recipes You may find yourself modifying existing PFI s Personal Food Items that are used in your existing recipes and or meals We sometimes release an update that includes updated nutrient data for foods that you may have used in your existing recipes or meals or inside a recipe that you used inside another recipe or another meal To update all your recipes to make sure you are using the most current data you can perform a Refresh operation on your recipes Refresh opens all recipes recreates all recipes on the fly using the latest data Personal Food Items and other recipes then saves them for you Refreshing all your recipes assures that they are as up to date as your current nutrient information is You can also refresh your Meals in a very similar manner To refresh your recipes click your Recipes Tab click your Folders Button right mouse click and choose the Refresh option To refresh your Meals you can refresh them the same way click your Meals Tab click your Folders Button right mouse click and choose the Refr
314. ouse click over the shopping list and select the Export or Report options In NutriBase you access nearly all software functions via the RMC This approach saves screen space and unclutters the interface it also makes it easy to quickly view understand and implement your options The Notes amp Lists Tab also supports two other windows 1 NutriBase includes a To Do List and a Work Planner Scheduler 76 2 NutriBase also supports three types of Notes 77 CLIENT INTAKE MODULE PRO AND HIGHER The NutriBase Client Intake Module CIM is a Windows software product that you can give to your clients It allows them to record their own Food Log information for up to a maximum of 30 days When they are finished they can copy their recorded data to a USB Drive to give to you If they prefer they can send their data file to you as an email attachment This is software you can upload to your web site or have NutriBase burn to a CD for you Once you import this file into NutriBase it will be as if you had entered this data for them Note Please read the topic titled How to Import Data From Your Web Based Questionnaire in the How To section of this User s Manual to learn how to import the data left for you by your web site visitors Once this data is imported you can quickly generate a variety of reports save them as PDF files post them to your web site print out a report to hand to your client or
315. ow on the upper rigt Data entries per page 196 Print graph Save graph side of this window and select the type of information you want to display on your Home Window graph The Weight vs goal graph option is a popular selection 197 A RMC over your graph area to see your setup options Click on b each of these menu options and study your options You can select background color background images graphing styles line step points hollow etc The Data entries per page option lets you select how many entries you include on a single window a week a month a year etc And of course you can print the graph or save it in a wide variety of image formats How to Create Servings Sizes Measured in Calories Suppose you wanted to create snack packs containing 200 calorie servings of say walnuts Here s how Click the Recipes Tab Create a recipe Begin by locating the walnuts you want to use and add it to a new Recipe You can drag and drop it or right mouse click to add it to your recipe Home Client Setup FoodLog Exercise Tracker Personal Foo Recipe Name Recipe keywords and WALNUT ENGLISH DRIED RAW Servings 1 00 D Specify servings by amount and unit Serving Ingredient Specify servings in calories serving size will be specified in grams Calories in serving 200 calories Serving size in grams grams WALNUT OIL SR 04 WALNUT BLACK DI WALNUT BLACK DI Don t Add
316. ow symbol on the left Your license permits you to install NutriBase onto up to three computers for your own personal use Each user is required to have their own 159 license to use NutriBase Note The path to your Dropbox Program Data Folder We referred to this as the Program Data Installation Folder above is stored in a text file called nbpd txt which is stored in the NutriBase ProgramData folder usually c programdata nutribase If you change this path for any reason you can edit this text file to tell NutriBase about your new location Important If you delete the NutriBase Sync Folder on one of your synchronized computers this data will disappear from all your synchronized computers that s what file synchronization does You can easily retrieve files that have been deleted from Dropbox Just click on the Trashcan Icon at the top on the window which when you mouse over says Show Deleted Files Nonetheless we recommend you make periodic NutriBase Backup files You can tell NutriBase to prompt you to make backups Important Never use your NutriBase Sync Folder to store files that were not installed there by the Setup Program or put there for you by NutriBase Never store your NutriBase Backup files in your NutriBase Sync Folder How to Upgrade From NB10 to NB11 on Your Computer This installation assumes you want to install and use NB11 with synced data on a computer that already has NB10 or an earlier version
317. own arrow circled in the image to the left What you should do next will be revealed to you Green underlined text in the software provide you with explanations regarding the text topic you click on Q These glyphs are scattered throughout the software Click them for context sensitive help Read the How To Topics We added dozens of How To topics to this Manual to help you figure out how to perform a variety of tasks Check your Table of Contents to locate the How To Topics We recommend you take a good look at all of these topics and step through as many of these as you find helpful Performing these tasks will not only teach you how to perform the task at hand it will show you how to perform many other similar tasks going through these How To topics will get you up to speed with NutriBase very quickly Use Your Table of Contents Spend a minute to review your Table of Contents This is a simple but often overlooked approach to learning how to use NutriBase The NutriBase Tabs Take time to look at each Tab in your user interface and learn what you can do in each of these sections Knowing that something can be 11 done and knowing where to do it are more than half of knowing how to do it The following pages provide a brief overview of the various windows available in NutriBase We recommend you look at each window and read the listing of functions you can access from each window As you become fami
318. pe Report Comprehensive Recipe Report Composition Report Recipe Macro Report RTF HTML dx Recipe Spreadsheet Report Excel CSV Cookbook Report U S How to Add Custom Headers to your Reports Chef and higher Professional users often include a personalized report header to their reports This header contains your name and contact information to let your client know who you are and how to contact you To create a report header click the Reports Tab I Recipe Cost Repo Click the Reports Tab then click one of the report type buttons Client Exercise PFI Recipe Meal or Meal Plan Client Exercise S g PFI 23 Recipe Meal gj Meal Plan ud Crestwood Fred v General v Report groups Diabetic Summary Report v Use report header Header setup Footer with Date amp Time v Checking the User report header will tell NutriBase to insert your header into your reports Un checking this box will assure that your header will not appear in your reports Click the Header setup Button 211 Use a graphic header Use a text header You may select a header font and use 1 to 5 lines of text Each line will be centered in the report header Cybersoft nutribase com support nutribase com Name please edit the company name below with your company name or your actual name it will be inserted into your Initial Assessment Rep
319. pe web pages Sources of Nutrient Data Screen Shots Summary of Features Take me to your Competitors Top Selling NutriBase Books Update History Update NutriBase Versions N Update Upgrade Policy Upgrade from NB10 to NB11 Unique features Versions of NutriBase Visit our competitors Clicking Update NutriBase Versions takes you to a window that allows you to select and download all the available NutriBase versions Make sure you download the version you purchased If you don t have the current version that is if your NutriBase version number is lower Web based synchronization What to look for What to Look For in Nutrition Software w Go to our Personal Edition s web site than the one that is displayed click the appropriate link on this web page to download the latest update We provide a link to this page in your NutriBase software s options Resources option which you can access by starting NutriBase clicking the NutriBase Menu icon in the upper left corner of the NutriBase window clicking on Options then the Resources Button How to Upgrade Your Copy of NutriBase Upgrades are not the same thing as updates You are entitled to all the free updates for the version that you purchased If you have the immediately previous edition you can purchase an upgrade to the current edition at discount All updates we release for the version you purchased are free If you 170 purchased NB11 the
320. pendix Some inconsistencies may appear in the last decimal due to the conversion and rounding of numbers but are inconsequential in the overall accuracy of the data Many amino acid and fatty acid profiles are calculated based on a difference in total protein or total fat from a similar food with an analyzed profile For these foods no standard error or number of observations appear 134 Metric System Equivalents for Units of Measure Type US and Imperial measures Metric Canadian Household Equivalents Measure em em JJ e rem mem om a 1 fluid ounce US 29 57 ml a 1 fluid ounce Imperial 28 41 ml 41 ml 1 cup 8 ei fluid 236 6 Baie 250 EE ounces 1 pint 16 fluid 473 2 ml ounces 1 pint 20 lls fluid 568 3 ml 500 ml ounces 1 quart 32 US fluid 946 4 ml ounces 1 quart 40 Imperial 1136 5 ml fluid oz 1 gallon 128 i fluid 3 786 ml ounces 1 gallon 160 i 4 546 ml fluid ounces 1 cubic inch 16 39 ml 2 54 cm 15 63 cube ml Length 1 dinh 2 254cm cm 254em 1 pound eie 453 6 45369 1 cup poultry amp EA g 250 mE Fl g cooked meats diced 1 cup poultry amp 110g 250 ml 116g cooked meats ground References for CNF Nutrient Data 1 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Composition of Foods Raw 135 Processed Prepared Release 14 Release 15 Release 16 Release 16 1 Release 17 2 Department o
321. print are some documents you can 17 view in the Fats Oils and Sweeteners category Keeping Trans Fats in Focus You have the ability to add and or remove topics and organize them any way you wish To do this you simply organize your files inside of a set of Folders on your hard drive Each of these Folders is listed as a Menu Item in your Home Window Information section In the example below the Folder called Child Care shows up as a Menu Item called Child Care The other menu item topics are the names of other Folders These folders exist in your Program Data PDF Folder we ll tell you where this is on your hard drive in a moment Child Care y Breastfeeding Fact Sheet y Diseases and Disorders Fats and Oils Health Screenings and Tests These Menu Items represent your PFI Folders Kid s Nutrition Needs Miscellaneous Nutrition for Everyone Sweeteners Each of the Menu Items above represents an actual Folder on your hard drive You can create many new categories if you like by adding new Folders that will appear in the left hand drop down menu Each of these Folder contains a set of either actual PDF files or what we refer to as link files NutriBase link files are simple text files that include the hyperlink to a web based PDF that will appear when you click on it The name of the link files or PDF files is displayed in the drop down menu The menu automatically alphabetizes this me
322. py of NutriBase on another computer If you working with a workgroup and you are restoring data it is important that all members of the workgroup refrain from using NutriBase until the data is synchronized first to the Cloud and then to their own computers Learn how the sync service you select indicates that it is synchronized Training Never allow a new collaborator to join your workgroup without understanding the information in this section of your User s Guide Allowing members of your workgroup who don t understand and observe these common sense guidelines will likely wreak havoc on your valuable work This is not a risk that most NutriBase users would want to take You might consider conducting a bit of training and give a quiz to make sure that all your workgroup members know how the Sync Folders work and how use safe practices for workgroups Backup Frequently We highly recommend you 1 make at least a daily backup of your NutriBase data Remember if you delete all your NutriBase eua files from your computers Sync Folder the synchronization service will propagate this deletion 5 Recycle Bin to all the computers To make a backup click the NutriBase Menu and select the Backup option You can save your NutriBase Backup files to 169 Q Restore any location on your hard drive except in your Sync Folder You can also save your NutriBase Backup files to removable media like a flash drive If you like you can set your N
323. r recipe image and your Nutrition Facts Label image up to your web site You will want to upload them to your WeblmgPath which is normally a folder you reserve on your web site for images We would recommend you create a folder for holding only recipe images and label images something like http nutribase com rcpimages Your recipe images and your Nutrition Facts Label Images are stored in your ProgramData Folder This location differs in different Windows versions but it is commonly located in c ProgramData NutriBase rcpimages and c ProgramData NutriBase nflimages If you are using a Sync Folder it will be in your Sync folder in a subfolder called rcpimages recipe images or nflimages nutrition facts label images You can select whether you want to include a U S Nutrition Facts Label or a Canadian Nutrition Facts Table Just select the country format you prefer on the Recipe window when this macro report is selected Important Your ProgramData folder i e c ProgramData NutriBase is a hidden folder By default Windows Explorer or File Explorer in newer operating systems does not show this allow you to see this folder To view hidden folders like your ProgramData folder adjust your view properties to tell Windows that you want to view hidden folders Company Name Click the Header Setup button in the Report window to enter in your Company Name or your own name Once you do this your company name will be captured in a
324. r Backup and Restore functions EULA After clicking the NutriBase Menu Icon click the EULA Button to view your End User License Agreement This EULA indicates your NutriBase usage provisions Recycle Bin After clicking the NutriBase Menu Icon click the Recycle Button to select the type of file you wish to retrieve from the NutriBase Recycle Bin Your options include the restoration of Personal Food Items PFI s Recipes Meals and Meal Plans Backup Click the Backup Button to perform a Manual Backup This is a backup you perform when you feel like making one Anytime you do a lot of work in NutriBase it s a good idea to make a backup It may be a better idea to have NutriBase schedule automatic backups by clicking the Options Button located at the bottom of this window more on this soon 85 Restore After clicking the NutriBase Menu Icon click the Restore Button to restore a NutriBase backup You can only restore a backup for the version you are currently using For example if you are using NB11 you can restore NB11 backups NUTRIBASE OPTIONS Click the NutriBase Menu Icon M Next click the Options Button at the bottom of the resulting window to access and view the NutriBase Options Doing so takes you to the NutriBase Options window You will see skivo s tied founder fies siaw 5 Recyde Bin several choices including Backup Restore su Cl
325. r edition for you 2 If they provide you a file on say a USB Drive just view their file and double click on the file they sent to you You will recognize this file because it will have the file name that they assigned to it and a file extension of n11cim A good choice for the file name might be the client s actual name 83 3 To import a client s data while you are in NutriBase click the NutriBase Menu Icon and click the Client Import Button Point to the file it will have the file name that your client gave it plus a file extension of n11cim Exporting Importing PFT s Recipes Meals Meal Plans You can transfer the content export of any NutriBase Personal Food Item PFI recipe meal or meal plan very easily Once this information is exported to a file you can give that file to any other NutriBase user and they can transfer that data in import to their copy of NutriBase The major versions of NutriBase that create the files and import the files must be the same NutriBase 11 can import files that were exported from NB11 There is one exception to this PFI s containing additional data MyFields data cannot be exported or imported However you can use backup and restore to move these PFI s to another PC if you like Exporting PFI s Recipes Meals or Meal Plans To export any NutriBase Personal Food Item PFI recipe meal or meal plan go to the appropriate Tab i e go the Rec
326. r recipe image placeholder shown on the right if you haven t added a photo yet Doing so will bring you a host of options for adding deleting replacing photos or even adding an image of your recipe that you may have found on the Web fs re In NutriBase you access nearly all software functions via the RMC This approach saves screen space and unclutters the interface it also makes it easy to quickly view understand and implement your options We recommend you view the Recipes Window in your software and right mouse Click over each section This will reveal your many options to you Study them Click on them to see where they take you By doing this in every NutriBase window you will get up to speed with the software far more quickly A common question we get is How do I print out a recipe Or How do generate a recipe report and save it to a PDF or other format The answer First you create a Recipe Report Then print it or save it or both Here s something to remember You don t create a recipe report in the Recipe Window You create reports in the Reports Window Check the How To section of this User s Manual for an example of how to 55 print a recipe report 56 Recipe Folders A recipe is a collection of food items from the nutrient database from your Personal Foods or from NutriBase Recipes You can organize your recipes into Recipe Folders Recipe Folders are major cont
327. raditional Knowledge and Native Foods Database13 have been incorporated into the database They all carry the term Native in the food description and the foods themselves can be located within the group of like foods i e Finfish and Shellfish products Lamb Veal and Game Products Density or Specific Gravity The CNF data has been changed to provide the density or specific gravity of the edible portion of homogeneous foods Most of these densities are calculated from the weight of a 2 54 cm cubed one inch cube These densities are most commonly applied by those users employing food models For foods with no refuse the factor can be used directly for foods with refuse the percent refuse must be subtracted from the model volume before applying the factor Portion Size Conversion Factors The conversion factors are food specific multipliers by which the nutrient values for each food may be multiplied to give the nutrients in described portions They should not be considered as average or typical serving sizes Multiplying by the factors provides the nutrients in the edible portions described in the CNF file e g 1 fruit 100 ml puree Local markets must always be checked for available foods and the selection of values to be used in calculations must be based on such local information The volume portions have been derived from the cup measures and suffer from the same strictures as described in USDA Handbook No 456 Appendix
328. re was independently developed by CyberSoft Inc NutriBase software contains major portions of the Canadian Nutrient Files CyberSoft also calculated eight additional fields of data These new fields include Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates Calories from Fat and Calories from Alcohol CyberSoft also calculated Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates Calories from Fat and Calories from Alcohol and added them into the database These eight values were calculated using the compensated 4 4 9 method see Appendix All eight of these new fields are searchable within the software Please direct all questions regarding NutriBase to CyberSoft Inc at 480 603 8359 8 3 Mon Thu Arizona time Introduction to the Canadian Nutrient Files The Canadian Nutrient File CNF is a computerized food composition database containing average values for nutrients in foods available in 123 Canada Much of the data in the CNF have been derived from the comprehensive United States Department of Agriculture USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference up to and including Standard Release 171 Foods included in the USDA database which are known not to be on the Canadian market are excluded Modification for Canadian levels of fortification and regulatory standards along with addition of Canadian only foods or Canadian commodity data as well as where appropriate some brand name foods form this standard Canadian resource
329. red using backup and restore functions Macros for Use with Custom Recipe Reports NutriBase macros begin and end with and are not case sensitive Typing the macro in the column below insert its associated in that position Use these macros and as many times as you wish in your template file for custom recipe reports Macros are supported in the Professional and higher ACalories ProtCal AStarch FoodEnergy AProtPerc Sugars Protein ACarbs AGlucose 249 Fructose AGalactose ASucrose Lactose Maltose Fiber ANetCarbs ACarbCal ACarbPerc AFat1 SatFat TransFat TransMonoFat TransPolyFat MonoFat PolyFat Omega 3 Omega 6 FatCal FatPerc Cholest Alcohol AlcCal AlcPerc Ash Water Caffeine ATheobromine Phytosterols Stigmasterol ACampesterol ABeta Sitosterol AVit A RAE ARetinol BetaCarotene AlphaCarotene ABetaCrypto Lycopene ALutein AVit A IU AThiamine ARiboflavin ANiacin APantothenic NVit B6 Total Folate Food Folate Folic Acid AFolate DFE NVit B12 ABiotin AVit CA AVit D AlphaToc ABetaToc AGammaToc ADeltaToc AVit E IU AVit K ACalcium AMagnesium APhosphorus Potassium Sodium Chloride AChromium Copper AFluoride lodine Aron Manganese Molybdenum ASelenium Zinc Histidine lsoleucine Leucine Lysine AMethionine Phe
330. ress Washington D C www nap edu 18 Weihrauch J L L P Posati B A Anderson and Exler J 1977 Lipid Conversion Factors for Calculating Fatty Acid Content of Foods J Amer Oil Chem Soc 54 36 40 19 Health Canada 2005 Relating Canada s Food Guide to Healthy Eating to Canadian Nutrient File Foods on line http www hc sc gc ca food aliment ns sc nr rn surveillance cnffcen e_relating _cfg html 20 Health Canada 2005 Relating Canada s Food Guide to Healthy Eating to Canadian Nutrient File Foods Rationale on line http Awww hc sc gc ca food aliment ns sc nrrn surveillance cnf fcen e_rationale html 21 Health Canada 2005 Thresholds for Assigning Foods to Specific Groups and Subgroups on line http www hc sc gc ca food aliment ns sc nr rn surveillance cnf fcen e thresholds rtf 22 Adams C F 1975 Nutritive Value of American Foods in Common Units U S Dept of Agric Agricultural Handbook No 456 137 GLOSSARY OF NUTRIBASE TERMS Active Client The active client is the selected client the one you re currently working with This client s name appears in the Client Selection List at the top of your screen when you select the Client function You can select the active client by clicking the down arrow in the Client Selection List and selecting the desired client The Professional and higher allow you to organize your clients in up to 26 Client Folders All Foods Tab This is a tab in the
331. rgzanized her General Folder using the Folders button by creating a few new Tabs called Beverages Fruit Ingredients and Veggies Take a moment to study the image above to learn how this section of NutriBase is organized The annotations reveal your options Create a new folder by clicking the New folder Button Move PFI s from Folder to Folder by clicking the Move Button e You have many other options right mouse click on the data to see your various options Add New Foods to NutriBase This window is the place where you would go to create a Personal Food Item PFI from scratch You will need the an 43 nutrient information for any PFI you want to add to NutriBase Enter your data into the form provided Make sure you enter a gram weight for the serving size you define You can enter percentages from Nutrition Facts Labels You may add Exchange values if you want to PFI Folders NutriBase supports up to 26 Folders for your Personal EJ Folders Food Items PFI s Personal Food Items PFI s are food items that you have added to NutriBase by key stroking in the nutrient data and or foods you have located in the nutrient database that you had NutriBase convert into PFI s for you Personal Foods E Folders a Se eder Mele 4 lt Personal Foods ove ist B Frozen Entrees PNG T Mexican Organic lt APPLE GLAZED PORK MEDALLIONS ENTREE BREADED CHICKEN BREAST STRIPS W MACARONI amp CHEESE Clic
332. riBase you access nearly all software functions via the RMC This approach saves screen space and unclutters the interface it also makes it easy to quickly view understand and implement your options The NutriBase Meal Plans Tab also provides you with five additional windows that provide you with many additional Meal Plan options Some of the things you can do here include 1 Copy any existing Meal Plan to any existing client s Food Log You select the Meal Plan the calorie level the client the start date and the number of iterations repetitions of the four week plan 2 You can copy a Meal Plan to a new Meal Plan that you may want to edit and save as a modified Meal Plan for a client with special needs You can copy the entire plan or copy only selected meals and snacks You can copy days or weeks of your plan NutriBase lets you set up what you want to copy and how 3 You can copy a client s Food Log into a Meal Plan you are creating This is helpful if you have a person who is eating well but just needs a critical analysis and modifications to his eating plan 4 Organize your Meal Plans into Folders of other similar Meal Plans 5 Modify the nutrition standard that you compare your Meal Plans to Default values are the Daily Reference Values used for Nutrition Facts Labels The Basic Approach to Creating a Meal Plan 64 This is an overview of a normal way of creating a Meal Plan As you become proficie
333. riBase Menu Button in the upper left corner of NutriBase and then clicking the Options Button THE EXERCISE TAB 36 This section allows you to setup exercises add exercises move them into the infrequent exercise list etc create workouts combinations of activities and exercises record your daily exercise auto record a list of activities and exercises you perform every day and keep logs of your exercise habits and routines Exercise Setup This Tab allows you to organize your activities and sep exercises and to add new exercises when necessary Click the sub tabs to view your Frequent Exercises Target Heart Rate Zone THRZ Exercises Monitored exercises and Infrequent Exercises Workouts Workouts are lists for activities that you can group 9 Workouts together They can speed up the recording of your exercises by recording several activities at once Once you have your workout the way you want it click the Save option to save in the Workouts section of this and other windows Note NutriBase allows you to view print edit and create workout routines and many other types of documents in the Information window of your home page Daily Exercise Use this window to record your activities and YF Daily Exercise exercises Drag and drop exercises or double click to add them to your list for the day You can double click to edit the duration and intensity Auto Record Exercise right mouse click any
334. ric word processor format you can open with MS Word style reports Don t use them with HTM style reports AddIngredBrand Adds the Brand name to ingredient listings NolngredHyphen Removes the hyphen from ingredient listings IngredLowerCase Forces lower case of ingredients 252 NngredTab Uses tabs instead of hyphens AlngredDec1 Sets recipe nutrients to 1 decimal place rather than the default value of 2 decimal places Information from the Web Based Questionnaire 1 Date Date of the submission 2 Time Time of the submission 3 name fname First Name 4 name mi Middle Initial 5 name Name First Name 6 name Email Email Address 7 name phone Telephone 8 name address1 Address Line One 9 name address2 Address Line Two 10 name city City 11 name state State 12 name postalcode Postal Code 13 name country Country 14 name measure Measure value e English inches Ibs een i Metric cm K g 15 name sex value f Female value m Male 16 name p n pregnant nursin g value na Not Applicable checked value pregnant Pregnant value nursing Nursin g 17 name height 18 name age 19 name bodyframe value sm Small value md Medium value lg Large 20 name activity Activity Level value sed Sedentary value mod Moderately Active value va Very Active 21 name resweight Present Weight 22 name desweight Des
335. rk with the Research Quality Nutrient Database you will access the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference the vitamin and mineral supplements category and the medical nutritionals category enteral and parenteral products The information available for display will vary with the NutriBase version you are using Introduction to USDA SR Data USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference The USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference is included in the NutriBase software This nutrient database is prepared by the Nutrient Data Laboratory NDL Beltsville Human Nutrition Research Center United States Department of Agriculture Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service Beltsville Human Nutrition Research Center Nutrient Data Laboratory 10300 Baltimore Avenue Building 005 Room 107 BARC West Beltsville Maryland 20705 As information is updated new versions of the database are released The NutriBase software which contains all of the USDA data was developed by CyberSoft Inc without endorsement or collaboration with the Nutrient Data Laboratory Direct all product inquiries to CyberSoft at 480 603 8359 8 3 Mon Thu Arizona time The use of trade firm or corporation names in the USDA nutrient database is for information and convenience of the user Such use does not constitute an official 90 endorsement or approval by the USDA Agricultural Research Service of any product or service to the exclusion
336. rmation section Bear in mind that you can create many new major left hand menu categories by adding new Folders subdirectories to your NutriBase Program Data Folder You can store new PDF files in these folders to add new topics that you can access through NuitriBase This may be a convenient way for you to create your own custom library of handouts and educational materials for your clients Note In higher versions of NutriBase you will find NutriBase Link Files along with the PDF files A link file is a simple text file that contains a single line hyperlink to a PDF file located somewhere on the Web For example the Folder c ProgramData nutribase pdf Nutriton For Everyone contains a link file called Fish Facts link It contains this text http nutribase com ipdf Nutrition for Everyone Fish Facts pdf This line is a hyperlink to the Fish Facts PDF file which resides for you on the NutriBase Web Site How to View Your NBFTE Next Best Food To Eat NutriBase can help you select the next best food to eat Here s how it works You first begin recording foods into your daily food log After you eat a minimum of 15 of your daily calorie goal the NBFTE Button will appear on your Food Log window EGGPLANT BOILED NO SALT Target PCF 15 55 30 20 39 41 Log details Item details Day Summary Click the NBFTE Button to display your next best foods to eat NutriBase compares the nutrition from the foods y
337. rmatted these are web page formats Initially there are three template files for you to edit The assumption is that you will provide clients with different information depending on whether they wish to lose gain or maintain their current body weight You may add as many new template files as you require 89 To see the relationship between the template file and the actual assessment report first look at a template file then look at the report that it produces Notes a We recommend you generate a report after you edit a template to assure it is error free b If you misspell a macro it will appear in the report as UNDEFINEDMACRO If you see this in your final report take note of where it appears and fix it in your template file c If you are missing a caret symbol in your template you will have problems Every macro must have one and only one caret symbol at the beginning and one and only one caret symbol at the end of each macro d When the UNDEFINEDMACRO note appears in your report the remaining macros may become unreliable Company Name One thing you will likely want to do right away is to assure that your company name will appear in your Initial Assessment reports Do this by clicking the Header setup Button and type in your company information DOCUMENTATION FOR THE USDA DATABASE A nutrition manager is reliable to the extent that its data is reliable When you choose to wo
338. rom scratch if you like Because recipes normally serve as the foundation for most Meal Plans the first step in creating a Meal Plan is to create all the recipes you will use in your Meal Plan You will use these recipes as building blocks for your new Meal Plan When you build your Meal Plan you can also add food items from any of the NutriBase nutrient databases For example you could an 8 oz serving of orange juice taken from the USDA database Or a slice of whole wheat bread toasted You create NutriBase Meal Plans the same way you edit them one day at a time So to create a new click the Meal Plans Tab then click the Meal Plan Button Click the New Plan Button to begin your new Meal Plan from scratch 204 a No Meal Plan v General EE EKAN E Home ClientSetup Foodlog Exercise Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meals Meal Plans Reports Graphs Notes amp Lists CIM 5 Criteria Meat Pian fl Meal Pian Cor By NB Meal Plans gWesk1 l PCF 0 0 0 amp Dayi Conmnent Byline Nutrition Info Criteria T Day fatty om C Days Food Serving Size Calories Meal ID SatFat Og 0 C Day6 es mih bod Trans Fat 0g West Lem je ae Shop list items Cats 09 p as cd Protein Og 0 oe E SNE View Detailed Nutrition Food Lookupsup Search type Food name search vr Search for Enter food name Edo Search across Y USDA Canadian Brand PFI PUF
339. rovided so you can store information far pertaining to medical conditions physician information hospital insurance pharmacy and emergency contacts Tracker Logs This window allows you to log in measurements biceps dress size etc Body Chemistry cholesterol glucose etc and miscellaneous factors You can also add new items to track Notice that as you add data you begin to graph your progress for that tracker item right mouse click to print or to save to a file The Information Tracker Window No Client ecipes Meals MealPlans Reports Graphs Notes amp Lists June 2013 Tue Wed One of the three windows under the Tracker Tab is the Weight Body Fat Window This is where you log in your body weight and or body fat content From here you can 1 Enter your body weight and or body fat content by clicking on the date your BMI is automatically updated 2 Print this information 3 Calculate your required body fat content based on the U S Army AR600 Body Fat specification 4 Add Photo You can add a photo of your client You can add several photos of your client You can delete any photo copy any photo or save any photo to a file If you have several photos you can display them in a slideshow 40 The other two windows available under the Tracker Window provide additional capabilities 1 The Logs Button takes you to a window that facilitates the recordi
340. rs Mexican Pizza Soup Chili Condiments Dressings Sauces Toppings Salads Salad Bar Items Breads Muffins Crackers Sausages and Luncheon Meats Frankfurters Lunch Meats Meat Spreads Fillings and Snacks Sausages Side Dishes Meat Dishes Potato and Onion Dishes Rice Legumes Salads and Other Dishes Stuffing Vegetable Dishes Snacks Chips Crisps Puffs Curls Balls Sticks etc Fruit Snacks and Bars Grain Cakes and Snacks Granola and Granola Bars Popcorn Pretzels Snack Bars Snack Mixes Toaster Snacks Soups Bouillon Food Service Soups Condensed Drinks Meat Substitutes Soups Mixes Vegetables Nonspecific Soups Ready to Dried Pork Substitutes Serve Fresh Soup Chili Spices Frozen Other Vegetarian Fresh Packaged Products Ground Crumbled Vegetarian Products Vitamins amp Mineral Dried Powdered Beef Substitutes Supplements Seeds Egg Substitutes Minerals Sports and Diet Fish and Poultry Multi Vitamins and Nutritionals Substitutes Minerals Bars Wafers Legume Based Vitamins Puddings Substitutes MACROS FOR USE WITH ASSESSMENT REPORTS All NutriBase macros begin and end with 4 Typing the macro in the first column below will insert the value indicated in the second column Use these macros anywhere you wish and as many times as you wish in your Initial Assessment Report template file Macros are supported in the Professional and higher of NutriBase These macros are not case
341. rs from the saved one XLS Excel file extension When you see XLS after a report name in the Reports Tab it means that you can export the report you create into Excel format The file extension for Excel is xls 149 THE ATWATER CONVERSION FACTORS The following chart shows you the calories per gram of Protein Carbohydrates Fat and Alcohol contained in a variety of foods The data makes it clear that although the official AOAC approved 4 4 9 method of calculating calories is simple it is also a crude calculation method Baked Beans with Tomato pee ae om Sauce SAD Beans 8 37 Z 9 02 8 37 Baked Beans with Pork 3 50 4 Tomato Sauce 00 3 40 4 00 3 68 3 82 4 16 8 80 wma for sef er cs 37 Cellophane 8 37 150 ae ermer E 8 30 Corn Bran 1 82 2 35 8 37 Com a jam a7 Comme Devers oe ae for aan Spraah fo 400 em Fesil Protein Gas Far EN ee Flours average of Corn 2 96 3 78 Rice Wheat 4 04 4 12 French Fried Potatoes 4 00 Fruit Flavored Drinks 3 60 3 78 2 48 3 60 Long Rice Noodles 3 47 4 07 Macaroni Regular Macaroni Vegetable Macaroni Whole wheat Milk and Milk Products Millet 3 87 4 12 Nuts Fruits Canned 3 36 Fruits Raw 3 36 151 Peas peee KAKE Pork Quinoa Ea pee e a e HEG KEANE Rice Bran Rice Brown es Brown foa peme 0 mw Rye Semolina Shellfish Soba Noodles 3 37
342. rs in attaching common names or systematic names to fatty acids in this database Though individual fatty acids are more specific than in past releases it is not possible to include every possible geometric and positional isomer Where specific isomers exist for a fatty acid the common name of the most typical isomer is listed for the undifferentiated fatty acid and an asterisk designates the specific isomer by that name For example the most typical isomer for 18 1 is oleic Thus the specific isomer by that name 18 1 c is designated in Table 2 as oleic Table 2 Systematic and Common Names for Fatty Acids Common name of Fatty acid Systematic name ge most typical isomer Saturated fatty acids o ee o f o f e ve o 106 most typical isomer fatty acids BM o a es e EE E eee E ee i a a 22 1 trans Polyunsaturated fatty acids 18 2 i mixed isomers 18 2 n 6 cis cis 107 i Common name of Fatty acid Systematic name eee most typical isomer 18 2 conjugated linoleic acid acid CLAS Kle a Ko EE End isomers BR o E Ed a E EJ S 20 3 n 6 NG Ce o a Bans comahoraonoOr Designates the specific isomer associated with the common name the typical isomer is listed for the undifferentiated fatty acid Fatty acid totals Only a small portion of the fatty acid data received for release in this data contains specific positional and geometric isomers Therefor
343. s This involves taking a minute or two to tell NutriBase a few things about yourself or a new client This client could be a patient or family member we use the term client to mean anyone you enter into the software for tracking purposes The things you provide include basic information like age gender height weight desired weight etc If you are a woman it also asks you whether you are pregnant or lactating You also have the option to enter in your Body Fat Content NutriBase will track your progress in terms of body fat content as well as in terms of body weight Many experts consider Body fat content to be a more accurate indicator of ideal weight than the published charts or Body Mass Index NutriBase uses this profile information you provide to determine your client s DRI s nutrition goals your client s Daily Calorie Allotment and to calculate close to 200 things that relate directly to this person nutrient goals calorie needs etc These data are used by NutriBase to make calculations and predictions for you and your clients In Professional versions you can also insert any of these bits of information directly into custom reports that you are able to generate Here are two ways to move to your Profile Window Method 1 Click the Client Setups Tab This is called Client setups in Professional Editions or My Setups in the personal editions Click the down arrow inside the Profiles Button
344. s and locate the items you wish to add to your Recipe You can add USDA food items Canadian Nutrient File food items Brand Name food items Personal Foods Food items you have added to NutriBase Recipes and Meals Just check the boxes next to the databases across which you want to conduct your searches To locate food items from the nutrient database Personal Food Items or other recipes use the Food Lookups section of your window located near the center of the Recipe window The Food Lookups area looks something like this GD roodt Food name search l v F PUI If you fail to locate a food item you believe should be in our nutrient databases please email us and inquire new users sometimes fail to understand how to locate a particular food item and we can help you with that 59 Refer to the Food Search How To Topics for information regarding how to perform Food Lookups Use the Table of Contents To add foods to your Ingredient List located in the upper left corner of this window highlight the food item you want to record then click the Add selected Item Button Click the View item details Button to view all the data for the selected item in a single scrolling window Click the Add to my PFI Button to add the selected item to your Personal Foods listing Click the PUI Display Button to see an alphabetical listing of Previously Used Ingredients Click on
345. s of food AAn Amino acid content per gram of nitrogen Vp Protein content of food Nf Nitrogen factor In the past the number of data points appeared only on the food item for which the amino acid pattern was developed not on other foods that used the same pattern It referred to the number of observations used in developing the amino acid pattern for that food For foods processed in the new NDBS the number of observations used in developing an amino acid pattern will be released only with the pattern The amino acid profiles calculated from these patterns will show the number of data points to be zero If amino acid values are presented for an item with more than one protein containing ingredient the values may have been calculated on a per gram of nitrogen basis from the amino acid patterns of the various 111 protein containing ingredients Then the amino acid contents for an item on the 100 g basis were calculated as the sum of the amino acids in each protein containing ingredient multiplied by total nitrogen in the item 112 Retention Factors When nutrient data for prepared or cooked products were unavailable or incomplete nutrient values were calculated from comparable raw items or by recipe When values are calculated in a recipe or from the raw item appropriate nutrient retention and yield factors are applied U S Department of Agriculture 1994 To obtain the content of nutrient per 100 g cooked food the nutrient con
346. sasderns desk II RECIPE ORGANIZER o E E EE 53 THE RECIPES WINDOW vitse ad 54 RECGPE FOLDERS AAEE E EEN EAE ECE E ve pevedeescesteavereddvoss dosed E E 57 RECIPE CRITERIA CHEF AND HIGHER cccsssseceesesceceensececseeeeeesseeecsesaeeesnneeeeneaee 59 CREATE AvREGIPE sp vn ve ae 59 COSTING A RECIPE CHEF AND HIGHER ccsccceesssceceessececeeeeecesseeecsesaeeesseeeeeneaee 60 PULDISPLAY os tescpecebs ces Sencs steen dende a emcee tes 60 How TO ADD RECIPES TO FOOD LOGS RECIPES MEALS OR MEAL PLANG 62 REFRESH YOUR RECIPES c cccccccecssssssececececsessaececececeesenesecececeesenseaececeeeceessaaeeeeecs 62 The Meal Plans Tab visssssis cskscscsistsnriocssssekssetevisveskesteristevesse 03 MEAL PLANS WINDOW sa bike eda he 64 MEAT PLANS ORGANIZER vaieieedivcvecsen des te caeesenouncesees tesedecotnden a E 66 MEAT PEAN FOLDER Sv sene 66 MEAL PLAN CRITERIA PRO AND HIGHER J rorororonnrnrrornnvnrrnrrvrrrnnrnrrsrrnvsrssnrsrsrennnn 67 CREATE A MEAL PLAN shine ren cos 67 PUE DISPEAY kue bee eee nedi 68 MEAL PEAN COPY EEE eidet ET DEE dreiende dr T 69 How TO EDIT AN EXISTING NUTRIBASE MEAL PLAN erorvrorereronnnnrvvnsnrsnensnnrnnnensnenn 69 The Reports Tabsssesssern sees 70 4 THE REPORTS WINDOW 00csesesssesssssesssesessscscsssesesssesesesseeseseessssesesesssssesesenenees 71 UNDER OVER REPORTS eororvrnrersnennnnrrnnenrsrensnnrnnnenssnsnannnnrnrnsnnenannnnrsensnssnenannnnnnsnssenn 72 THE NUTRIENT DENSITY IN
347. sccccececeessnsececececeesensscececececsenssaeeeeececsensaaseeeess 39 PERSONAL INFORMATION ssido5ecsvecedecovnsesdtecaseddeevnceuectve desevouneesieavescddvessdededtbarcecdexteets 40 TRACKER EOGS ae Be Risto po seth eas anced Aer 40 THE INFORMATION TRACKER WINDOW ssessssesececeesessscececececsentsaeeeeececeesssaseeeecs 40 The Personal Foods Tab ssssccccccccssssecsessssssscccecssessesee L PERSONAL FOODS WINDOW nrerrnnnnnnrrrnrnrrnensnnrnnnenssernennrnnnrnssnesennnnrsensnsssennnnrsnnsnssens 42 PEL ORGANIZER e AANE D EEE AEE EEE ETE S OE EERE ETE endte 43 ADD NEW FOODS TO NUTRIBASE aoorornrrnennnnnnrnnnenssnrnannrnrnrnssnenennnnrvensnsssenennnsnnsnssnnn 43 PET BPOLDERS a EELA E SEAE EAE EE il EE E EEEE 44 ADD PFI S TO FOOD LOGS RECIPES MEALS MEAL PLANG s scccccceceesssneeeeees 45 ADDING A NEW FOOD ITEM TO NUTRIBASE ccccecesssssscecececeesseceeeeeceesenssaeeeeees 45 The Meals TD isccssiccinidacesdedsvacceuiddvesvsvivtesierdhaeveaaicddszwsdnanse 47 MEAD T cocci bh Shvae nere 48 MEAT ORGANIZER eo pisces cesduands cocscostunde kabinen een ices 48 MEAT HOLDERS vaksne enes 49 MEAL CRITERIA PRO AND HIGHER sccessesceceessececeesaeceeneeeecessaeeecsesaeeesseeeeenenee 50 CREATE AMEAb sete AG 50 PUF DISPLAY unde niest 51 ADD YOUR MEAL TO A FOOD LOG OR MEAL PLAN scsssscsccececsessseeceeececsenssaeeeeees 52 REFRESH YOUR MEALS 4 svsccceesssccvecsvhoescescoscsdeoshceseesve ideene 52 The Recipes Tabsssa
348. scribing individual fatty acids is that the number before the colon indicates the number of carbon atoms in the fatty acid chain and the number after the colon indicates the number of double bonds For unsaturated fatty acids additional nutrient numbers have been added to accommodate the reporting of many specific positional and geometric isomers Of the specific isomers 105 there are two basic classifications considered omega double bond position and cis trans configuration of double bonds Omega 3 n 3 and omega 6 n 6 isomers are denoted in shorthand nomenclature as n 3 and n 6 The n number indicates the position of the first double bond from the methyl end of the carbon chain The letter c or t indicates whether the bond is cis or trans For polyunsaturated fatty acids cis and trans configurations at successive double bonds may be indicated For example linoleic acid is an 18 carbon omega 6 fatty acid with 2 double bonds both in cis configuration When data are isomer specific linoleic acid is described as 18 2 n 6 c c Other isomers of 18 2 for which nutrient numbers have now been assigned include 18 2 c t 18 2 t c 18 2 t t 18 2 t not further defined and 18 2 i 18 2 i is not a single isomer but includes isomers other than 18 2 n 6 c c with peaks that cannot be easily differentiated in the particular food item Systematic and common names for fatty acids are given in Table 2 Table 2 is provided for the convenience of use
349. se g Galactose g Sucrose g Lactose g Maltose g Dietary Fiber g Clear Selected In this case we are searching for Fruits We set 500 calories as the maximum number of calories any food can contain and we told NutriBase to sort these foods from lowest calories to highest We further specified NutriBase to display foods with at least zero protein and display them from high to low You can specify as many or as few parameters as you wish In general the fewer parameters you specify the more hits you will get Click the Okay Button when you are finished EC iick the Search Button to conduct the Query When this search is finished notice that the foods are arranged from lowest calories to highest up to a maximum of 500 calories The protein values are listed from high to low When two foods have the same number of calories the one with the most protein is listed first This type of logic applies to all your queries even if you specify a large number of parameters Play with the Query search to mine your nutrient database How to Conduct an Advanced Food Item Search The Advanced Food Item Search is powerful and flexible It is a more 234 complex type of search than most NutriBase search types Mastering this option will help make you an expert NutriBase user GD Food Lookups up Search type Advanced food item search Search for presifted flour EJ o Search across USDA
350. sed on their gram weight contribution to your recipe You can edit your ingredient listing as desired The ingredient names are truncated after the first comma included in the Food Name so edit as required To make permanent changes to the ingredient names open the recipe and edit the ingredient names in the recipe itself Click the Upper Case and Mixed Case Buttons to edit the ingredient cases Create the NFL Create the Nutrition Facts Label by clicking the Create NFL Button All values will be rounded in accordance with the FDA rounding rules for Nutrition Facts Labels The nutrients that are required to be presented as a percentage of daily values will be calculated for you as well After you create the label you can print it by clicking the Print icon To save the label to an image format click the Save icon it looks like a diskette Notice you can save the label as a BMP JPG WMF EMF PDF or PNG The BMP format is suitable for word processor documents and the JPG file will work on any web site page Consider using the WMF EMF or PNG formats for use in producing publication quality label images you can hand over to your printer for mass production Note The label created by NutriBase is basic yet it is by far the most popular label format in use today If you need labels formatted differently you may need to use a different software program However since other label creation programs tend to be far more expens
351. seeeeeeeee 84 EXPORTING PFI S RECIPES MEALS OR MEAL PLANS cccceceesesseceeeceeeesssateeeees 84 IMPORTING PFI S RECIPES MEALS MEAL PLANS ccccceceesesssceeeeeceeeesseaeeeeees 84 THE NUTRIBASE MENU c cccccccecsssseccecececsessaceecececsessncaecececeesensnaececeesesensaaeaeeecs 85 BULA upraktisk Bivens 85 RECYCIEBIBIN Ananas E techs E E nede EE E E doser 85 J BINE aU EEEE E A E A E ale 85 PARRAK PA arts 86 NutriBase Options sssssssssssseseessooesesssecesesssccesssooeceessooesessseee OO E IN SAN DESEE EEE ESE EE E E E EE EE E oe REN E AES 86 EMAMT SETUP vanns a s ae ae a ee I OANE 87 AUTOMATIC BACKUP SCHEDULING OPTIONS rnrrrrrrrnverrnnrrrrrrnnrnrrsrnnvsrsnnnsrrrennnn 87 QUICK ACCESS TOOLBAR nettene eee eee 87 FLE LOCATIONS vs E E A E AE AEREN 88 RESOURCES AE E E AEEA EEE E TE E ET 88 Create an Initial Assessment Report cccssccssesssesesreees OO Documentation for the USDA Database cs00cee00 IO SPECIFIC UPDATES TO THIS EDITION sc scccccceceessssececececeessaececececeessececececeenes 92 CONTENTS OF THE USDA SR NUTRIENT DATABASE 0 cccccccecsessseceeececsensaeeeeees 94 PROXIMATES EE E E suwseeg sen E E E E ed aree 95 MINERALS uttak E S 97 ATA BeN D a PEE EEA ce E E A RS 98 LIPID COMPONENTS aaa A EE E E EIE 105 RETENTION FACTORS 0sseeesesssesesesesssesssssesesesesesesesssesesesesseesesessseseesseeeeeeseeees 113 WEIGHTS AND MEASURES cccceceessscesecececs
352. send them to your client as an email attachment You can customize this software There are no per copy fees royalties or any charge of any kind You can make as many copies as you wish Any CD s you burn are reusable They are designed to auto run when the user inserts their CD into their CD Drive 78 Client Intake Module Tab NutriBase will burn a CD or DVD for you to provide to your clients They are royalty free and will never expire You can affix your own custom labels that include your contact information Your clients can record food logs and exercises for up to 30 days and then email this data to you or provide it on removable media This Tab allows you to customize and create burn a Client Intake Module CIM 1 The Client Intake Module CIM is software you can upload to your web site or have NutriBase burn to a CD for you You can give this software to a client They can install this to their own PC and record their own food intake for up to 30 days They can save this to a flash drive or email it to you as an email attachment Once you import this file into NutriBase it s as if you had entered this data for them You can quickly generate a variety of reports save them as PDF files and post them to your web site email them to your client as an email attachment or print out the report to hand it to your client 2 This window allows you to customize your CIM and burn it to a CD You also have the opt
353. ssing values The CNF is particularly suited for assessment of diets recipe development menu planning when ingredients or menu items are not specific and for population nutrition surveillance activities where nutrient intake distributions are used to conduct risk assessments such as modeling for fortification proposals It is also useful in the initial stages of product development to ensure that nutritional targets can be met While there are many target uses of the CNF use of generic information from reference databases for calculating nutrient values for labeling purposes is generally not recommended since a close match to the product formulation or specific ingredients and processes cannot be assured Most users are looking for an average or mean value for the generic representation of the foods as described These generic values have been derived from combining brands of similar products for example all major brands of ketchup various varieties of oranges or similar beef cuts from various producers These data may also be developed by a commodity association utilizing sample units from different producers and represent a hypothetical generic product that is represented by a single value Analytical values represent the total amount of the nutrient present in the edible portion of the food including any nutrients added in processing The values do not necessarily represent the nutrient amounts available to the body as often this relates to
354. st gram weight and so on The new NDB number with the highest letter suffix designator has the highest gram weight As stated previously the NDB numbers with no suffixes identify the 100 gram food items in the SR Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates and Calories from Fat CyberSoft calculated these values by multiplying the conversion factors for protein carbohydrates and fat by the total grams of protein carbohydrates and fat then calculating their percentages relative to the total kilocalories in the food item Please see note below for information regarding the conversion factors for mixed ingredient foods Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates and Calories from Fat These values were calculated by multiplying the conversion factors for protein carbohydrates and fat by the total grams of protein carbohydrates and fat Please see note below for information regarding the conversion factors for mixed ingredient foods Note The USDA Nuirient Database for Standard Reference provides conversion factors of zero or blanks for mixed ingredient food entries Calculating Calories from or Calories from values would result in erroneous values i e 0 Calories from Fat Zero Calories from Carbohydrates For this reason CyberSoft used the 4 4 9 method to estimate the six added calories from fields for mixed ingredient food items The 4 4 9 method is an official AOAC method
355. symbol For example the macro LastName is a placeholder for the selected client s last name And Salutation is the placeholder for the selected client s salutation Ms or Mr as appropriate for their gender Any time you see ALastName in your Template File it will be replaced with the client s actual last name in the final report that you create To create a new assessment report template open an existing template file edit it as desired then us the Save or Save As option You can use the same macro as many times as you wish throughout your report You can add macros as desired to include additional information Anything you type iterally will appear in your report as is To see a list of all the macros available to you click the green and underlined link labeled Assessment report macros These macros are listing near the end of this manual as well Make sure the template you want NutriBase to use is selected in the drop down menus provided You can create several templates for each client situation whether they are trying to lose gain or maintain their body weight and these drop down menus let you select the template you want to use for this particular report Reports ending in RTF a generic word processor format You can open an RTF with MS Word f if you like and you can save it in Doc or Docx format if you want to Reports ending in HTM are HTML fo
356. t Exercises Gace Nee Aerobic Dance low impact Aerobics Slide Training basic Aerobics Step Training 4 step New Exercise Aerobics Step Training 8 step Basketball game cal hr lb Basketball leisurely nongame Bed Exercises Cardiac Intensity Bicycling 10 mph 6 minutes per mile Bicycling 13 mph 4 6 minutes per mild Duration 0 hours E Er Calesthenics Cooking Dancing noncontact Gressbane E Sort by burn rate Dancing slow Running 10 mph 6 minutes per mile 7 0 cal hr lb v Cancel Driving a Car i F j o as Eating Fishing 14 normal OK Gardening moderate 18 normal Golfing walking w o cart 20 normal Golfing with a cart 14 normal Handball 46 normal Moveto Infrequent gt Hiking with a 10 Ib load 36 normal fel Save Hiking with a 20 Ib load 40 normal S RMC Drag Ctri Shift Alt 6 00 14 PM 3 8 2014 New exercise 58588588 Check the box to sort the exercises based on their burn rate Click the down button to view your list of exercises sorted by their burn rate Estimate the burn rate of your new exercise by placing it appropriately between two exercises that most closely match it in terms of intensity Give the new exercise a name Type in the burn rate by interpolating between the two values for the exercises you selected Then save it It will be available to you henceforth 181
357. t Spinac pti Curried Chicken Move Pasta and Vegeta Salmon with Dill New folder Ctrl A sample Rename selected folder Vegetarian Chili Delete selected folder Edit recipe Delete selected recipes Add to food log Add to recipe Add to meal Add to meal plan Export amp Email selected Refresh Select the Import option Point to the recipe file you are importing and execute Remember this file could contain a single recipe or hundreds If they provided you this file on a USB drive point to the file on this drive If you received this file from an associate by email you can simply double click on the attachment NutriBase will import this file for you How to Add PFI s Recipes and Meals to Food Logs Say you have a Recipe that you want to add to a client s Food Log You could use the Food Item Search across Recipes to locate the recipe then add it to a client s Food Log But you don t have to The following method may be faster in some situations Click the Recipes Tab Click your Folders Button and click on a Recipe Folder containing recipes Highlight the recipe you want to add to a client s Food Log then RMC Note that you can add this Recipe to a clients Food Log to a Recipe a Meal or to a Meal Plan Choose the option you want to perform This same method is available to you in Personal Foods Recipes Meal and Meal Plans And you can copy any selected item
358. t up with this synchronization service Thereafter any time a change is made in the Sync Folder of any computer on this account this change will be propagated across all computers using this account You could have a computer at home in Phoenix one on a work computer in California and a laptop in the airport in Hong Kong It won t matter where you are you ll have access to the latest copy of your data from anywhere When you run the NutriBase Setup Program to install NutriBase to your computer it will install a large number of data files into your Sync Folder As soon as these files are copied into your Sync Folder they will immediately begin synchronizing to the Cloud This will take a certain amount of time This upload latency will vary from service to service A paid for account may synchronize more quickly than a free account due to the priorities assigned to your data The important thing to remember however is that as soon as you run the NutriBase Setup Program for the first time your NutriBase files will begin uploading to the Cloud Depending on your sync provider and other factors this can take a few minutes to an hour or even longer After all the NutriBase data files on your computer have been synchronized to the Cloud future synchronizations occur much more quickly This is because only the files that change and often only the parts of the files that change will be transferred during the sync operation After the initia
359. t you copy any portion of any Meal Plan to any client 207 rare E Home xel Tracker Personal Foods Recipes Meal Plans Reports Graphs Notes amp Lists Meal Plan Copy Nem Copy Meal Plan to Food Log 1 Select the meal plan you want to copy from General 2 Select the client you want to copy to Crestwood Fred v General 3 Select the meal plan days you want to copy from and the meals you want to copy amp Copy the entire meal plan Only copy the selected days and meals Week 1 Select Week 1 Breakfast Snack Week 2 Select Week 2 AM Snack eases Week 3 Select Week 3 Lunch PM Snack Week 4 Select Week 4 4 Select the starting date for your client to receive this meal plan data and how many times to copy the data Important When you copy an entire meal plan to a client it will overwrite any existing Friday March 07 2014 v food items in their log for the time period you select 5 When you are finished with your selections click the Copy button Copy Use this window to select all the particulars of the copy you want to perform Choose the Meal Plan Choose the target client Select the days and the meals you want to copy Choose the Start Date When you have made all your selections click the Copy button You can verify that your copy worked by clicking the Food Log Tab Make sure the client you copied to is the active client You will see that everything you selected to copy from y
360. tain no letters decimals or other characters Canadian Nutrient File Numbers Health Canada makes the Canadian Nutrient Files available for use in products like NutriBase They assign a unique number to each food item in this database These food items are for 100 gram portions of these foods These numbers are integers they contain no letters decimals or other characters Brand Name Numbers CyberSoft has compiled and included a large number of entries for brand name foods that the USDA has not compiled CyberSoft has given these entries unique NutriBase Food ID Numbers CyberSoft Brand Name entries include food items and restaurant menu items Each NutriBase ID Number is unique No suffixes are used NutriBase Food ID Numbers For many of the food items in both the SR data and the CNF data both NDL and Health Canada have provided the gram weights for common household measures Common household measures for the SR data tend to be in English measurements tsp tbsp cups oz etc while the common household measures for the CNF data tend to be in metric 114 measurements grams ml CyberSoft did the arithmetic required to derive the nutrient values for all food items that included gram weights for common household measures CyberSoft added suffixes to these common household measures and thereby produced new Food ID Numbers CyberSoft used these original SR and CNF numbers to create similar numbers that we call t
361. tallation CD or run your downloaded setup program and follow the instructions just like you do with a first time installation of NutriBase 3 Upgrade from NB10 Installation Just install NB11 over the top of an installed version of NB10 The setup program will replace the appropriate NB10 files with the new NB11 files NOTE NB11 cannot upgrade versions of NutriBase prior to NB10 There is no upgrade path from NB9 and older versions to NB11 If you have questions or concerns feel free to email us How to Install NutriBase To use a Sync Folder NutriBase version 11 1 and higher can support web based file synchronization If you are going to use the sync feature of NutriBase there are only a few different situations you are likely to find yourself in 1 This may be the first time you ve ever installed NutriBase 11 to your computer 2 You may be upgrading from NB10 to NB11 or updating from an earlier version of NB11 to the current version of NB11 3 You may be installing NB11 to your second or subsequent computer that has no copy of NutriBase on it 4 You may be installing NB11 to a second or subsequent computer that already has a copy of NB10 or NB11 on it The installation process is slightly different under these various scenarios Here s how to install NutriBase v 11 1 or higher under each of these situations Installing NB11 With a Sync Folder For the First Time This example assumes you have no previous installation of N
362. tent per 100 g of raw food is multiplied by the nutrient retention factor and when appropriate yield factors Ve Vr RFY Yc Ve Nutrient content of cooked food Vr Nutrient content of raw food RF Retention factor Yc Yield of cooked food Nutrient retention factors are based on data from USDA research contracts recent research reported in the literature and USDA publications Most retention factors were calculated by the True Retention Method TR Murphy et al 1975 This method as shown below accounts for the loss of solids from foods that occurs during preparation and cooking TR Nc Ge Nr Gr 100 Ne nutrient content per g of cooked food Gc g of cooked food Nr nutrient content per g of raw food and Gr g of food before cooking In general levels of fortified nutrients are the values calculated by the manufacturer or NDL food specialists based on the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act NLEA label declaration of Daily Value DV CFR Title 21 Pt 101 U S Food and Drug Administration Department of Health and Human Services 2004 Such values represent the minimum nutrient level one can expect in the product If analytical values were used to estimate levels of added nutrients a number is present in the sample count field for these nutrients Weights and Measures Information is provided on household measures for food items for example 1 cup 1 tablespoon 1 fruit and 1 leg Weights ar
363. ters This installation assumes you have installed NutriBase to one computer and you now want to install NB11 to your second or subsequent computer that does not have a version of NutriBase installed on it After you install your first sync enabled copy of NutriBase onto a computer you can proceed to set up NutriBase onto your other computers Remember you must install NutriBase v 11 1 or higher if you want to support Sync Folders Here are a couple of things for you to be aware of before proceeding Before you set up NutriBase on your next computer you must make sure that the previous installation of NutriBase on the other computer has fully synchronized with the Cloud If you Restored a NutriBase Backup file in your previous edition you must make sure that the restored data in the previous installation of NutriBase has fully synchronized with the Cloud If your previous installation of NutriBase is fully synchronized with the Cloud you may go ahead and install to your second and subsequent computers This example does not include pictures to help you perform these operations If you would like more detailed instructions please refer to the similar steps included in the previous two installation examples Step 1 Install the synchronization software on your new computer use the same account you created during your first installation of NutriBase It will immediately begin synchronizing with the NutriBase data on the Cloud This data
364. that client At this point you can use NutriBase to generate a wide variety of reports for them You can save these reports in PDF format and email them back or post them to your web site The idea is to market your services to your contact list For instance if your client is 43 years old and weighs 400 lbs your email newsletter would offer services that 43 year old 400 Ib person would be interested in You can always add the SE feature at a later date if you don t purchase it initially It is an option on our On Line Order Form If you purchased the SE option and had us help you install a web based questionnaire to your web site you will want to import the data collected from your web based questionnaire into NutriBase Pro or higher We call the data you collect from your web based questionnaire Web Profiles We call them web profiles because when you import this client data into NutriBase it appears as new client profiles Profiles downloaded from the Web Note To learn how to import your web profiles from your web based 28 questionnaire please read the topic titled How to Import Web Profiles from Your Web Base Questionnaire in the How To section of this manual THE FooD LOG TAB en ront Yanone GF totic This Tab takes you to the window you should be in to record a client s Food Log The Food Log is a list of foods a person has eaten over time Each day of a person s Food Log can be orga
365. the default path as shown above C ProgramData NutriBase However if you do intend to use the Dropbox Sync Folder to synchronize your NutriBase data across two or more computers you must click the Find button and locate your Dropbox folder When you do click on your username to expand that menu After the menu expands click on the Dropbox Folder as shown in the image below After you click on the Dropbox folder this folder will expand to reveal any folders contained in your Dropbox If the NutriBase Folder Does not exist it just means that you have not created it yet Don t worry the NutriBase Setup BB Desktop Share Home v t Br edo Libraries B Documents Music l Pictures B Videos a Homegroup E Ed username _ AppData Contacts ik Desktop Downloads 45 Dropbox sync Folder b nutribase Nutriase Sync Folder B Favorites T Links E My Documents My Music My Pictures E My Videos Program can create it for you if it does not exist 158 This is what you want to see sort of You should see your own username in the Edit Box rather than Ed Program Data Installation Folder Where would you like your NutriBase Program Data to be installed IF you are NOT going to use a web based sync folder your Program Data recipe meal plans etc should be installed in the folder listed below C ProgramData NutriBase IF YOU ARE GOING TO USE A WEB BASED SY
366. the point you wish to begin selecting Drag the mouse to the end of the text or graphic and release the mouse button when you reach the end of the information you want to copy to the clipboard To actually cut this information to the Windows Clipboard press Ctrl X That is hold down the Ctrl key on your keyboard then while still holding it down press the 141 X key once and then let them both go The information you have selected will disappear from the initial document and be available for you in the clipboard A similar command is the copy command Drag and Drop To drag and drop an item use the left mouse button of your mouse Point the mouse cursor at the item you wish to drag with the mouse cursor Press the left mouse button and while continuing to hold the button down drag your mouse cursor to the new location for the item you selected After you have the cursor in place drop the item by releasing the left mouse button NutriBase offers the drag and drop capability in several locations Enteral Nutrition Tube feed formulations Enteral Nutrition is a way to provide food through a tube placed in the nose and into the stomach or the small intestine NutriBase provides data for these types of foods in the Medical Nutritionals food category Exercise Intake An exercise intake is the total exercise that a client performs during some time period Normally that time period is one day When
367. the total lipid content Details of the derivation of lipid conversion factors were published by Weihrauch et al 1977 In the redesigned NDBS fatty acid data may be imported in a variety of units and converted within the system No conversions are required if data are received as g fatty acid per 100 g edible portion of food Data received as fatty acid esters and as triglycerides are converted to fatty acids using Sheppard conversion factors Sheppard conversion factors are based on the molecular weights of the specific fatty acid and its corresponding esters butyl or methyl and triglyceride Sheppard 1992 When fatty acid data are received as percentages of fatty acid methyl esters methyl esters are converted to fatty acids using Sheppard conversion factors and then multiplied by total lipid Nutrient No 204 to give g fatty acid per 100 g edible portion of food Occasionally total lipid values are available from a variety of data sources but individual fatty acids are available from fewer references In those cases it may be necessary to normalize the individual fatty acids to the mean fat value of the food item In the case of normalized fatty acids the sum of the individual fatty acids will equal the mean fat value multiplied by the Weihrauch 1977 lipid conversion factor for that food item No statistics of variability are reported for normalized fatty acids Individual Fatty Acids Individual Fatty Acids The basic format for de
368. tical listing of all your PUI s This saves you time and effort by eliminating the need to re conduct previous searches Select the PUI of interest and use it as desired Use the right mouse click to delete any PUI you no longer want to see listed Quick Add List NutriBase features a Quick Add option in your Food Log window After you have added foods to a Food Log you have the ability to highlight any number of these food items RMC then select the option to add the Food items to Quick Add Quick Add differs from PUF and PUI in that it remembers your serving size and meal snack selection Quick Add can be a database food item a PFI a recipe or a meal You can click the Quick Add Button to add any of these listed food items to any food log for any day Read Only This is a term that refers to a file on your hard drive It means you can read it look at it and use it but you cannot modify it and save it at least with the same name Read only files are protected from being overwritten Recipe Folders NutriBase provides up to 26 Recipe Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your recipes You can organize your recipes into major categories with these folders For instance you could create a folder for Body Building Recipes Vegan Recipes Heart Recovery Recipes etc Click the Folders Button to manipulate these folders and their contents Remove This
369. tions in which you are serving one meal per day rather that three 2 3 DRI would be for situations involving two meals a day 24 You may select the formula used to calculate daily calorie needs by checking the appropriate radio button If you are using an indirect calorimeter you can select the option to enter your own RMR The final section allows you to specify the default values for the PCF Ratio goals These percentages must add up to 100 Saturated Fat is of course a subset of total fat Client Setups Criteria Pro and higher i Use this window to set up the default values for client profiles you create Calorie Tracking Options You have three options for tracking calories Calories In versus Calories Out with adjustments as weight changes tracks the calories you take in from food and compares it with the calories you burn from activities and exercises This method uses your normal daily activity level to estimate the calories you expend each day then adjusts for exercise and other activities NutriBase adjusts your calorie requirements as your weight changes over time Calories In versus Calories Out tracks the calories you take in from food and compares it with the calories you burn from activities and exercises This method uses your normal daily activity level to estimate the calories you expend each day then adjusts for exercise and other activities NutriBase does not update your calorie requirements base
370. to Schedule your NutriBase Backups Start NutriBase click the NutriBase Menu Icon and click the Options Button e su You ll see a variety of options including F revdesn password protection which you ll have to O enter to start NutriBase if you select this option color schemes for your NutriBase T Restore windows and Automatic Backup aoe To schedule backups click the Automatic SY cost Database Backup option EB Registration ME Lei 177 Regularly scheduled automatic backups protect you from loss of work These backups can also help you transfer data to other Email Setup computers that are running NutriBase Automatic Backup F Turn on automatic NutriBase file backup Quick Access Toolbar Where do you want to save your backup files C Users Ed Documents File Locations Resources Backup file name NB11 Backup A date will be appended to the end of this backup file name How often do you want to create a backup Every 7 41 day s after last backup Select backup days F Monday F Wednesday M Friday Sunday F Tuesday Thursday F Saturday Backup file retention Don t delete any automatic backups Delete older backup after have backups How to Add a New Food to NutriBase With NutriBase you add new food items as Personal Food Items PFI s To do this start NutriBase and click the Personal Foods
371. tore your PDF files and link files in these Folders to create topics inside these categories Name each PDF file and or NutriBase link file as you want it to appear on the Information menu Keep in mind that all these Folders and files will self alphabetize themselves for you in their respective menus Here is an example of a typical NutriBase Link File The file name is Acne Fact Sheet link It contains a single line http nutribase com ipdf Miscellaneous Acne Fact Sheet pdf Based on its filename it will likely be one of the first topics in your menu of topics The single line in this example is a hyperlink to the Acne Fact Sheet PDF file that resides for you on the NutriBase web site You can create as many new link files as you wish by using this example as a template If you want to delete a major category from your menu you can do so by deleting the existing folder from your hard drive that will remove them from your Information window You can rename the folders to change their alphabetical sequence in the menu You can rename the PDF documents and link files to change their display sequence if you like You can create new folders containing new PDF s and or link files to create new major Information categories and topics One folder you may find interesting is the Workouts Folder This folder contains several sample weight training workout schedules If you look in the Workout folder on your hard drive you will see MS Word
372. triBase immediately after installation If NutriBase does not start immediately after the Setup Program is finished please start it manually from your server NutriBase will start and a password will be required to get into the application Master12User case sensitive is the default password You can change this password by editing your NBASENET DAT file later Edit your NBASENET DAT File Step 5 above 258 This file is located in the NBNET folder of your NutriBase application folder The NBASENET DAT file is a text file that you assuming you have administrative rights can edit using a text editor This process is discussed later in this document Place Shortcuts on Every Workstation As part of the setup process you must place shortcuts on each workstation on the network from which you want users to be able to access NutriBase Have the shortcut point to the executable file on your server NB11NW EXE is the executable for the NutriBase Enterprise Editions The default application folder for the NutriBase Enterprise Edition is x Program Files NutriBase To access NutriBase users can henceforth click the NutriBase Desktop shortcut Icon They will need to know their password which you will have set up for them in the NBASENET DAT text file Set Permissions Set permissions so that NutriBase can read and write to its Program Data folder by default x Program Files NutriBase Data This is accomplished w
373. tribase com and telephone support at 480 603 8359 8 3 Mon Thu Arizona time About this User s Manual Not every feature described in this User s Manual applies to all versions of NutriBase Many of the high end features apply only to NutriBase Professional and higher editions Some of these high end features include the ability to create Nutrition Facts Labels and save them into publication quality image formats save reports to a variety of formats PDF Excel CSV etc the ability to create a Client Intake Module support for a web based questionnaire access to 180 nutrient variables including amino acid and fatty acid profiles support for an unlimited number of clients etc NUTRIBASE BASICS The sooner you understand these basics the better Use the Right Mouse Click In NutriBase you access over 95 of software functions via the right mouse click Using the right mouse click saves screen space and unclutters the interface it also makes it easy to view understand and implement your options by pointing to the section of the window that you are interested in then RMC When you start learning NutriBase we recommend that each time you visit a new window you point to a section of interest on this window and RMC Study and click on your options This way you will to learn what you can do in any of many locations within NutriBase e Display your options in NutriBase The image on the right sho
374. tural Research Service 2004 USDA Database for the Choline Content of Common Foods Nutrient Data Laboratory website http www ars usda gov nutrientdata choline Accessed 6 19 2009 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 2005 USDA National Fluoride Database of Selected Beverages and Foods Release 2 Nutrient Data Laboratory website http www ars usda gov nutrientdata fluoride Accessed 6 19 2009 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 2008 USDA Food and Nutrient Database for Dietary Studies release 3 0 database Food Surveys Research Group website http Awww ars usda gov ba bhnrc fsrg Accessed 6 19 2009 U S Food and Drug Administration Department of Health and Human Services 2008 Food Labeling Code of Federal Regulations Title 21 Pt 101 U S Government Printing Office website http www gpoaccess gow cfr index html Accessed 6 19 2009 Van Winkle S Levy S M Kiritsy M C Heilman J R Wefel J S Marshall T 1995 Water and formula fluoride concentrations Significance for infants fed formula Pediatric Dentistry 17 4 305 310 Wait B K and A L Merrill 1963 Composition of Foods Raw processed prepared U S Department of Agriculture Agriculture 122 Handbook 8 Weihrauch J L and A S Chatra 1994 Provisional Table on the Vitamin K Content of Foods Revised USDA HNIS PT 104 Weihrauch J L L P Posati B A Anderson and J Exler 19
375. u add to a Food Log will PUF Display automatically be added to your PUF Previously Used Foods Display After you have added at least one food to your Food Log the PUF Display Button will appear And when you click this button you will get an alphabetical listing of all your previously used foods This can save you time and effort by eliminating the need to re conduct previous searches Just select the food item and you are ready to use it 68 You can delete individual PUF items To do so highlight it RMC and then select the Delete option This allows you to keep your food lists current and relevant to your needs As your PUF display becomes populated with the foods you use most often your search time will go down and your productivity will go up Meal Plan Copy NutriBase supports three copy options for Meal Plans Use this option to copy one day of a Meal Plan to one or more days to the same or different Meal Plan You can Meal Plan to Food Log copy also use this option to copy a Meal Plan and use it as the content for a Food Log to Meal Plan copy new Meal Plan with a new or similar name When you copy an NB Meal Plan to your General Folder or any other Meal Plan Folder you are making a copy that you can edit This option lets you copy a Meal Plan to a client s Food Log You select the Meal Plan specify the person to copy to and specify the start date When you initiate the operation NutriBase will fill
376. ure Agricultural Research Service 1991 Composition of Foods Snacks and sweets raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 19 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1989 Composition of Foods Cereal grains and pasta raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 20 121 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1988 Composition of Foods Fast foods raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 21 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1990 Composition of Foods Raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 1989 Supplement U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1991 Composition of Foods Raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 1990 Supplement U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1992 Composition of Foods Raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 1991 Supplement U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1993 Composition of Foods Raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook 8 1992 Supplement U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1992 Provisional Table on the Selenium Content of Foods USDA HNIS PT 109 U S Department of Agriculture 2007 USDA Table of Nutrient Retention Factors Release 6 Nutrient Data Laboratory Home Page at www ars usda gov nutrientdata Accessed 6 19 2009 U S Department of Agriculture Agricul
377. urse you can print the graph or save it in a Save graph wide variety of image formats 4 The graph shows you the active client s progress over time The active client is the client whose name appears at the top of the windows To change the active client click the down arrow next to the client name and select a different client 5 Click the down arrow just above the graph on the right hand side to select your display options show body weight weight v goal body fat content body fat v goal both weight and body fat forecast future weight based on all past performance etc 6 Access your choice of weight loss quotes dieting tips software usage tips etc You can also add your own favorite quotes Click the down arrow in the NutriBase Tips section lower left of you Home Window Select the My Quotes option To edit any existing quotes or to add new quotes right mouse click and select the option to edit your quotes Add as many new quotes as you like 7 The Calendar uses Happy Faces to indicate days on which this user did not exceed their Daily Calorie Allotment which is calculated for you by NutriBase The X icon indicates a day when the user exceeded his Daily Calorie Allotment 8 Click the Quick Report Button to generate a quick report that summarizes the most salient information for this client in a compact format 9 NutriBase allows you to color code the bar charts in the lower right corner
378. utriBase Options to remind you to make backups on a schedule of your own making How to Download Free Updates Anytime 24 7 You are entitled to all the updates we release for the NutriBase Edition that you purchased Visit the Update NutriGase Versions 7 ve NutriBase web site at nutribase com Research Quality Database T dietsoftware com for none EET professional editions click the Nav Single click recipe web pages Navigation Bar located in the sauces of Nutrient Data lower left corner of every page on the web site and click the Update Summary of Features Take me to your Competitors NutriBase Versions option Hauts NutriBase Books op Update NutriBase Versions ar SALVA Diabetic NutriBase books NB11 Manual Visit our competitors Pricing Information Download NB11 porde from NB10 Click here to find anything on this site V contact information Email usnow _ Copyright 1986 2013 by CyberSoft Ine Phoenix AZ 6 Why Buy NutriBase J Why Upgrade Meal Plans Purchase NutriBase Clicking the Nav Bar produces a scrolling topic list similar the one shown to the left Clicking any topic takes you to the page associated with that topic NutriBase Editions Nutrients Tracked Nutrition Facts Labels U S Personal Editions of NutriBase Pricing Privacy Policy Product Support Requirements Research Quality Database Restaurants Screen Shots Single click reci
379. utriBase on your computer and that you are installing NutriBase 11 for the first time 156 on your computer This is a clean installation You intend to use the synchronization feature to synchronize your recipes meal plans client data etc with a free web based file syncing service called Dropbox If you choose to use a different syncing service you can pretty much substitute their name in place of Dropbox and have a successful installation Step 1 Create an on line web based synchronization account with Dropbox by visiting www Dropbox com After creating your on line Dropbox account Step 2 Install the Dropbox software on your computer by following the instructions provided We recommend you accept their default selections This will create a Dropbox folder on your computer similar to the image at the right Make sure your computer is always automatically logged in to your Dropbox account this is the default setting The username will normally be your name The Dropbox Sync Folder is named Dropbox Other synchronization services normally use their own name for their Sync Folder as well Once your Dropbox Folder exists Step 3 Create your NutriBase Sync Folder inside your Dropbox Folder Do this by right mouse clicking on the Dropbox Folder selecting the option to add a new folder and giving it the name of NutriBase If you prefer you can add this NutriBase folder in the next st
380. ver comments to NutriBase To create a new Over or Under comment click the New button To delete an existing Over or Under comment check the boxes next to the comments you want to delete then click the Delete button How to Perform a Global Ranking A global ranking produces a sorted list of food items based on their values for any nutrient This sorted list can be taken from the entire NutriBase nutrient database or any subset of the database You can rank high to low or low to high P Foo Lootupsiy Sarp Somes gt Ze Search across V USDA Canadian Brand PF PUF PUI MyRecipes NBRecipes M Meals To access the Global ranking option click the down arrow of the Search type menu and select Global ranking Mark the databases you want to include in your search For example you might select the USDA Canadian and Brand Name databases Click the Rank Setup Button and set up your preferences for this search Click the Select a food category Button to select which food categories and subcategories you want to search across Note If you want to specify Food Subcategories as well as a major Food Category right mouse click over the Search Results area and click the Advanced food categories option Click the Apply Button to apply this setting After applying your preferences you may dismiss this window by closing it if you want to Click the Searc
381. verted to the active retinol Total Vitamin A activity of a food then is expressed as a sum of its retinol and carotenoid content after conversion Unfortunately more than one method of expressing this total activity have been developed and not used universally Also the National Academy of Sciences16 has recently determined that the contribution from carotenoids is roughly half of that thought previously resulting in the new unit Retinol Activity Equivalents Nutrition labels in the United States use International Units or IU 1 IU 0 3 mcg retinol 1 IU 0 6 mcg B carotene 1 IU 1 2 mcg other carotenoids Vitamin A on the Canadian Nutrition Facts table is expressed in Retinol Equivalents RE 1 RE 1 mcg retinol mcg B carotene 6 mcg other carotenoids 12 The new Dietary Reference Intakes DRI recommendations16 have now suggested Vitamin A should be expressed in terms of Retinol Activity Equivalents or RAE 1 RE 1 mcg retinol mcg B carotene 12 mcg other carotenoids 24 It is not simple or advisable to convert between RE s and IU s in a food containing both Retinol and carotenoids as one doesn t have information on the proportions of each Calculating any of these activity standards is best done by starting with the amounts in g of each fraction contributing to activity The CNF 2005 version lists values of Vitamin A activity in terms of RAE retinol in micrograms and B carotene in micrograms 131 Other Carotenoids
382. web site All three of these variables are stored in NutriBase macros These macros are placeholders for the information you type into these edit boxes For example your web site name is stored in a macro called WebsiteName 251 Whenever you type in WebsiteName into your template file the name of your web site as you entered it in the edit box will appear in your final report The other two macros are WebsiteAddr which holds your web site s URL and WeblmgPath which stores the path to your images on your web site The Website image path is where you must upload your recipe pictures and your recipe Nutrition Facts Labels on your web site When you create a web version template you will need to upload your recipe image and your Nutrition Facts Label image up to your web site You will want to upload them to your WeblmgPath which is normally a folder you reserve on your web site for images We would recommend you create a folder for holding only recipe images and label images something like http nutribase com rcpimages Your recipe images and your Nutrition Facts Label Images are stored in your ProgramData Folder This location differs in different Windows versions but it is commonly located in c ProgramData NutriBase rcpimages and c ProgramData NutriBase nflimages If you are using a Sync Folder it will be in your Sync folder in a subfolder called rcpimages recipe images or nflimages nutrition facts la
383. will conduct your Query For this example please select Fruits as your food category You can dismiss this window by closing it Click the USDA button to confine your Query to the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference BD Food Lookupsup Search type Ea E Sewchocom USDA Caos sand Note If you want to specify Food Subcategories as well as a major Food Category right mouse click over the Search Results area and click the Advanced food categories option You may dismiss this window by closing it if you want to Selecting this option allows you to select not only the major Food Category Fruits but also this major food category s subcategories All Dried Fresh Packaged Clicking the ALL option will check all the options Dried Fresh Packaged for you or uncheck them all Clicking the ALL option will check all the options or uncheck them all Click the Setup query parameters Button The window shown below will appear Resize this window as desired Use this window to define your query parameters 233 Set up your query parameters Only fields with values and a check in the Select column will be used Select Query Item Food Name Brand No brand names are available for the categories you selected Serving Size wi bi aa Calories Food Energy kj a EE Calories from Protein Calories from Protein Carbohydrates g Starch g Sugars 9 Glucose g Fructo
384. will be as if you had entered this data for them You can quickly generate a variety of reports save them as PDF files post them to your web site or email them to your client as an email attachment or print out the hard copy report to hand to your client You can customize this software There are no per copy fees royalties or any charge of any kind You can make as many copies as you wish Your CD s are reusable You can charge a fee for your services or use the resulting report as an incentive to join your health club or to subscribe to your health and nutrition services Here s how to import your CIM Data into NutriBase 1 If you have NutriBase Pro or higher installed on your PC and you receive this file in an email as an attachment just open the email and double click on the attached file You will recognize the CIM file because it will end with the n11cim extension 2 If the file is sitting on a USB Drive you can open Windows Explorer and view the files on the USB Drive Then double click on the file you want to import 3 You can also start NutriBase Pro or higher Click the NutriBase Menu Icon located in the upper left corner of NutriBase Click the Client import option Then locate the file to import it into NutriBase 199 How to Print a Meal Plan Report with Included Recipes When you provide a Meal Plan report to a client or a user in a Personal Edition you may want to include the recipes with cook
385. wn if necessary Click the NutriBase Menu Icon Click the Options Button Click the Email Setup option Type in your Gmail email address and your Gmail password Click the Okay Button You are now ready to use the NutriBase Emailer Whenever NutriBase can email something for you this symbol will be displayed either at the top of a report or in the Quick Access Toolbar Click this image if you want to send the visible window screen shot or a report Automatic Backup Scheduling Options Click this button to set up your automatic backup schedule for the data PFI s Food Logs Recipes etc you create with NutriBase We highly recommend you schedule backups this feature may prevent the loss of a lot of your work recipes food logs meals meal plans client data Quick Access Toolbar This option provides a method for customizing your Quick Access Toolbar After you learn which functions you use the most take a 87 moment to review this option to make sure that you include shortcuts to these functions File locations Use this option to see the default locations for the various types of files used or created by NutriBase You can use this option to change these default locations when desired Resources This option provides you with links to resources related to NutriBase CREATE AN INITIAL ASSESSMENT REPORT The Assessment Report NutriBase Professional and higher is a client specific report that allo
386. wn software caption this is the software s title You can include your return email address You can include PFI s that you want your clients to consider eating You can specify an image to appear as a background in the CIM If you do not specify an image a default red apple image will appear If you choose not to use the default image you may create one of your own you could use your image to advertise your business or to display your instructions to the client The image size should be 1000 pixels wide and 280 pixels tall You can use GIF JPG or WMF image formats To burn a CD after you specify your options insert a blank CD ROM into your CD Writer then click the Burn Button 80 Two Documents You Can Use With the CIM We included two MS Word Documents for you They were installed and should be sitting now in your xxx Documents Folder They are NB11 CIM Labels doc This single page Word Document contains two Client Intake Module labels These are formatted for use with CD Stomper label stock You are free to create your own labels of course but we provided these in case you needed to print a few quickly for immediate use NB11 Sample Cover Letter for CIM doc This single page Word Document is a sample cover letter that you may want to use as a template for your own cover letter Please read this over and especially look at the text in red these ought to be edited to reflect your own information Of course you shoul
387. ws you to generate a customized multi page Initial Assessment Report To access the Initial Assessment Report capability click the Reports Tab then select the client for whom this report will be Change Folders as needed by clicking the down arrow The General Folder is selected in the image below Home Client Setup Food Log Exercise Tracker Personal Foods ETE EEE Reports I Use report header Header setup Food Log Composition Analysis a Food Log Ratio Report Weekly Food Journal Calendar View Weekly Food Journal Spreadsheet View CSV XLS Calorie Expenditures Report Exercise Report roy and Body Fat Report 4 gt Assessment report macros ges Select a report type of Initial Assessment Report To generate an assessment report click the Create report Button 88 Modify the Initial Assessment Report Template A template file is a file that you can edit that represents the desired report It contains all the formatting tables tabs boldface point size fonts etc that will appear in the final report The only difference between the final report and the template file is that NutriBase macros are inserted in place of the required data NutriBase macros are strings of text that act as placeholders for other information This allows you to create a customized report template that will suit a wide variety of clients Every NutriBase macro begins and ends with a caret
388. ws you what you see when you right mouse click over your ingredient listing in a recipe while using the Professional Edition These options can vary depending on the version of NutriBase you are using Edit item Directions Ingredient s to shopping list Re sequence ingredients Show grams Show cost Delete selected ingredient s Delete ALL ingredients Add to meal Add to meal plan Add to recipe Process loss Scale recipe Add ingredient cost Nutrition Facts Label New recipe Save The most frequent question new users ask is How do I and the most common answer is RMC Schedule Automatic Backups for All Your Work NutriBase can create backup files for you Backup files contain all the work you ever created in NutriBase If you should suffer a hard drive crash or any other catastrophe you can reinstall NutriBase and restore your latest backup file to reclaim your lost work Scheduling your backups reduces your probability of losing your hard earned work This is a hard lesson to learn after you suffer a hard drive p failure To set this up now click the NutriBase Menu Icon in the upper left corner of the NutriBase window click the Options Button and then select Automatic Backup Create a Client Profile or a User Profile The first thing most new users do in NutriBase is create a client profile Professional Editions or a User Profile Personal Edition
389. y Pick Items You can cherry pick items from some list boxes by pressing the Ctrl key and while continuing to hold this key down you can click the items you wish to select with the mouse cursor You can also cherry pick dates from certain NutriBase calendars by simply clicking the dates CIM Client Intake Module See Client Intake Module CIM topic below Client Folders NutriBase provides up to 26 Client Folders for you Each folder contains an alphabetical listing of the clients you have assigned to that folder You can organize your recipes into categories with these folders You could organize clients by special needs weight loss diabetic body building etc or by location Bally s Bill s Gym Diet Center etc Click the Folders Button to manipulate these folders and their contents Client Group A client group is a group of clients you have selected and identified as a group Defining a client group allows you to analyze a group of clients as if they were a single entity This gives you an analysis of what the group as a whole did NutriBase also allows you to analyze each member of the group individually if you like Client groups are supported in NutriBase Professional and higher only Use the client group Create Button to define a client group 139 Client Intake Module CIM The Professional and higher editions of NutriBase support the Client Intake Module CIM This is softwar
390. y clicking the Print Icon it looks like a printer at the top of the report Note You don t create a recipe report in the Recipes Tab where you 174 might expect You create recipe reports in the Reports Tab To create a Meal Plan Report click the Reports Tab then click the Meal Plan Button To create an Exercise Report click the Reports Tab then click the Exercise Button Etc How to Save a Meal Plan Report as a PDF File To create a Meal Plan Report click the Reports Tab then click the Meal Plan Button Use the resulting window to select your Meal Plan set options and create a report After the report appears click the Save Icon it looks like a diskette at the top of the report Once again note that you create your Meal Plan report in the Reports Tab not in the Meal Plans Tab The NutriBase edition you are using will determine the formats you can save to Some of the personal editions do not support the save to PDF feature How to Backup Your NutriBase Data NutriBase data includes everything you ever created in NutriBase client information recipes meals meal plans PFI s etc It does not include PDF Excel or RTF reports you have saved to your hard drive We highly recommend that you make periodic backups Having a recent backup file on hand can save you from a future calamity To make a backup of all your NutriBase data start NutriBase click the NutriBase
391. your PUF display becomes populated with the foods you use most often your search time will go down and your productivity will go up Food Log Copy Use this option to copy your Food Log for one day Food Log Copy to one or more days of the same or different Food Log The operation is straight forward select the people you will copy from and to these can be the same person on different days Select the Food Log day to copy then select the day s to copy to The radio buttons provide you with options regarding what you will copy When you are finished click the Copy foods Button Auto Record Foods This window shows you a list of Auto Record foods R Auto Record foods that will be automatically copied to a person the first time you record a Food Log entry for that person each day To add foods to this list open the Food Log for the person you want to attach this list of foods to Record all the food items you want to have 35 automatically recorded Select all the foods you want to move to your list Click the Auto Record Button to move a copy of these food items to your Auto Record list Once you have created your Auto Record List you may edit this list at any time by deleting items as desired Add items as described above Every time you record an item to this person the entire list of items in your Auto Record will be recorded for you as well Have All Foods Been Assigned to a Meal or

NutriBase 11 User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents